DAFMAN36-2100

BY ORDER OF THE

SECRETARY OF THE AIR FORCE

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE

MANUAL 36-2100

7 APRIL 2021

Incorporating Change 1, 14 August 2024

Personnel

MILITARY UTILIZATION AND

CLASSIFICATION

COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PUBLICATION IS MANDATORY

ACCESSIBILITY: Publications and forms are available for downloading or ordering on the

e-Publishing website at www.e-Publishing.af.mil.

RELEASABILITY: There are no releasability restrictions on this publication.

OPR: AF/A1P Certified by: SAF/MR

Supersedes: AFI36-2101, 25 June 2013

AFI36-2105, 25 May 2018

AFI36-2107, 22 October 2018

AFI36-2616, 9 October 2018

AFI36-2626, 20 November 2018

AFRCI36-2102, 26 March 2018

Pages: 197

This Air Force Manual (AFMAN) implements Title 10 United States Code (USC) Section 12303,

Ready Reserve: members not assigned to, or participating satisfactorily in, units and 10 USC §

10148, Ready Reserve: failure to satisfactorily perform prescribed training and Air Force Policy

Directives (AFPD) 36-21, Utilization and Classification of Air Force Military Personnel, and

AFPD 36-26, Total Force Development and Management, for administering the provisions of

Department of Defense Instruction (DoDI) 1200.18, The United States Property and Fiscal Officer

(USPFO) Program, DoDI 1200.18, The United States Property and Fiscal Officer (USPFO)

Program, DoDI 1205.18, Full Time Support (FTS) to the Reserve Components, DoDI 1235.09,

Management of the Standby Reserve, DoDI 1235.13, Administration and Management of the

Individual Ready Reserve (IRR) and the Inactive National Guard (ING), DoDI 1300.28, Military

Service by Transgender Persons and Persons with Gender Dysphoria, DoDI 1322.06,

Fellowships, Scholarships, Training with Industry (TWI), and Grants for DoD Personnel and

DoDI 6000.13, Accession and Retention Policies, Programs, and Incentives for Military Health

Professions Officers (HPOs). This manual applies to civilian and uniformed members of the

Regular Air Force (RegAF), Air Force Reserve (AFR), and the Air National Guard (ANG). This

manual requires the collection and or maintenance of information protected by the Privacy Act of

2  DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021 
1974  authorized  by 10 USC §  9013,  Secretary of the Air Force, and Executive Order 9397, 
Numbering System for Federal Accounts Relating to Individual Persons, as amended (E.O 13478).  
The applicable System of Records Notice(s) F036 AF PC C, Military Personnel Records System 
is available at: https://dpcld.defense.gov/privacy/SORNS.aspx.  Ensure that all records created 
as a result of processes prescribed in this publication are maintained in accordance with Air Force 
Instruction  (AFI)  33-322,  Records  Management  and  Information  Governance  Program,  and 
disposed of in  accordance with  Air Force Records  Information Management  System Records 
Disposition Schedule.  Refer recommended changes and questions about this publication to the 
Office of Primary Responsibility (OPR), using Air Force Form 847, Recommendation for Change 
of  Publication;  route  Air  Force  Form  (AF  Form)  847  from the  field through  the appropriate 
functional  chain  of  command.    This  AFMAN  may  be  supplemented  at  any  level;  all  Major 
Command (MAJCOM)-level supplements must be approved by the Human Resource Management 
Strategic  Board  prior  to  certification  and  approval.    The  authorities  to waive  wing/unit  level 
requirements in this publication are identified with a Tier (“T-0, T-1, T-2, T-3”) number following 
the  compliance  statement.    See  DAFI  33-360,  Publications  and  Forms  Management,  for  a 
description of  the  authorities associated with  the Tier numbers.   Submit requests  for waivers 
through the chain of command to the appropriate Tier waiver approval authority, or alternately, to 
the requestor’s commander for non-tiered compliance items.  This manual has been reviewed by 
the Per Diem, Travel and Transportation Allowance Committee in accordance with DoDI 5154.31, 
Volume 5, Commercial Travel Management:  the Per Diem, Travel and Transportation Allowance 
Committee (PDTATAC), as PDTATAC Case RR19008 (Note:  Any conflict between this manual 
and the Joint Travel Regulations (JTR), is resolved based on the JTR, and not this manual.)  The 
use of the name or mark of any specific manufacturer, commercial product, commodity, or service 
in this publication does not imply endorsement by the Air Force.  Compliance with Attachment 
2 in this publication is mandatory. 
SUMMARY OF CHANGES 
Interim Change 1 deletes Chapter 3, Applying for  Flying Training, Air Battle Manager, and 
Astronaut  Programs  and  Attachments  6,  NASA  Qualifying  Degree  Fields,  Attachment  7, 
Synopsis of Nasa Medical Standards, and 8, Application for Astronaut Duty (NASA Sample See 
Paragraph 3.4.1.).  This policy is now published in DAFMAN 36-2137, Applying for Flying 
Training,  Air Battle Manager, and Astronaut  Programs.    A margin bar (|) indicates newly 
revised matter. 
 
Chapter 1—OVERVIEW    6 
1.1.  Overview. .................................................................................................................   6 
1.2.  General Guidance. ...................................................................................................   6 
1.3.  Roles and Responsibilities. ......................................................................................   6 
Chapter 2—CLASSIFYING MILITARY PERSONNEL (OFFICER AND ENLISTED)    8 
2.1.  Classification Overview, Concept, Responsibilities, and Structure. ........................   8 
Table  2.1.  Enlisted AFSC Explained. .......................................................................................   10 
Table  2.2.  Officer AFSC Explained. .........................................................................................   11 

DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021  3 
2.2.  Initial Classification. ................................................................................................   17 
Table  2.3.  Initial Determination of Control AFSC. ..................................................................   23 
2.3.  Classification Actions at Base of Assignment. ........................................................   24 
Table  2.4.  Waiver Authority for Mandatory Classification Requirements—Officers (See 
paragraph 1.3.7). ......................................................................................................   28 
Table  2.5.  Waiver Authority For Mandatory Classification Requirements—Enlisted 
Personnel (See paragraph 2.3.7). .............................................................................   29 
Table  2.6.  Processing of All Classification Waiver Requests (Except Enlisted On-the-Job-
Training, Time-in-Training for AFSC Upgrade) (Note 1). ......................................   31 
Table  2.7.  Processing of On-the-Job-Training, Time-in-Training Waiver Requests for AFSC 
Upgrade for Enlisted RegAF, ANG, and AFR Airmen (See Note). ........................   33 
Table  2.8.  Criteria for Awarding Officer Rated AFSCs (see Note 1). ......................................   48 
Table  2.9.  Criteria for Awarding Officer AFSCs, SDIs and RIs Other Than Rated AFSCs 
(See Note 1). ............................................................................................................   49 
Table  2.10.  Classifying Students—Officers. ..............................................................................   51 
Table  2.11.  Criteria for Awarding Enlisted AFSCs, SDIs, RIs or CEM Codes. .........................   52 
Table  2.12.  Grade and Skill-Level Authorizations for Use in Establishing Manpower 
Positions. ..................................................................................................................   54 
Table  2.13.  Determining the Control AFSC (CAFSC) for Enlisted Personnel in Training 
Status. .......................................................................................................................   55 
Table  2.14.  Determining CAFSC as a Result of Assigning or Withdrawing Awarded CEMs, 
AFSCs, SDIs, or RIs. ...............................................................................................   56 
2.4.  Downgrading and Withdrawing AFSC. ...................................................................   57 
Table  2.15.  Downgrading Enlisted AFSCs for Lack of Recent Performance (see Note). ..........   58 
Table  2.16.  Downgrading AFSCs as a Result of Demotion. ......................................................   59 
Table  2.17.  Processing Downgrade and Withdrawal and/or Disqualification Actions. ..............   69 
Chapter 3—DELETED    71 
3.1.  DELETED. ..............................................................................................................   71 
3.2.  DELETED. ..............................................................................................................   71 
3.3.  DELETED. ..............................................................................................................   73 
3.4.  DELETED. ..............................................................................................................   75 
3.5.  DELETED. ..............................................................................................................   76 
Table  3.1.  DELETED. ..............................................................................................................   77 
Table  3.2.  DELETED. ..............................................................................................................   77 

4  DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021 
Chapter 4—ACTIVE DUTY SERVICE COMMITMENTS AND RESERVE SERVICE 
COMMITMENTS    78 
4.1.  Overview. .................................................................................................................   78 
4.2.  Program Processes. ..................................................................................................   80 
4.3.  ADSC Procedures. ...................................................................................................   82 
4.4.  ANG Reserve Service Commitments. .....................................................................   86 
4.5.  Reserve Service Commitments (RSCs) (General). ..................................................   86 
Table  4.1.  Line, Chaplain, Judge Advocate General Officer, and All Enlisted RSCs (T-1).  ...   90 
Table  4.2.  Health Profession Officer and Enlisted Education/Training (T-1). .........................   93 
Chapter 5—TECHNICAL TRAINING PROGRAMS REQUIREMENTS    96 
5.1.  Technical Training Requirements Purpose and Responsibilities. ............................   96 
5.2.  HQ Air Force Technical Training Programs............................................................   103 
5.3.  HQ Air Force Technical Training Tasking Documents. ..........................................   104 
Table  5.1.  Program Guidance Letters, Program Requirements Documents Programs and 
Users. .......................................................................................................................   106 
5.4.  Capacity Assessment and Constraints. ....................................................................   107 
5.5.  Technical Training Requirements Working Groups. ...............................................   108 
Table  5.2.  Training Flow Management Working Group Organization. ...................................   108 
Table  5.3.  Officer Initial Skills Working Group Organization. ................................................   108 
Table  5.4.  Mission Readiness Training Program Working Group Organization. .....................   109 
5.6.  Program Guidance Letter Changes (Adjustments and Quota Management). ..........   109 
5.7.  Mission Readiness Training Program. .....................................................................   110 
Table  5.5.  Quota Type Breakdown (Mission Readiness Training Program). ...........................   114 
5.8.  Metrics Submissions. ...............................................................................................   117 
Chapter 6—AIRMAN RETRAINING PROGRAM    118 
6.1.  Officer Crossflow and Reclassification Programs. ..................................................   118 
6.2.  Enlisted Retraining Program Elements. ...................................................................   124 
6.3.  Enlisted Retraining Program Processes. ..................................................................   125 
6.4.  Enlisted Retraining Administrative Actions. ...........................................................   128 
Table  6.1.  Eligibility for Voluntary and Involuntary Retraining. .............................................   130 
6.5.  Enlisted Retraining Programs. .................................................................................   133 
6.6.  AFR Retraining Program. ........................................................................................   135 
6.7.  ANG Retraining Program. .......................................................................................   144 

DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021  5 
Attachment 1—GLOSSARY OF REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION    150 
Attachment 2—OFFICER AND ENLISTED ADSCS AND HEALTH PROFESSIONS 
OFFICER ADSCS    170 
Attachment 3—SERVICE COMMITMENTS (ANG ONLY)    186 
Attachment 4—PREVIOUS AND CURRENT ACTIVE DUTY SERVICE COMMITMENT 
REASON CODES WITH CLEAR TEXT TITLES    192 
Attachment 5—SERVICE COMMITMENT STATEMENTS OF AGREEMENT    194 
Attachment 6—DELETED    195 
Attachment 7—DELETED    196 
Attachment 8—DELETED    197 
 

6 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Chapter 1

OVERVIEW

1.1. Overview. This publication provides one document for all guidance, procedures, programs

and responsibilities pertaining to the military classification system; applying for flying training;

Air Battle Manager (ABM) Training; and astronaut programs; active duty service commitments;

AF technical training management and utilization; officer crossflow; and initial skills training

reclassification program.

1.1.1. Chapter 2 pertains to the military classification system outlining overall

responsibilities which identify duties and tasks for every position for accomplishing the Air

Force mission. The classification system also provides concise award, upgrade and retention

criteria for career progression.

1.1.2. DELETED.

1.1.3. Chapter 4 pertains to active duty service commitments (ADSCs) and reserve service

commitments (RSCs) which assures the Air Force and the taxpayers receive an appropriate

return on their investment of money and/or time in training, education, and bonuses. It outlines

those incurring events that require commitments to assure open communication to Air Force

members regarding obligated service.

1.1.4. Chapter 5 pertains to technical training program requirements which defines the roles,

responsibilities, programs, and procedures necessary for Air Force and applicable non-Air

Force technical training management across the planning, programming, budgeting and

execution cycle to ensure maximum utilization in support of the Air Force mission.

1.1.5. Chapter 6 pertains to the Airman retraining program outlining a process that addresses

career-field imbalances across the Air Force. The program is designed to bring imbalanced

career-fields back into authorized funded end-strength.

1.2. General Guidance.

1.2.1. The term ‘components’ used throughout this publication applies to all parts of the total

Air Force, unless the text of this publication specifies that the provisions being discussed apply

only to one or two of the RegAF, ANG, or AFR.

1.2.2. All references to “days” refer to calendar days unless otherwise stated.

1.3. Roles and Responsibilities.

1.3.1. Vice Chief of Staff (AF/CV) will approve and disapprove medical exceptions to policy.

(T-1).

1.3.2. Secretary of the Air Force Manpower and Reserve Affairs (SAF/MR) will establish

ADSC policies and is the waiver authority for ADSC disputes that are not adjudicated at AFPC

(see paragraph 4.3.9). (T-1).

1.3.3. Secretary of the Air Force Personnel Council (SAFPC or SAF/MRBP) is the authority

for ADSC waiver requests that are submitted in conjunction with a separation or retirement

request (see paragraph 4.3.7.). Waiver requests are submitted as a part of the member’s

request to separate or retire through the appropriate virtual application as outlined in AFI 36-

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 7

3206, Administrative Discharge Procedures for Commissioned Officers, or AFI 36-3208,

Administrative Separation of Airmen.

1.3.4. The Deputy Chief of Staff, Personnel, Manpower and Services (AF/A1) will:

1.3.4.1. Review and approve Air Force classification policy for clarity, propriety, and

accuracy. (T-1).

1.3.4.2. Work with Air Staff agencies to determine if new or revised classification policies

are needed to effectively and efficiently manage manpower requirements and human

resources. (T-1).

1.3.4.3. DELETED.

1.3.4.4. DELETED.

1.3.4.5. DELETED.

1.3.5. AFRC/CC will:

1.3.5.1. DELETED.

1.3.5.2. Approve and disapprove age and Total Federal Commissioned Service (TFCS)

exception to policy (ETP) for all AFR applicants. (T-1).

1.3.5.3. Approve all ineligibility factor ETPs for all AFR applicants. (T-1).

1.3.6. Director, Air National Guard (NGB/CF) will:

1.3.6.1. DELETED.

1.3.6.2. Approve and disapprove age and TFCS ETP for all ANG applicants. (T-1).

1.3.6.3. Approve all ineligibility factor ETPs for all ANG applicants. (T-1).

1.3.7. Director, Military Force Management Policy (AF/A1P) updates this manual and staffs

ADSC disputes to SAF/MR for consideration. (T-1).

1.3.8. Directorate of Manpower, Organization and Resources (AF/A1M) will provide Human

Resources Data Analytic and Decision Support Division (AF/A1XD) with the count of funded

authorizations by Air Force Specialty Code (AFSC) which are used to model the desired

number of RegAF technical training graduates each FY. (T-1).

1.3.9. AFPC Commander (AFPC/CC) will:

1.3.9.1. Serve as final authority for action in coordination with AF/A1P and AF, Deputy

Chief of Staff Strategic Deterrence and Nuclear Integration (AF/A10) for Missileer

Crossflow Program. (T-1).

1.3.9.2. Serve as the authority to overrule the Nonrated Line Crossflow Panel or Missileer

Crossflow Program results and disapprove a recommendation when appropriate. (T-1).

1.3.9.3. Serve as the final reclassification and separation authority for line officer initial

skills training eliminees. (T-1).

8 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Chapter 2

CLASSIFYING MILITARY PERSONNEL (OFFICER AND ENLISTED)

2.1. Classification Overview, Concept, Responsibilities, and Structure.

2.1.1. Overview. The military personnel classification system identifies duties and tasks for

every position needed to accomplish the Air Force mission. The system is designed to identify

qualifications and abilities necessary to accomplish these duties and tasks, as well as provide

clear and visible career progression patterns. It links duties and tasks into cohesive job clusters

used to match personnel requirements with personal aptitudes, attributes, and qualifications.

The classification system also provides concise award, upgrade, and retention criteria for

career progression.

2.1.2. Classification Concepts and Parameters.

2.1.2.1. Functional Grouping Concept. The classification system groups related work

requirements (positions) into Air Force Specialties (AFS) (Tables 2.1 and 2.2 break down

enlisted and officer AFSC structures). Positions are grouped on similarity of functions and

requirements for knowledge, education, training, experience, ability, and other common

criteria. Air Force Specialties are further combined into broader and more general

functional categories called career fields. This functional grouping provides a

classification and utilization system that:

2.1.2.1.1. Remains stable regardless of organizational structure changes.

2.1.2.1.2. Provides a framework to procure, train, and develop specialized and broadly

experienced personnel.

2.1.2.1.3. Easily adapts and responds to changes in Air Force skill requirements.

2.1.2.1.4. Supports utilization and other personnel program needs.

2.1.2.2. Practical Specialization Concept. AFS qualifications are listed in each specialty

description within the Air Force Officer Classification Directory (AFOCD) and the Air

Force Enlisted Classification Directory (AFECD), which may be accessed through the Air

Force Portal. Qualifications include knowledge, education, training, experience, and other

factors. These are defined as mandatory or desirable for each skill (enlisted) or

qualification (officer) level. While no one person is likely to perform all functions of an

AFS at any one time, Airmen can be developed to perform all duties and responsibilities

of the various duty positions within an AFS at different times throughout a career. When

Airmen meet all of the mandatory qualifications of the specialty and have shown skill

and/or qualification in all tasks of the positions to which assigned, they are considered

qualified for award of the AFSC.

2.1.2.3. The following are the basic parameters of the classification structure:

2.1.2.3.1. Identify requirements (typically associated with unit manpower document

authorizations) and Airmen qualified to fill those requirements.

2.1.2.3.2. Design AFSCs which make sense in the objective Air Force structure.

2.1.2.3.3. Use simple, clear, logical groupings.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 9

2.1.2.3.4. Provide visible AFSC qualification and/or skill levels for officer and enlisted

personnel.

2.1.2.3.5. Maintain the ability to identify career fields, specialties, subspecialties, and

skill and/or qualification levels.

2.1.2.3.6. Maintain the ability to identify special job requirements and positions,

Special Duty Identifiers (SDIs), Reporting Identifiers (RIs), and Special Experience

Identifiers (SEIs), as defined in paragraphs 2.3.4, 2.3.5, and 2.3.13.

2.1.2.3.7. Eliminate redundant identifiers. Do not duplicate other Military Personnel

Data System (MilPDS) identifiers.

2.1.2.3.8. Group AFSCs functionally.

2.1.2.3.9. Maintain a balance of specialist versus generalist specialties to allow

maximum efficiency and equity in assignment and promotion opportunities.

2.1.2.3.10. Do not overpopulate small population specialties that adversely limit the

ability to effectively manage the resource.

2.1.2.3.11. Specialty description (contained in the respective AFOCD and AFECD)

for each occupational grouping will contain general occupational information (what

most of the people do most of the time) and quantify the minimum requirements

necessary to reasonably predict success in and retain the specialty.

2.1.2.3.12. Specialty description is broad in scope to adequately portray all enlisted

skill/officer qualification levels represented by the description and will not normally

contain a grade requirement.

2.1.2.3.13. Grade requirements on unit manpower document authorizations are

determined by manpower, in conjunction with the Career Field Manager (CFM) of the

respective component. However, in certain instances minimum grade and/or grade

range requirements are authorized for AFSCs, SDIs, and RIs as identified in the

respective AFOCD and AFECD.

2.1.2.3.14. Specialty description format is standardized to maintain simplicity, clarity,

and ease of publishing.

2.1.2.3.15. Specialty descriptions are generally no more than two pages in length (may

exceed this length to include descriptions, when needed).

2.1.2.3.16. Changes to the classification sytem are staffed using the classification

system with all impacted agencies using the execution guidance within the CFM Guide

available on the My Personnel Services (myPers) website.

10 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Table 2.1. Enlisted AFSC Explained.

Character

Identifies (see Note 1)

first position

(numeric)

Career group.

1 - Operations 4 - Medical or Dental 7 - Special Investigation

2 - Logistics 5 - Legal or Chaplain 8 - Special Duty Identifier

3 - Support 6 - Acquisition or Finance 9 - Reporting Identifier

second combined

with first character

(alpha)

Career field.

Example: 2T - Logistics, Transportation and Vehicle Management

third combined with

first and second

character (numeric)

Career field subdivision.

Example: 2T3 - Logistics, Transportation and Vehicle Management, Vehicle

Management

fourth (numeric)

Skill level of AFSC.

1 - Helper 7 - Craftsman

3 - Apprentice 9 - Superintendent

5 - Journeyman 0 - Chief Enlisted Manager

fifth combined with

other four characters

(numeric) (see Note

Specific AFSC.

Example: 2T351 - Logistics, Transportation and Vehicle Management,

Vehicle Management Journeyman, Mission Generation Vehicular Equipment

Maintenance

alpha prefix

An ability, skill, special qualification, or system designator not restricted to a

single AFSC.

Example: T - Formal Training Instructor

alpha suffix (shred-

out) (see Note 3)

Positions associated with particular equipment or functions within a single

specialty. Example: 2T351A - Logistics, Transportation and Vehicle

Management, Vehicle Management Journeyman, Mission Generation

Vehicular Equipment, Firefighting and Refueling Vehicle & Equipment

Maintenance

Notes:

1. Use an "X" in any character position of an AFSC when addressing all authorized characters in that

position of the AFSC. For example, X2TXXXX denotes all 2T AFSCs, to include all career field

subdivisions, prefixes, skill levels, and suffixes.

2. When two or more career ladders are combined at the 7- or 9-skill level, they are called capper AFSCs.

And, when combined, the number in the fifth position will almost always be “0.” Example: 2T371and

2T377 merge into a common 9-level 2T390. Depending on prior AFSC structure changes, it may have to

be a different number (other than 0 at the 9-skill level), as necessary.

3. Not applicable at the 9-level skill or Chief Enlisted Manager level.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 11

Table 2.2. Officer AFSC Explained.

Character

Identifies (see Note 1)

first (numeric)

Career group.

1 - Operations 4 - Medical or Dental 7 - Special Investigations

2 - Logistics 5 - Legal or Chaplain 8 - Special Duty Identifier

3 - Support 6 - Acquisition or Finance 9 - Reporting Identifier

second combined

with first character

(numeric)

Utilization field.

Example: 11 - Operations, Pilot

third combined

with first and

second character

(alpha)

Functional area.

Example: 11B - Operations, Pilot, Bomber Pilot

fourth (numeric)

Qualification level.

1 - Entry (any AFSC)

2 - Intermediate (only for AFSCs so designated in the AFOCD)

3 - Qualified (any AFSC)

4 - Staff (See Note 2): Designation of “staff level” relates only to the level of

functional responsibility and is restricted to positions above wing level. It does

not denote additional specialty qualifications.

Examples: 11B3 - Operations, Pilot, Bomber Pilot, qualified.

11B4 - Operations, Pilot, Bomber Pilot, qualified and serving in a staff

position above wing level

0- Qualified commander (when used in conjunction with “C” in 3rd position),

- Senior Leader or Leader (when other than a “C” in the 3rd position for 62S0,

63G0 or 63S0)

alpha prefix

An ability, skill, special qualification, or system designator not restricted to a

single AFSC.

Example: A – Operational Warfare Instructor

alpha suffix (shred-

out)

Positions associated with particular equipment or functions within a single

specialty.

Example: 11B3A - Operations, Pilot, Bomber Pilot, qualified, B-1

12 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Notes:

1. Use an "X" in any character position of an AFSC when addressing all authorized characters in that

position of the AFSC. For example, X12XXX denotes all “12” AFSCs, to include all utilization fields,

prefixes, qualification levels, and suffixes.

2. In addition, not all positions above wing level qualify for the staff AFSC. For positions above wing

level, Manpower uses the staff AFSC requirements for determining applicability (vice the 3-qualification

level): Staff AFSC identifies an officer position above wing level specifically on the duty requirements of

the role performed, not the fact that the authorization is on a staff above wing level. Use staff AFSCs

(XXX4) to identify planning and policy-making positions above wing level. It requires the same skills as

those for the qualified AFSC (XXX3), but applied to developing broad policies, plans, and procedures.

Management responsibility increases without a corresponding increase in knowledge of the technical

aspects of the function. Qualified (XXX3) officers filling or who have filled such positions are awarded

the staff AFSC.

2.1.3. Program Processes.

2.1.3.1. Director, Military Force Management Policy (AF/A1P) will:

2.1.3.1.1. Establish procedures for development and publication of program

requirements for technical training programs.

2.1.3.1.2. Conduct an annual technical training data call that provides guidance and

suspense dates for submitting out-year Air Force-directed and MAJCOM mission

technical training requirements for Total Force, sister services, Department of Defense

(DoD), and other US government agencies for the following technical training

programs: Total Force enlisted initial skills, non-rated line officer initial skills, mission

readiness training (e.g., advanced, supplemental, and resident craftsman training),

trained dog requirements, field training detachment, mobile training teams, non-

resident (type-6 distance learning), language training, international military training,

and basic military training. Requires submission of program requirement requests

through proper channels.

2.1.3.1.3. Work with AF/A1XD and Air Force CFMs to validate each individual career

field’s health, challenges, and emerging missions. Balance individual career field

needs against overall force management goals and objectives.

2.1.3.1.4. Provide guidance to Air Education and Training Command (AETC) to

satisfy program and mission requirements and advocates for training resources via the

Air Force corporate structure.

2.1.3.1.5. For initial skills programs, build preliminary Total Force program guidance

letters and program requirement documents based on AF/A1XD career field

sustainment analysis, Air Force CFM input, and mission needs. Compiles the

requirements into draft program guidance letters and program requirement documents

and submits to AETC for assessment.

2.1.3.1.6. For mission readiness training, trained dog requirements, field training

detachment and non-resident programs, develop the program requirements documents

and program guidance letters and send to the AETC Force Development Resources

Branch (AETC/A3LR), AETC Technical Training Requirements Branch

(AETC/A3LZ), AETC Financial Management Analysis Division (AETC/FMA),

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 13

Second Air Force (2 AF), AF directed users, MAJCOMs, Air Force Personnel Center’s

Workforce Development Section (AFPC/DP2LWD), training requester quota identifier

managers, forward operating agencies, direct reporting units, and non-Air Force users.

2.1.3.1.7. Co-chair, with AETC/A3LZ, the annual Officer Initial Skills Working

Group, Training Flow Management Working Group and Mission Readiness Training

Program Working Group. See paragraph 5.5 for more details.

2.1.3.1.8. Finalizes the program guidance letters and program requirements documents

for initial skills programs following the working groups identified in paragraph 5.5.

This involves balancing resources, training prioritization, training capacity, and

accession limits.

2.1.3.1.9. Forward all signed program guidance letters and program requirements

documents to AETC.

2.1.3.1.10. Approve changes to the program guidance letters and program

requirements documents through requirements adjustments.

2.1.3.1.11. Approve officer and enlisted initial skills unused quotas for redistribution

and updates program guidance letters based on approvals. Develops the accessions

program guidance letter that identifies Total Force accession levels for the current fiscal

year (FY) and across the Future Years Defense Program.

2.1.3.1.12. Develop and identify the number of enlisted non-prior service (NPS) and

prior service (PS) recruits the Air Force will access for a given FY on the accessions

program guidance letters.

2.1.3.1.13. Develop and identify the number of line and non-line officer accessions for

a given FY on the accessions program guidance letters.

2.1.3.1.14. Appoint members to the annual Training Flow Management Working

Group.

2.1.3.1.15. Work with AETC, AFPC and RegAF CFMs to assess impacts of proposed

and approved additions, deletions, mergers, or changes to AFSCs in the

AFECD/AFOCD. Reflects approved changes to AFSCs in the appropriate program

guidance letters and program requirements documents.

2.1.3.1.16. Establish officer crossflow and initial skills training elimination

reclassification guidance and policy, monitor for necessary adjustments, and update as

required.

2.1.3.1.17. Determine officer crossflow requirements by AFSC and year group based

on AFSCs with inventory imbalances and provide that information to AFPC for use in

crossflow and initial skills training reclassification programs.

2.1.3.1.18. Consider impact of other force management initiatives (e.g., force shaping

and reduction-in-force boards) and prior enlisted populations within each career field

when determining crossflow targets. AFSCs with specific or unique qualification

requirements (e.g., technical education) should be filled first before crossflowing

officers with specific or unique qualifications to other career fields.

14 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

2.1.3.1.19. Approve or disapprove waiver of crossflow eligibility criteria and

adjudicate crossflow in and out targets with CFMs and other stakeholders.

2.1.3.1.20. Produce monthly officer sustainment matrices showing manning overages

and gaps by career field and year group for AFPC to use in determining out-of-cycle

crossflow requests.

2.1.3.2. AFPC Military Classification (AFPC/DP3DW – Business Process Owner and

AFPC/DP2SSM – Military Classification Development), will:

2.1.3.2.1. (AFPC/DP3DW) Establish and oversee processes for classifying personnel

including developing, reviewing, interpreting, and changing classification procedures

for classifying military personnel based on specialty data, special studies, analyses, and

CFM input. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.2. (AFPC/DP3DW) Manage the Air Force Military Classification System, to

include actions establishing, deleting, changing, or revising necessary identifiers and

specialty descriptions by means of the AFOCD, AFECD, and Job Code and SEI tables

in MilPDS, in order to manage Air Force manpower requirements and human

resources. (T-1). Serve as approval authority for all military classification changes.

(T-1).

2.1.3.2.2.1. (AFPC/DP2SSM) Partner with Air Force CFMs (and other

stakeholders) proposing changes to the Air Force Military Classification System.

(T-1).

2.1.3.2.2.2. (AFPC/DP2SSM) Develop Air Force specialties, titles, and codes to

identify required military skills associated with specialty restructuring, new

systems development, acquisition, operation, etc., upon request of the Air Force

CFM and staff agencies. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.2.3. (AFPC/DP2SSM) Coordinate extensively with functional,

manpower, and personnel agencies on all classification changes due to the impact

these actions have on a variety of programs. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.2.4. (AFPC/DP2SSM) Staff and coordinate AFS restructuring actions

with affected agencies, Air Force CFMs, Air Force Recruiting Service, AETC,

AF/A1PP, AF/A1PPR, Accessions and Training Division (AF/A1PT), AF/A1XD,

Air Force Manpower Analysis Agency, NGB/A1D and AF/REP. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.2.5. (AFPC/DP2SSM) Coordinate with computer systems managers on

classification matters impacting MilPDS Job Code and SEI/Experience Set tables

as well as the Manpower Programming and Execution System. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.2.5.1. Develop, coordinate, and process system change requests to

MilPDS with associated worksheets and tables to facilitate changes to the

officer and enlisted classification structures. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.2.5.2. Design, develop, implement, and publish the Air Force Officer

Classification System, Air Force Enlisted Classification System, and Change

Summary and Conversion Instruction Guides to be effective each 30 April and

3l October. (T-1).

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 15

2.1.3.2.2.6. (AFPC/DP3DW) Review, approve, and submit for publication the

semi-annual AFOCD, AFECD, and Change Summary and Conversion Instruction

Guides to be effective each 30 April and 31 October. Prepare and submit Systems

Change Requests using the documentation provided above and enter into the

Requirements Management System. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.2.7. (AFPC/DP3DW and DP2SSM) Monitor Air Force classification

procedures and the AFSC conversions affecting classification of the total military

force. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.3. (AFPC/DP3DW) Develop and coordinate changes to Classifying Military

Personnel (Officer and Enlisted) program processes. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.4. (AFPC/DP3DW and DP2SSM) Conduct special studies and analyses to

validate and integrate occupational data. (T-1). Use this data to identify required

military skills and revise, develop, or delete Air Force occupational data impacting Air

Force specialties, titles, and codes accordingly. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.5. Provide extensive guidance and interpretation to MAJCOMs, Air Staff

agencies, units, and individuals regarding classification policy (AFPC/DP3DW) and

procedures (AFPC/DP2SSM). (T-1).

2.1.3.2.6. (AFPC/DP2SSM) Review, research, process, and approve or disapprove

requests for waiver (as applicable, see Tables 2.4 and 2.5) of specialty description

qualifications (as found in the AFOCD and AFECD), covering all aspects of

classification instructions, e.g., eyesight, aptitude, input AFSC. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.7. Waiver requests for Classifying Military Personnel (Officer and Enlisted)

guidance requirements. (T-1):

2.1.3.2.7.1. (AFPC/DP2SSM) Review, research, and prepare proposed

recommendations for waiver of Classifying Military Personnel (Officer and

Enlisted) guidance requirements. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.7.2. (AFPC/DP3DW) Review, revise, and process requests for waiver of

Classifying Military Personnel (Officer and Enlisted) guidance requirements to

AF/A1PT for approval or disapproval. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.8. High-level inquiries (e.g., IG, Chief of Staff, Secretary of the Air Force,

Secretary of Defense, Congressional, and Presidential inquiries) concerning

classification guidance, actions and procedures. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.8.1. (AFPC/DP2SSM) Review, research, and develop proposed responses

and supporting documentation. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.8.2. (AFPC/DP3DW) Review, revise, and coordinate proposed response

with AFPC releasing authority. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.9. Applications for Board for Correction of Military Records concerning

classification guidance, actions, and procedures. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.9.1. (AFPC/DP2SSM) Review, research, and develop proposed responses

and supporting documentation for Board Advisories and Administrative Fix

actions. (T-1).

16 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

2.1.3.2.9.2. (AFPC/DP3DW) Review, revise, and finalize Board Advisories and

Administrative Fix documentation. Coordinate and/or forward, as required, and

upload to the Board for Correction of Military Records application processing data

base. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.10. Classification procedures for downgrading or withdrawing identifiers from

individual Airmen. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.10.1. (AFPC/DP3DW) Establish, publish, and monitor classification

procedures for downgrading or withdrawing identifiers from individual Airmen.

(T-1).

2.1.3.2.10.2. (AFPC/DP2SSM) Employ classification procedures for

downgrading or withdrawing (not disqualification) identifiers from individual

Airmen. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.11. (AFPC/DP3DW) Provide policy interpretation for initial classification of

former officers as enlisted personnel. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.12. (AFPC/DP3DW) Develop standard operating procedures to manage

establishing, deleting, changing, or revising classification tools. (T-1).

(AFPC/DP2SSM) Employ standard operating procedures to manage establishing,

deleting, changing, or revising classification tools. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.13. (AFPC/DP3DW) Attend functionally oriented workshops, conferences,

meetings, etc. to provide expertise on classification matters and advise on known or

potential impacts resulting from specialty restructuring actions. (T-1).

2.1.3.2.14. (AFPC/DP2SSM) Review, coordinate, and approve or disapprove

requests for RegAF Officer and Enlisted Airman AFSC withdrawal (disqualification).

(T-2). Field Operation Agency AFPC only; AF/REP* or NGB/A1D* for Reserve

Component personnel, as appropriate. Update awarded AFSCs, Special Duty and RIs

on disqualified Airmen. Respond to requests to change disqualified Airmen RIs, as

needed.

2.1.3.2.15. (AFPC/DP2SSM) Approve or disapprove RegAF SEI withdrawals and/or

removals. (T-2). (AFPC, AF/REP* or NGB/A1D* for Reserve Component personnel,

as appropriate).

2.1.3.2.16. (AFPC/DP2SSM) Ensure adherence to minimum specialty requirements

according to the AFOCD and AFECD. (T-1).

2.1.3.3. The Surgeon General (AF/SG) will recommend to AF/A1 medical exceptions to

classification policies and procedures for Officer and Enlisted personnel.

2.1.3.4. AFPC, AF/REP, or NGB/A1D Commanders and Supervisors will assign

personnel to authorized positions consistent with requirements, Airman’s grade, and skill

and/or qualification level and will initiate or review and evaluate job proficiency and skill

qualifications of each Airman. (T-2). Limit the use of enlisted Airmen outside their

Control AFSC. Comply with criteria outlined in paragraph 2.3.34 when using enlisted

Airmen outside their control AFSC. Use the following source documents to award,

upgrade, downgrade, and withdraw AFSCs, SDIs, RIs, and SEIs:

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 17

2.1.3.4.1. AF Form 2096, Classification/On-the-Job Training Action, or

2.1.3.4.2. Case Management System (CMS)- or AFPC-generated action, or

2.1.3.4.3. MilPDS-generated Report on Individual Person (RIP).

2.1.3.5. The Force Support Squadron (FSS) and AFPC, AF/REP, or NGB/A1D

commanders will ensure accurate and timely reporting of qualifications of serviced

personnel. (T-2).

2.1.3.6. AFPC, AF/REP, or NGB/A1D manpower personnel will identify and code

manpower authorizations using the military personnel classification system outlined in this

manual, AFOCD/AFECD and manpower directives. (T-2).

2.1.3.7. The Airman shall gain and maintain specialty qualifications for awarded AFSC(s).

(T-1). Since individual effort is directly related to career progression, it is incumbent on

the Airman to develop professionally and keep abreast of specialty knowledge and

proficiency standards. Several programs blend specialty training with academic pursuits

to enable or enhance career progression. These include career development courses,

advanced specialty training, supplemental training, on-the-job training, and accredited

education.

2.1.3.8. The Air Force CFM, MAJCOM functional manager, and NGB/AFR CFM will

provide technical assistance in developing career field structures and classification

identifiers. (T-2). RegAF CFMs develop (in coordination with MAJCOM functional

managers and NGB/AFR CFMs) specialty descriptions, specialty prerequisites and

qualifications. RegAF CFMs (NGB/AFR CFMs, as appropriate) provide waiver

recommendations for mandatory AFSC requirements to waiver authority as stated in

Tables 2.4 and 2.5. NGB/AFR CFMs have waiver authority commensurate with the

RegAF CFMs as stated in Table 2.5. RegAF CFMs also:

2.1.3.8.1. Keep specialty descriptions current,

2.1.3.8.2. Initiate or coordinate on new and proposed classification changes,

2.1.3.8.3. Resolve all non-concurrences before submitting new classification changes

to AFPC/DP2SSM for formal coordination and implementation consideration.

2.2. Initial Classification.

2.2.1. Classifying Newly Accessed Commissioned Line Officers. The various sources of

commission, e.g., United States Air Force Academy (USAFA), Officer Training School (OTS),

Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps, (AFROTC) and Total Force officer training will

select and designate candidates for flying using the following RIs: 92T0 (Pilot trainee); 92T1

(Navigator or CSO trainee); 92T2 (ABM trainee); and 92T3 (RPA Pilot trainee). (T-2). When

these RegAF individuals complete training, the FSS will award the appropriate entry-level

AFSC. (T-2). All other newly commissioned RegAF officers will be classified by

AFPC/DP2LT, Military Accession Branch. (T-2). AFR and ANG FSS classify newly

commissioned officers at their permanent duty stations (PDS). (T-2).

2.2.1.1. AFPC/DP2LT classifies USAFA and AFROTC cadets utilizing the OTS

classification process. The model optimizes USAF and AFROTC cadet classification

based on AF requirements, cadet qualifications, and cadet desires. OTS cadets are

18 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

classified using the same criteria, but not as a component of the model. Air Force

requirements have the highest priority.

2.2.1.2. Following initial classification, changes in AFSC may take place due to medical

disqualification from the AFSC, individual inability to qualify for associated Personnel

Reliability Program requirements, or other ineligibility reasons. AFROTC or USAFA will

notify the need to change AFSCs prior to entering active duty based on these categories

will be provided to AFPC/DP2LT for reclassification consideration. (T-3).

2.2.1.3. Requests for reclassification prior to attending initial skills training may be

addressed to AFPC/DP2LT for initial review. AF/A1P is the approval and disapproval

authority.

2.2.1.4. Respective accession authorities classify newly commissioned Non-Line Officers

and Line of the Air Force Judge Advocates as referenced in paragraphs 2.3.19, 2.3.20 and

2.3.21.

2.2.1.5. Air Reserve Component Line Officers returned to extended active duty (EAD) in

accordance with AFI 36-2008, Voluntary Extended Active Duty (EAD) for Air Reserve

Commissioned Officers. Reclassification is not required upon accession. MilPDS will

reflect the AFSC contained on the EAD orders issued by AFPC/DP2LT, Military

Accessions Branch.

2.2.1.6. Newly Commissioned Line Officers. The components (i.e., AFR, ANG, RegAF)

will select and designate candidates for flying using the following reporting identifiers:

92T0 (Pilot trainee); 92T1 (Navigator or CSO trainee); 92T2 (ABM trainee); and, 92T3

(RPA Pilot trainee). (T-2). When RegAF officers complete training, the Military Personnel

Section (MPS) will award the appropriate entry-level AFSC. (T-2). All other newly

commissioned RegAF officers will be classified by AFPC/DP2LT, Military Accessions

Branch. The Air Reserve Personnel Center (ARPC) Accessions Branch classifies newly

commissioned reserve officers with the exception of ANG officers and those projected to

be RegAF officers. The servicing force support unit classifies newly commissioned ANG

officers at their PDS.

2.2.1.7. Determining Officer Core ID (ANG and United States Air Force Reserve

(USAFR) only). ARPC is responsible for managing and periodically auditing Core IDs for

lieutenant colonels and below; except for The Judge Advocate General’s Corps officers,

who are managed by Headquarters (HQ) USAF/JAX.

2.2.1.8. The officer Core ID is initially based on the AFSC into which the member is

classified at the time of accession, approved for retraining, or approved for Competitive

Category Transfer in accordance with AFMAN 36-2032, Military Recruiting and

Accessions. For officers accessed to the Ready Reserve under an inter-service program,

the Core ID will be determined utilizing the Defense Manpower Data Center Occupational

Database (ODB) unless approved for retraining in conjunction with accession to the

USAFR.

2.2.1.9. Once a Core ID is established, it cannot be changed unless the officer formally

applies and is approved to retrain, is designated for involuntary cross flow or is approved

to transfer to another competitive category in accordance with AFMAN 36-2032. (T-2).

The new Core ID will be updated by ARPC for AFR officers and the servicing force

DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021  19 
support unit for ANG officers. (T-2).  The servicing force support unit (for both AFR and 
ANG)  will  make  corrections  to  the  officer’s  Primary  AFSC  or  Secondary  AFSC  as 
determined by this manual. (T-2). 
2.2.2.  Classifying NPS Enlistees.  2 AF/TTOC Detachment (Det) 1 classifies NPS RegAF 
enlistees  prior  to  their  departure  from  Basic  Military  Training.  2  AF/TTOC  Det  1  also 
reclassifies those eliminated from initial skills training who will be retained in the Air Force.  
RegAF Career Enlisted Aviators (1AXXX and 1UXXX) who have completed their AFSC-
awarding  training  but  failing  to  complete  their  NPS  training  pipeline  (to  include  weapon 
system training) and are recommended for reclassification by their training commander may 
be  referred  to  2  AF/TTOC  Det  1  for  consideration  following  AFSC  disqualification  in 
accordance with paragraph 2.4.  Disqualification is not required since the Airmen will have 
completed their 3-skill level-awarding course prior to attending weapon system training but 
not their NPS pipeline training.  AFR and ANG FSSs will classify all Air Reserve Component 
(ARC) NPS enlistees at their PDSs and, if needed, reclassify those eliminated from initial skills 
training. (T-2).  AFR and ANG FSSs should process waivers of mandatory entry requirements 
according to paragraph 2.3.7 and use Table 2.5 to determine waiver authority and processing 
instructions. 
2.2.2.1.  Guaranteed  Training  Enlistment  Program.    Prior  to  reserving  a  Guaranteed 
Training Enlistment Program allocation, Recruiting Service will ensure applicant meets all 
mandatory qualifications for entry into the AFSC. (T-2).  Process waivers according to 
paragraph  2.3.7  and  use  Table  2.5  to  determine  waiver  authority  and  processing 
instructions. 
2.2.2.2.  Aptitude Index.  Applicants are guaranteed training in one of four aptitude areas:  
Administrative, Electronic, General, or Mechanical.  They will be assigned a specific job 
during  basic  training.    AFSC  classification  of  enlistees  with  an  Aptitude  Index  is 
determined by 2 AF/TTOC Det 1, using MilPDS Technical Training Management System-
JM  to  validate  that  individuals  meet  mandatory  qualifications  for  entry.  (T-1).  
Classification is based on individual’s initial enlistment contract, needs of the Air Force, 
and  personal  preference.    An  Aptitude  Index  enlistee  may  request  release  from  their 
enlistment contract to volunteer for announced priority requirements.  2 AF/TTOC Det 1 
is the approval authority for these requests.  Normally, an individual may select as many 
as 10 AFSC preferences from available openings, provided they are qualified for each.  
Additional aptitude assessments may be directed by the AFSC functional community, as 
necessary. 
2.2.2.3.  2 AF/TTOC Det 1 screens applicants who enlist for training and initial assignment 
into  specific  AFSCs  which  ensure  enlistees  meet  qualifications.    Guaranteed  Training 
Enlistment Program enlistees will be classified into their Guaranteed Training Enlistment 
Program AFSC unless they are disqualified from their guaranteed job. (T-1).  Guaranteed 
Training  Enlistment  Program  enlistees  may  also  request  a  release  to  volunteer  for 
announced requirements.  2 AF/TTOC Det 1 is the approval authority for these requests 
for RegAF Airmen. 
2.2.2.4.  Non-United  States  Citizens  (excluding  United  States  Nationals).    Non-United 
States citizens are restricted from classification in any specialty identified in the AFECD 

20 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

(Attachment 4, Additional Mandatory Requirements for AFSC Entry) as not open to Non-

United States citizens.

2.2.2.5. Dis-enrolled Cadets. The USAFA or HQ AFROTC, in conjunction with HQ Air

Education and Training Command (AETC), Student Resources Divisions, and

AFPC/DP2LT, classify dis-enrolled PS and NPS cadets (see DD Form 785, Record of

Disenrollment from Officer Candidate-Type Training). Consider the following in the order

presented:

2.2.2.5.1. College graduates. If Air Force requirements permit, college graduates are

classified consistently with their academic background.

2.2.2.5.2. Needs of the Air Force.

2.2.2.5.3. Personal qualifications such as education, job experience, vocations or

hobbies, physical condition, and eligibility for security clearance.

2.2.2.5.4. Individual Preference. Normally, an individual may select as many as eight

AFSC preferences, provided the individual is qualified for each in accordance with the

AFECD.

2.2.3. Classifying PS Enlistees. HQ United States Air Force Recruiting Service and

AFPC/DP2LT jointly classify PS RegAF enlisted Airmen. They determine if the individual

remains qualified for the AFSC possessed when separated using the specialty description in

the AFECD. Minimum aptitude requirements do not apply for previously held AFSCs. ANG

and AFR units will classify all PS enlistees and evaluate the member’s prior AFSCs, skills,

and experience for waiver to NGB/AFR CFM for re-award of AFSC. (T-2).

2.2.3.1. HQ United States Air Force Recruiting Service and AFPC/DP2LT award former

enlisted personnel the AFSC possessed at the time of separation, unless downgrade or

withdrawal procedures in paragraph 2.4.1 apply, provided the Airman remains qualified

for the AFSC. The Control AFSC is the AFSC in which the Airman enlisted. Award

AFSCs at the 3-skill level to enlistees from other Services that, upon separation, held

specialties convertible to Air Force skills (AFECD, Attachment 6, Convertible Skills List).

Air Force CFMs determine authorized conversions from other Service classification

identifiers to AFSCs for the convertible skills list. Award of the 3-skill level AFSC is

contingent on the other Service classification identifier’s initial skills training meeting or

exceeding the standards of the AFSC initial skills training, as determined by the Air Force

CFM.

2.2.3.2. Former Air Force personnel in technical training are awarded the 1-skill level

AFSC in the specialty in which they are enrolled at technical training as their Control

AFSC. Their former enlisted AFSC is assigned as the Primary AFSC. Award AFSC at

the 3-skill level or lower to personnel who hold a convertible skill earned in another Service

as a Primary AFSC.

2.2.3.3. Reclassifying PS Accession Retrainees Failing to Complete Retraining for Which

Accessed to Active Duty (RegAF). Former RegAF, AFR, ANG Airmen or other Service

members recruited by the Headquarters United States Air Force Recruiting Service to the

RegAF into an AFSC for which initial skills training (3-skill level AFSC-awarding) is not

required will be disqualified by AFPC/DP2SSM when failing to successfully complete

DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021  21 
required  training.  (T-1).    These  Airmen  will  be  assessed  by  Air  Force  Retraining  for 
retraining consideration eligibility. 
2.2.4.  Classifying Former Air Force Officers.  For RegAF, AFPC/DP2LT; for ARC Airmen, 
the ANG/AFR FSS: 
2.2.4.1.  Assists in determining the enlisted AFSCs for which the officer qualifies (AFPC 
will base AFSC selection on prior experience and training). (T-1). 
2.2.4.2.  Classifies the former officer before enlistment, when possible. 
2.2.4.3.  Awards AFSCs and accurately records qualifications at  the proper skill level.  
After initial classification, normal AFSC skill upgrade requirements apply.  Award enlisted 
SDI or RI, if applicable. 
2.2.4.4.  Use the following steps to classify former officers in the following sequence: 
2.2.4.4.1.  Schedule  applicants  without  Mechanical,  Administrative,  General,  or 
Electronics scores to take the Armed Forces Classification Test.  Other AFSC-specific 
assessment tools identified in the AFECD may be required as well. 
2.2.4.4.2.  Verify the enlisted AFSCs previously held by the applicant by ensuring they 
meet the mandatory specialty qualifications in the AFECD.  Apply downgrading and 
withdrawing provisions specified in paragraph 2.4.  Award previously held AFSCs, 
at the proper skill levels,  to qualified applicants.   Use  applicants  in their previous 
enlisted AFSC when it meets the needs of the Air Force (see paragraphs 2.2.4.4.3 and 
2.2.4.5.). 
2.2.4.4.3.  When they do not qualify for or cannot be used in a previously held AFS, 
award an enlisted AFSC closely related to their officer AFS if they meet specialty 
qualifications in the AFECD. 
2.2.4.4.3.1.  Use a technical advisor proficient in the requested AFS to review the 
officer’s records (including technical knowledge requirements) and interview the 
officer (as needed) to determine the appropriate AFSC and skill level. 
2.2.4.4.3.2.  Award  AFSCs  at  the  3-skill  level  unless  the  technical  advisor 
recommends, and the RegAF CFM or AFR/ANG CFM approves (for ARC) and 
concurs in writing, awarding the 5-skill level.  Determine whether or not to award 
an AFSC above the 5-skill level after having been assigned in the AFSC at the 
permanent  duty  location.    The  supervisor,  after  evaluating  the  experience  and 
training,  may  recommend  awarding  the  7-skill  level  with  RegAF  CFM  or 
AFR/ANG CFM written concurrence. 
2.2.4.4.3.3.  If award of 7-level skill level is supported, the supervisor will submit 
a  written  evaluation  with  documentation  showing  the  qualifications  to 
AFPC/DP2SSM  (RegAF  Airmen)  or  ANG/AFR  CFM  (ARC  Airmen)  as 
designated  in  Table  2.5  for  review.  (T-2).    After  AFPC/DP2SSM  review,  the 
supervisor  will  forward  to  the  RegAF  CFM  or  AFR/ANG  CFM  for 
recommendation. (T-2).  AFPC/DP2SSM, ANG or AFR approve or disapprove the 
request in accordance with authorities in Table 2.5. (T-2). 

22  DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021 
2.2.4.5.  If an AFSC is not awarded under paragraphs 2.2.4.4.2 or 2.2.4.4.3, the FSS awards 
an AFSC at the 1-skill level after completing the following process: 
2.2.4.5.1.  RegAF applicants go to the On-line Retraining Advisory, located on the 
myPers website, to select up to five AFSCs, SDIs, or RIs, from those listed as shortages.  
While Chapter 6, also applies to AFR/ANG Airmen, ARC Airmen must contact an 
ARC recruiter specific to the vacancies. (T-3).  Note:  Chapter 6 procedures apply for 
ARC Airmen despite the different application process identified here. 
2.2.4.5.1.1.  Former officers must meet the mandatory qualifications listed for the 
specialties chosen (refer to the AFECD). (T-2).  If additional tests are required, 
administer them.  If waivers are necessary, use Table 2.5 for approval authorities 
and Table 2.6 for processing. 
2.2.4.5.1.2.  For RegAF, former officers may select an AFSC, SDI, or RI; however, 
in addition to meeting mandatory specialty qualifications, the former officer must 
meet assignment criteria outlined in AFI 36-2110. (T-2). 
2.2.4.5.2.  Advise  AFPC/DP2LT  of  the  RegAF  applicant’s  choices.    AFPC/DP2LT, 
using Chapter 6 of this manual and the AFECD, classifies the applicant and notifies 
the FSS.  While Chapter 6 applies to AFR/ANG Airmen, applicants must contact an 
ARC recruiter specific to the vacancies. (T-3). 
2.2.4.6.  AFSCs, SDIs, or RIs for which they are found qualified will be designated as 
awarded AFSCs, SDIs, and RIs.  It is important to accurately record AFSC qualification at 
the proper skill level because of promotion impacts and the possibility that future Air Force 
needs may dictate assignment into an awarded specialty. 
2.2.5.  Initial Skills Training Eliminees.  RegAF Line Officer initial skills training eliminees 
on EAD, regardless of whether elimination was self-initiated or not, or whether it occurred 
before or after training commences (to include initial training declination), are considered for 
reclassification contingent on current AF requirements and in accordance with AFPCI 36-112, 
Line  Officer  Initial  Skill  Training  Reclassification  Procedures.    AF/A1PT  provides 
AFPC/DP2LT all  AFSCs open to receive eliminees,  based on projected requirements and 
career field sustainment data. (T-1).  The Division Chief, Logistics and Support Airman Career 
Management Division at AFPC/DP2L will determine when the contents of an elimination 
package requires review by the IST Reclassification Panel. (T-2).  When the Division Chief 
determines the contents of the elimination package do not require further review, the Division 
Chief will select a reclassification AFSC from the list of available AFSCs AF/A1PT provided 
to AFPC/DP2LT. (T-2).  In cases where an IST Reclassification Panel is appropriate, the 
Division Chief, Logistics and Support Airman Career Management Division, will convene a 
panel at AFPC and serve as president.  The panel will consist of the president (Colonel) and 
four additional panel members, in the grade of Lt Col or above, for each panel from the various 
functional areas within AFPC. (T-2). ANG officer eliminations are reported to the Initial Skills 
Training ANG liaison, and AFR officer eliminations are reported to the officer’s home unit for 
disposition. 
2.2.5.1.  Reclassification  and  Separation  Authority.    Commander,  AFPC  is  the 
reclassification  and  separation  authority  for  RegAF  Line  Officer  initial  skills  training 
eliminees.  Using a panel process, the commander approves reclassification or separation 

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 23

of an officer. When not approved for reclassification, the commander refers the case to the

officer’s command for processing under AFI 36-3206 or AFI 36-3208 or forwards the case

to the Secretary of the Air Force’s Personnel Council for action.

2.2.5.2. Panel Members. The panel reviews the elimination package using the whole

person concept to determine if the officer will be reclassified. Panel members consider an

officer’s potential to develop and contribute in subject career field, as well as degree,

special coursework, commander’s assessment, and the officer’s preferences. (T-2). The

final determination must meet the needs of the Air Force and the officer’s ability to meet

or exceed those needs. (T-2). Panel members must comply with panel procedures. (T-2).

AF/A1PT provides reclassification requirements to AFPC quarterly using career field

sustainment data provided by AF/A1XD. (T-1). Exceptions must be coordinated with

AF/A1PT. (T-1). If qualified, the officer is to be placed in the most critical AFSC first, to

include reclassification into another rated AFSC. Panel members are to use careful

consideration when reviewing and/or scoring each package. Officers not selected for

reclassification via this panel will be separated and recoupment of educational costs is a

real possibility. (T-1).

2.2.6. Strength Aptitude Test. The mandatory strength standards required for entry into all

enlisted career fields are shown in the AFECD, Attachment 4, Additional Mandatory

Requirements for AFSC Entry.

2.2.7. Determining the Initial Control AFSC. The FSS (or detachments for Individual

Reservists (IRs)) use Table 2.3 to determine initial classification, Table 2.13 to determine the

Control AFSC for Airmen in training status, and Table 2.14 to determine the Control AFSC

as a result of assigning or withdrawing awarded AFSCs.

Table 2.3. Initial Determination of Control AFSC.

If the enlistee is

then the Control AFSC will be

assigned by 2 AF/TTOC Det 1, Joint Base

San Antonio (JBSA) Lackland, to a formal

technical training school

the 1-skill level AFSC in which being trained

a PS enlisted Airman who enlists for duty

assignment (see Note)

the AFSC for which enlisted (see Note)

a PS enlisted Airman who enlists for

technical training

the 1-skill level AFSC in which enlisted

Note: Skill level restrictions in paragraph 2.3.33 apply.

2.2.8. Determining Officer Core Identifier (RegAF only). AFPC Officer assignment teams

are responsible for managing and periodically auditing Core Identifiers for lieutenant colonels

and below, except for Line of the Air Force Judge Advocate officers, who are managed by

AF/JAX.

2.2.8.1. The officer Core Identifier is initially based on the AFSC into which the member

is classified at the time of accession into EAD, approved retraining, or approved

Competitive Category Transfer in accordance with AFMAN 36-2032. For officers

24 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

accessed to EAD under a Voluntary Return to Active Duty Program, the Core Identifier

will match the critical AFSC for which they were approved to return to active duty.

2.2.8.2. The Core Identifier for all line officers will be the first three digits of the AFSC

into which an officer was originally accessed into EAD, retrained, or approved for a

category transfer.

2.2.8.3. Once a Core Identifier is established, it cannot be changed unless the officer

formally applies and is approved to retrain, is designated for involuntary cross flow (in

accordance with Chapter 6), or is approved to transfer to another competitive category.

The assignment team accepting the retrainee or Competitive Category Transfer Airman is

responsible for updating the new Core Identifier. The FSS will make corrections to the

officer’s Primary AFSC/Secondary AFSC as determined by this manual. (T-3).

2.3. Classification Actions at Base of Assignment.

2.3.1. Designating a Primary AFSC. The FSS is responsible for designating the Primary

AFSC (AFSC, SDI, or RI) for each officer and enlisted Airman. It will be the AFSC, SDI, or

RI in which the individual is most qualified to perform duty, but not always the identifier in

which the Airman is currently performing duty. Use the following factors, in the order

presented, to determine the Primary AFSC:

2.3.1.1. Skill and Qualification Level. Usually, the AFSC denoting an individual’s highest

level of skill/qualification is designated as the Primary AFSC. Award of higher skill levels

(enlisted) or qualification levels (officer) is contingent on meeting the qualifications

outlined in the appropriate specialty description contained in the AFOCD/AFECD. SDIs

and RIs do not have skill levels and as such are not listed as the Primary AFSC unless the

Airman possesses no awarded AFSCs (1XXX/1XXXX – 7XXX/7XXXX).

2.3.1.2. Experience. Length and currency of experience are to be considered. Length of

experience can include comparable military or civilian experience.

2.3.1.3. Complexity of the specialty. Specialties requiring a comparatively high degree of

knowledge and responsibility are given preference over the less complex, consistent with

experience.

2.3.1.4. Formal education and training. The extent of an individual’s formal education

and training that led to specialty qualification is to be considered.

2.3.1.5. Currency of Equipment. Qualification on state-of-the-art equipment is to be

considered.

2.3.1.6. Desires and interests of the individual (lowest priority).

2.3.2. Designating Other Classification Identifiers.

2.3.2.1. The FSS awards AFSCs, SDIs, or RIs representing additional qualifications, in

the order of best qualification as second, third, and fourth AFSCs (enlisted only). Feeder

AFSCs are retained according to paragraph 2.2.4.3.

2.3.2.2. AFSCs, RIs, or SDIs showing additional qualifications beyond those identified in

paragraph 2.2.4.2 will not be designated. (T-2). There are no provisions to retain more

AFSCs, RIs, or SDIs than are available in the MilPDS (enlisted may have four awarded

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 25

AFSCs [Primary, Second, Third, and Fourth AFSC] and officers three [Primary, Second,

and Third AFSC]).

2.3.2.3. Rated officers will possess a Primary, Second, and Third AFSC denoting best

aircrew qualification. (T-3). "Best aircrew qualification" means aircrew AFSC 11XX,

12XX, 13BX and 18XX with suffix for aircraft type, including "other."

2.3.2.4. Designating SEIs. Designate (award) all SEIs for which qualified.

2.3.3. Designating a Duty AFSC. A Duty AFSC, including prefixes and suffixes, must match

the authorized funded unit manpower document position except for the enlisted skill or officer

qualification level. (T-2). For example, an entry level (31P1) Security Forces officer assigned

to a position with the qualified (31P3) AFSC will have the 31P1 Duty AFSC. Upon meeting

the requirements for and award of the 31P3 AFSC, change the Duty AFSC to 31P3.

2.3.3.1. Officers are not to be assigned duty to an AFSC in which they are not expected to

progress to the qualified level, except for emergency short-term manning requirements.

2.3.3.2. Officer Duty AFSC changes are approved by both the losing and gaining AFPC

assignment managers for RegAF officers. ANG/AFR CFM will approve or disapprove

Authorization Change Requests and ETPs and will submit Manpower Change Requests to

update the Unit Manpower Document (UMD) for ANG/AFR officers. (T-2).

2.3.3.3. Table 2.10 provides Duty AFSC criteria for officer students.

2.3.3.4. If the authorized position does not accurately identify the duties being performed,

the unit commander requests the FSS conduct a position analysis. The FSS corrects the

Duty AFSC retroactively if the analysis results in a change to the UMD.

2.3.3.5. An officer appointed as a section commander may be awarded 38F3Q AFSC only

when the officer so appointed is assigned to a valid 38F3Q UMD authorization and meets

the eligibility requirements for award in the AFOCD. For units that do not qualify for a

full-time section commander UMD authorization, officers may be appointed as the section

commander and remain in their current AFSC without the 38F3Q AFSC. In this case,

officers use the duty title “section commander” only when performing duties requiring

command authority. In all cases, an officer’s performance as section commander requires

evaluation and recording under the provisions of AFI 36-2406, Officer and Enlisted

Evaluation Systems.

2.3.4. Awarding Special Duty Identifiers. SDIs are awarded to denote qualifications the same

way AFSCs are awarded. SDIs are not awarded as the Primary AFSC unless the Airman

possesses no awarded AFSCs (1XXX/1XXXX – 7XXX/7XXXX). The AFOCD and AFECD

specify SDI qualifications for entry and retention. AFPC/DP2L, DP2O, and DP2N (Officer

Assignments) approve award of RegAF officer SDIs according to Table 2.9. Enlisted SDIs

are awarded according to Table 2.11. SDIs are withdrawn according to the appropriate

subparagraph in paragraph 2.4 of this manual. Airmen performing additional duty SDI roles

are not authorized award of the SDIs.

2.3.5. Awarding or Designating Reporting Identifiers (RIs). RIs are established primarily to

identify conditions or jobs where a specific specialty description is not practical, such as

General Officer (90G0), Wing Commander (91W0), Chief Master Sergeant of the Air Force

(9C000), student, patient, prisoner, disqualified Airman etc. RIs are awarded (if authorized for

26  DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021 
award) or designated to denote qualification or to report a condition the same way AFSCs are 
awarded.  FSSs award or designate RIs as defined in the AFOCD/AFECD and according to 
Tables 2.9, 2.10, and 2.11, except Wounded Warrior (9WXXX or 92WX) and disqualified 
Airmen (9AXXX/96A0/96B0) RIs.  AFPC/DPFW (Warrior and Survivor Care Division) is the 
only  update  and/or  removal  authority  for  Wounded  Warrior  RIs  and  AFPC/DP2SSM  for 
disqualified Airmen RIs (RegAF).  AFR and ANG FSSs are the authority for disqualified ARC 
Airmen.  RegAF enlisted personnel released (not disqualified) from a SDI without an awarded 
AFSC to which the Airman is eligible to return, are to be declared surplus in accordance with 
AFI 36-2110.  The Assignment Support Section (AFPC/DP2LW) may use these Airmen for 
continued utilization consideration. 
2.3.6.  Reinstating AFSCs, SDIs, RIs, SEIs.  AFSCs, SDIs, RIs, and SEIs withdrawn using 
appropriate authority in this manual may be reinstated by the Air Force CFM if the original 
reason for withdrawal or disqualification no longer exists.  Reinstatement requests originate 
with  the  Airman  and  may  be  in  email  or  memorandum  format,  endorsed  by  the  Airman’s 
supervisor and commander, and forwarded by email (digitally signed and encrypted) to the 
FSS.  The FSS ensures each request is fully documented and forwarded to AFPC/DP2SSM by 
CMS AFSC disqualification case for RegAF Airmen.  The reinstatement request outlines the 
circumstances leading to withdrawal and/or disqualification, what has changed since removal, 
and justification for reinstatement.  Requests without justification and supporting document(s) 
are  unable  to  be  processed.    For  RegAF  Airmen,  AFPC/DP2SSM  coordinates  with  the 
appropriate Air Force CFM, approves or disapproves the request, and notifies the FSS.  The 
FSS notifies the Airman requesting reinstatement and the Airman’s parent unit.  If approved 
for reinstatement, AFPC/DP2SSM will award the AFSC at the skill level designated by the Air 
Force CFM. (T-2). 
2.3.6.1.  Reinstatement request for AFR members will be documented as above and the 
FSS  will  forward  the  reinstatement  request  electronically  to  HQ  ARPC/DPAT  for 
processing to AFR CFM for approval or disapproval. (T-2).  HQ ARPC/DPAT notifies the 
FSS  of  the  AFR  CFM’s  decision  and  the  FSS  will  notify  the  individual  requesting  the 
reinstatement and the individual’s unit. (T-2).  If approved for reinstatement, the FSS will 
award the AFSC at the skill level designated by the AFR CFM. (T-3). 
2.3.6.2.  The FSS will forward the reinstatement request electronically to NGB/A1D via 
CMS for processing to the ANG CFM for approval or disapproval. (T-2).  The FSS will 
notify the individual requesting the reinstatement and the individual’s unit.  If approved for 
reinstatement, the FSS will award the AFSC at the skill level designated by the ANG CFM. 
(T-2). 
2.3.7.  Waiving Mandatory Requirements.  Mandatory requirements for awarding AFSCs may 
be waived in extremely rare instances for individuals possessing exceptional qualifications 
determined  to  be  equivalent  to  the  mandatory  requirements.    Approval  authority  and 
procedures to request classification waivers are outlined in  Tables 2.4 and 2.5.  A waiver 
request  originates  with  the  individual  or  the  individual’s  immediate  supervisor.    Waiver 
requests  are  to  be  fully  justified  and  documented.    Only  requests  for  reinstatement 
recommended for approval are to be forwarded to the next review level (see paragraph 2.3.7.5 
and Table 2.6 for processing instructions).  Note:  Procedures to request waivers pertaining to 
on-the-job training, time-in-training for AFSC upgrade are contained Table 2.7. 

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 27

2.3.7.1. Experience: Consider waivers for individuals with experience in a closely-related

AFS, or who have had civilian experience considered a counterpart of the military specialty

being considered. The length of like civilian or related experience equaling the time

required for upgrade is the basis for awarding the appropriate skill level (for enlisted) or

qualified level (XXX3 for officers) in the AFSC.

2.3.7.2. Training: Consider waivers of training (formal, initial skills training, career

development course, etc.) for individuals who have performed exceptionally well in the

specialty over an extended period or have gained the required knowledge through other

avenues.

2.3.7.3. Minimum Aptitude Scores for Retraining (Enlisted). Waiver requests need to

explain why waiver of the mandatory aptitude score is in the best interest of the Air Force

and not simply to allow retraining consideration for the individual. Consider requests for

individuals who have a sustained record of outstanding performance and identify the

specific rationale for supporting the waiver. Commanders should screen each waiver and

only forward those justified and recommended for approval.

2.3.7.4. Other Mandatory Requirements. Waiver requests are to be justified and

documented. Use Tables 2.4 and 2.5 to determine approval authorities for waivers of

mandatory requirements. Forward officer medical, legal, and chaplain waivers as follows:

2.3.7.4.1. Medical Officers (AFSCs 4XXX): MAJCOM to HQ AFPC/DP2N.

2.3.7.4.2. Judge Advocates (AFSCs 51JX): HQ USAF/JAX.

2.3.7.4.3. Chaplains (AFSCs 52RX): HQ USAF/HC.

28 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Table 2.4. Waiver Authority for Mandatory Classification Requirements—Officers (See

paragraph 1.3.7).

If the requirement is (see Note

and the officer has

then approval authority is

education

provided justification

Air Force CFM (see Note

experience

experience or other training

which equates to that in the AFS

a prerequisite AFSC (see Note

experience in assigned AFSC that

equals or exceeds the experience

requirement shown for the

immediate prerequisite AFSC,

and completed training

requirements shown as mandatory

in the prerequisite AFSC

specialty description (see

paragraph 2.3.7)

training

completed other training or has

extensive experience which can

be equated to the training

requirement

Air Force CFM (see

paragraph 2.3.7 and Note

Exception: AFSC 71SX

(see Note 4).

other mandatory requirements

(not specified above) in the

AFOCD specialty description

provided justification

HQ AFPC/DP2SSM

(see Notes 5, 6, and 3).

Notes:

1. The FSS ensures the Airman requesting the waiver justifies why the waiver is warranted and includes

appropriate supporting documentation (e.g., transcripts, training records, performance reports, test

results, letters of recommendation, medical evaluations, or other documents justifying the request).

(T-2).

2. Waiver authority equivalent to that of the RegAF CFM is delegated to HQ-level ANG/AFR CFMs

for ARC Airmen.

3. Prerequisite AFSC requirements are listed in the “experience” or “other” paragraph of the specialty

description. In either case, the RegAF CFM is contacted for a recommendation by the approval

authority. ANG and AFR officers requesting waiver under this rule complete waiver requests in

accordance with the respective Classification Waiver Guide and send to ANG/AFR CFM for review and

coordination. Waiver packages are forwarded to AFPC/DP2SSM for coordination with the RegAF

CFM.

4. Approval authority for AFSC 71SX is HQ Air Force Office of Special Investigations (AFOSI)

AFOSI/CC.

5. If a waiver is requested for medical and/or physical reasons, forward only those recommended for

approval by appropriate medical authority (AF Form 422, Notification of Air Force Member’s

Qualification Status, AFMAN 36-2032, DD Form 2992, Medical Recommendation for Flying or Special

Operational Duty).

6. A copy of the waiver decision is forwarded to the Air Force CFM.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 29

Table 2.5. Waiver Authority For Mandatory Classification Requirements—Enlisted

Personnel (See paragraph 2.3.7).

If the enlisted Airman's waiver is for (see Notes 1 and

then approval authority is (see Note 2)

mandatory training as listed in the specialty description

Air Force CFM (see Notes 3 and 6).

experience (including input AFSC for an AFSC or

prefix in AFECD) (see Note 8)

mandatory education as listed in the specialty

description

Career Development Course

Defense Language Aptitude Battery Score

other mandatory requirements (not specified above) in

the specialty description or Other Mandatory Entry

Requirements listed in the AFECD; or any of the above

HQ AFPC/DP2SSM (see Notes 5 and

7).

Notes:

1. The FSS ensures the Airman requesting the waiver justifies (using official memorandum format) why

the waiver is warranted and includes supporting documentation, (e.g., transcripts, training records,

performance reports, test results, letters of recommendation, medical evaluations, or other documents

justifying request).

2. Follow the processing guidelines established in paragraph 2.3.7.5.

3. Before approving training and/or qualification waivers for RegAF enlisted Airmen with approved

retraining class quotas, coordinate with AFPC/DP1SSR. For ARC Airmen, the FSS contacts NGB/A1D

or HQ AFRC/DPAT, respectively.

4. Prior to processing a waiver request, commanders ensure trainees have completed all subject and task

knowledge requirements as identified by the supervisor. Refer to the applicable AFSC specialty

description in the AFECD to identify specific mandatory requirements for award.

5. A copy of the waiver decision is forwarded to the RegAF CFM or ANG/AFR CFM for ARC Airmen.

6. Waiver authority equivalent to that of the Air Force CFM is delegated to the HQ-level ANG and AFR

Command CFMs for their ARC Airmen. Exception: AFSC 3E7XX and 4N0XXX waiver authority

remains with RegAF CFM.

7. Waiver authority for two-time Career Development Course failures will not be further delegated.

(T-1). The Fire Protection Career Field (3E7XX) and Aerospace Medical Service (4N0XXX) Career

Development Courses are part of a National Certification and Accreditation system. Unit and Base

Education and Training Managers (for locations not having a Base Training Manager, the senior training

manager will fill this role) ensure waiver packages are properly documented and recommendations well

justified. (T-1).

8. Prerequisite AFSC requirements may be listed in the “experience” or “other” paragraph of the

specialty description. AFPC/DP2SSM coordinates waivers with the RegAF CFM. ARC enlisted Airmen

requesting waiver under this rule complete waiver requests in accordance with the ARC Classification

Waiver Guide and send to ANG/AFR CFM for review and coordination. Waiver packages are then

forwarded to the waiver approval authority (AFPC/DP2SSM) for coordination with the RegAF CFM.

Examples could be Armed Services Vocational Aptitude Battery, lift factor, physical stamina, upper

body, lower body, hearing, eyes, stability, and any other requirements in the AFSC specialty description

not identified in Table 2.5 Rules 1-6.

2.3.7.5. Processing Waiver Requests. Use Table 2.6. (Table 2.7 is for enlisted On-the-

Job-Training, Time-in-Training) to determine appropriate routing for waiver requests. The

individual’s immediate supervisor recommends, and their commander decides when a

30 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

waiver submission is appropriate. All waiver requests must be justified and include

sufficient rationale or documentation for the next level of review to adequately and fairly

determine disposition (T-2). Each level of review has the responsibility to use their best

judgment of what is fair and equitable to the individual, and what is in the best interest of

the Air Force. Return or disapprove cases lacking sufficient justification to warrant

consideration. Note: There are no provisions to award additional AFSCs solely to match

UMD authorization AFSCs, or to show future, potential, or possible utilization. Return

such requests without action and advise the Airman to apply for formal retraining if they

wish to pursue utilization in another specialty.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 31

Table 2.6. Processing of All Classification Waiver Requests (Except Enlisted On-the-Job-

Training, Time-in-Training for AFSC Upgrade) (Note 1).

If the individual

requests a waiver, then

the (see Note 2)

of organization

must:

Supervisor

Unit

decide whether a waiver is appropriate. Weigh

documentation and circumstances. If supportable,

provide the individual's commander the request in

Air Force memorandum format, include rationale

and attach documentation to support request. If

applicable, coordinate with the Base Training

Manager to evaluate the request and identify any

deficiencies in the training or to request a

recommendation and provide detailed rationale for

the recommendation. If request is not appropriate,

document why and return to individual. All

completed requests must be forwarded to the

commander. (T-3).

Commander

Unit

review the request and determine whether further

evaluation is necessary. If recommended for

approval, include appropriate endorsement and

forward complete request to the FSS. (T-3).

FSS

Unit

review the request for thoroughness and forward to

AFPC/DP2SSM (ANG/AFR CFM for ARC

Airmen). (See Notes 3 and 4.) (T-2).

ANG/AFR CFM

ANG/AFR

evaluate the request to determine whether further

evaluation is necessary. If request is not

appropriate, document why and return to the action

office for disposition. If recommended for

approval and within the scope of ANG/AFR CFM

approval authority, approve waiver. (T-2). If not

within the scope of ANG/AFR CFM approval

authority, include appropriate endorsement and

forward completed request to AFPC/DP2SSM for

waivers requiring approval by Air Force CFM or

DP2SSM. (See Note 4). (T-1).

Classification

Representative

(AFPC/DP2SSM for

RegAF Airmen; HQ

ARPC/DPAT or

NGB/A1D for ARC

Airmen)

HQ AFPC (HQ

ARPC/DPAT or

NGB/A1D for ARC

Airmen)

evaluate request. Forward coordinated requests

recommending approval, along with supporting

documentation, to the applicable RegAF approval

authority (see Tables 2.4 and 2.5.). Do not

forward incomplete cases or cases lacking rationale

or justification. Return disapproved requests to the

action office for disposition. (T-1).

Training Manager

(DP2LT)

AFPC

If needed, evaluate request and identify any

deficiencies in the training or the request. Provide

a recommendation and coordinate it with the

32 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

If the individual

requests a waiver, then

the (see Note 2)

of organization

must:

MAJCOM functional manager, if applicable (see

Tables 2.4 and 2.5). Do not forward incomplete

cases or cases lacking rationale or justification.

Return disapproved requests to the Unit for

disposition. (T-2).

Air Force CFM

Air Force

evaluate request and either approve or disapprove

those within approval authority (see Tables 2.4

and 2.5). Forward all other cases with

recommendation to AFPC/DP2SSM. (T-1).

Classification

Representative

(DP2SSM)

AFPC

evaluate request and either approve or disapprove.

Approved requests are routed to the applicable

office. Disapproved requests will be returned to

the applicable action office with rationale for

disapproval. A courtesy copy of all actions will be

provided to the applicable RegAF CFM or

ANG/AFR CFM. (T-1).

Notes:

1. AFR and ANG members and/or units will use their respective classification waiver guide for

processing. (T-2).

2. All waiver requests are written in either email or official memorandum format.

3. Requests to waive mandatory training or Career Development Courses are to be forwarded by email

to AFPC/DP2SSM for further staffing to the AFPC Education and Training Branch, as necessary.

4. ANG/AFR CFMs, consistent with waiver authority in Table 2.5.(Waiver Authority For Mandatory

Classification Requirements--Enlisted Personnel), approve or disapprove waivers within their authority.

All others are sent with recommendation to AFPC/DP2SSM.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 33

Table 2.7. Processing of On-the-Job-Training, Time-in-Training Waiver Requests for

AFSC Upgrade for Enlisted RegAF, ANG, and AFR Airmen (See Note).

If an individual

requests a waiver

under Table 2.5, rule

1, then the

of organization

must:

Supervisor

Unit

RegAF/ANG/AFR: Review the member's request

and, if concur, complete a memorandum for record

detailing the request and justification for waiver

approval. (T-3).

Training Manager

Unit

RegAF: Review the request package for

compliance with instructional guidance. If

recommended for approval, place the memorandum

for record on top of the waiver package and process

through the unit commander, group commander, and

finally to the wing commander or designee for final

approval or disapproval authority. (T-3).

AFR: N/A; supervisor forwards to Unit

Commander, Rule 3. (T-3).

ANG: Review the request package for compliance

with instructional guidance. If recommended for

approval, place the memorandum for record on top

of the waiver package and forward to the unit

commander for endorsement. (T-3).

Commander

Unit or Wing

RegAF: Review the memorandum for record and

corresponding package and determine whether

further evaluation is necessary. If recommended for

approval, commander will include appropriate

endorsement and forward completed request to the

Unit Training Manager for update. (T-3).

AFR: Review the memorandum for record and

corresponding package and determine whether

further evaluation is necessary. If recommended for

approval, include appropriate endorsement and

forward completed request to the Base Training

Manager for processing. (T-3).

ANG: Unit commander reviews the memorandum

for record and corresponding package to determine

whether further evaluation is necessary. If

recommended for approval, include appropriate

endorsement and forward completed package to the

Force Development Office (FDO) for final review

and processing with the Wing Commander or

Mission Support Group Commander (determined at

Wing level). (T-3).

34 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

If an individual

requests a waiver

under Table 2.5, rule

1, then the

of organization

must:

Wing or Base

Training Manager

FSS/Wing

RegAF: Initiate upgrade action in MilPDS

following Commander approval. (T-2).

AFR: Review and forward to HQ ARPC/DPAT.

(T-2).

ANG: FDO initiate the upgrade action in MilPDS

following the final approved package endorsement

listed for the AFS in the ANG Classification Waiver

Guide. (T-2).

Miltary Personnel

Management Office

MAJCOM

AFR ONLY: Review and add a concurrence or

non-concurrence MFR to the electronic waiver

package. Forward to MAJCOM functional manager

for final disposition. (T-2).

HQ ARPC/DPAT

MAJCOM

AFR ONLY: Review and add a concurrence or

non-concurrence MFR to the electronic waiver

package. Forward to MAJCOM functional manager

for final disposition. (T-2).

CFM

HQ Air

Force/MAJCOM

AFR ONLY: Once received from HQ

ARPC/DPAT, CFM must evaluate request, approve

or disapprove, complete a memorandum of record of

action, and add it to the request as the first page.

Approved request packages are sent back to HQ

ARPC/DPAT via email and routed to the Wing

Training and Education Office of origin. (T-2).

Wing or Base

Training Manager

Wing

AFR ONLY: Forward final disposition to unit of

origin for appropriate action.

Unit Training

Manager

FSS/Unit

RegAF ONLY: Initiate upgrade action in the

Personnel Data System. (T-2).

Note: ANG and AFR units use their respective Classification Waiver Standard Operating Procedures.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 35

2.3.8. Converting to New or Revised AFS.

2.3.8.1. Conversion instructions for establishing and revising an AFS are published in the

Change Summary & Conversion Instruction Guide with each update to either the AFOCD

or AFECD. The Change Summary & Conversion Instruction Guide specifies the action(s)

required by the FSS, AFPC and Manpower.

2.3.8.2. If a review and evaluation of the Airman’s qualification is required (e.g., an

indirect conversion action), this is accomplished as a pre-conversion action to ensure award

of the correct authorized AFSC occurs immediately following the AFSC conversion

effective date (see the applicable Change Summary & Conversion Instruction Guide and

AFSC Conversion execution guidance in the myPers website for detailed conversion

instructions). Conversion actions are to be completed immediately following the

conversion effective date. However, in cases where the actions are not completed, FSS are

authorized to award AFSCs based on conversion instructions for up to 30 days after the

effective date. Indirect conversion actions are tied to specific time periods identified in the

Change Summary & Conversion Instruction Guide and are not open-ended.

2.3.8.3. Conversion to new or revised AFS is at a comparable skill and/or qualification

level unless otherwise noted in the conversion guide instructions.

2.3.8.4. During the initial conversion period and for up to 30 days after the effective date,

testing and mandatory training, experience, and education may be waived for awarding

new AFSCs unless otherwise specified in conversion guide instructions. Waiver

authorities are identified in Tables 2.6 and 2.7.

2.3.8.5. When existing AFSCs are revised and new mandatory prerequisites are

established, personnel will retain their awarded AFSC even if they no longer meet the

newly established prerequisites, unless otherwise specified in the Change Summary &

Conversion Instruction Guide.

2.3.8.6. FSS will ensure individuals are classified in accordance with Change Summary &

Conversion Instruction Guide. (T-2). Technically qualified FSS personnel assist in the

conversion process. For indirect conversions, the senior functional for the AFSC(s)

concerned or a MAJCOM functional manager (ANG/AFR CFM) are to assist in identifying

the correct AFSC(s) from those listed in the Change Summary & Conversion Instruction

Guide.

2.3.9. Changes in Mission, Weapon System, or Equipment. A change in basic mission,

weapon system, or equipment may require changes to authorized AFSCs and reevaluation of

training and individual qualifications. Local functional manager for the specialty develop

functional (from the RegAF CFMs for the AFSC[s] involved) conversion instructions for

Airmen affected by the change in coordination with the MAJCOM Functional Area Manager,

RegAF CFM, AFR CFM and ANG CFM.

2.3.9.1. Air Force CFM functional conversion instructions identify transitional training

requirements and skill level determination procedures for accomplishing the conversion, if

required.

36 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

2.3.9.2. FSS, with the help of the local functional representatives impacted by the

conversion, determine appropriate Duty AFSC, Control AFSC (enlisted only), and

awarded AFSCs according to the Change Summary & Conversion Instruction Guide and

update accordingly.

2.3.9.3. Source documents for Control and awarded AFSC updates resulting from an

indirect AFSC conversion are the conversion RIP (generated by the FSS from MilPDS

within five days of the conversion cycle) or the manually prepared AF Form 2096. For

either source document, forward to AFPC/DP1ORM (Automated Records Management

System office) for scanning into each Airman’s digital Automated Records Management

System record.

2.3.10. Using Suffixes. Suffixes identify positions and Airmen qualified to perform duty in

those positions related to particular equipment or functions within an AFSC.

2.3.10.1. Classification actions for suffixes are the same as those prescribed for AFSCs.

When AFSC suffixes are awarded, they become an integral part of the AFSC.

2.3.10.2. When an enlisted Airman is retraining into a different AFSC, including a

different suffix of an AFSC, the Control AFSC is designated at the 1-skill level for the

AFSC into which the Airman is retraining (see Table 2.13., Rule 2). In those rare instances

where a RegAF CFM (or ANG/AFR CFM) determines an Airman possesses the knowledge

and skills associated with the 3-skill level AFSC-awarding initial skills training, a CFM-

approved waiver is required to designate the 3-skill level Control AFSC and awarded

AFSC. Attach the approved waiver to the AF Form 2096 awarding the AFSC and send to

AFPC/DP1ORM for scanning into each Airman’s digital Automated Records Management

System record.

2.3.10.3. AFSCs authorized for use without shreds and/or suffixes are identified in the

AFOCD by a (+) preceding the AFSC number on the Officer Classification Structure Chart

and in the AFECD by an (*) preceding the AFSC on the Enlisted Classification Structure

Chart.

2.3.10.4. Enlisted Airmen awarded AFSCs authorized for use without shreds and/or suffix

are considered proficient in the basic AFSC (non-shredded and/or suffixed) and may be

used in either the shred and/or suffix or the basic AFSC. Example: An enlisted Airman’s

Primary AFSC is 1C551D. Because 1C551 is authorized to be used without the shred

and/or suffix, the enlisted Airman is considered qualified to work in either AFSC 1C551

or 1C551D. Note: An Airman with a Primary AFSC of 1C551 requires eligibility per the

1C5X1 AFSC specialty description for award and utilization of the 1C551D AFSC. This

is a retraining action unless the Airman has previously completed the 1C5X1D initial skills

training.

2.3.11. Using Prefixes. Prefixes are authorized for use with specific AFSCs when there is a

need to identify an ability or skill not restricted to a single utilization field or career field. A

prefix used with the authorized AFSC in the prefix section of the AFOCD and AFECD

identifies manning document position requirements (where required) and Airmen qualified to

perform duty in the position.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 37

2.3.11.1. More than one prefix to the same specialty is authorized (for example, Primary

AFSC T3F071 and Second AFSC W3F071). However, do not award multiple prefixes to

the same AFSC if it results in deleting another awarded AFSC qualification.

2.3.11.2. Prefix award is managed using the guidance contained in Section I of the

AFOCD or AFECD. Award the prefixed AFSC when the Airman meets the specified

award criteria in the prefix description.

2.3.11.3. Prefix withdrawal is managed using the same guidance as AFSC withdrawal (see

paragraph 2.4.). However, periods of nonperformance will not be used as a sole basis for

withdrawing a prefix. Once awarded, prefixes will be retained as long as the authorized

AFSC is retained. If an AFSC is withdrawn, the prefix associated with the AFSC is also

withdrawn. This includes the officer C prefix. Note: The C prefix denotes commander

duties within a functional AFSC, (i.e., C31P3, Commander, Security Forces). Award it

according to the authorized prefix listing contained in the AFOCD stipulating the

mandatory criteria for award.

2.3.11.4. When awarding officers prefix N or prefix P, an appropriate shred and/or suffix,

specified in the AFOCD Section I explanation for the applicable prefix, must be affixed to

the AFSC.

2.3.12. Classifying Patients. Use RI 93P0 as the Duty AFSC for officer patients and RI 9P000

for the Duty AFSC of enlisted patients hospitalized or expected to be hospitalized for 90 days

or more. Airmen will retain their Control AFSC (enlisted only), Primary AFSC, and other

awarded AFSCs unless withdrawn according to paragraph 2.4. See the AFECD and AFOCD

for other RIs and their applicability.

2.3.13. Managing Special Experience Identifiers.

2.3.13.1. SEIs are established to identify special experience and training not otherwise

identified within MilPDS. SEIs complement the assignment process, but are not substitutes

for AFSCs, Chief Enlisted Manager codes, prefixes, suffixes, SDIs, RIs, or professional

specialty course codes. They are established when identifying training, skills or experience

as critical to the assignment match, force management or deployment needs, etc., when no

other MilPDS-based identification is appropriate or available. SEIs can be used to rapidly

identify an already experienced resource to meet unique circumstances, contingency

requirements or management needs. They provide a means to track individuals and

identify positions requiring or providing unique experience or training that would

otherwise be lost. Enlisted SEIs are three-character numeric or alpha-numeric codes.

Officer SEIs are comprised of two separate codes: the activity code and experience set.

See the AFECD/AFOCD for approved codes and requirements. Note: Once awarded,

officer and enlisted SEIs simply exist in the Airman’s record within the MilPDS. They do

not expire nor are they automatically removed based on time or other eligibility

requirements.

2.3.13.2. Responsibilities. RegAF CFMs, MAJCOM functional managers, ANG/AFR

CFMs, commanders, supervisors, AFPC assignment managers, and AFPC military

classification personnel share responsibility for overall management of the SEI program.

They can determine how SEIs are tied to the assignment process, as required, when specific

38 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

experience requirements are justified for specific situations for assignment selection to

AFPC assignment teams.

2.3.13.2.1. AFPC/DP2SSM establishes, revises, and deletes SEIs from the

AFECD/AFOCD and MilPDS SEI tables when requested by the RegAF CFM (or

ANG/AFR CFM if ARC-specific). The RegAF CFM, in conjunction with MAJCOM

functional managers and ANG/AFR CFMs, are responsible for annually reviewing

established SEIs to determine validity and usefulness (see AFOCD and AFECD for

additional SEI information). Notify AFPC/DP2SSM when SEIs are no longer needed

in the MilPDS tables. AFPC/DP2SSM does not update SEIs for individual Airmen,

but is the approval authority for all RegAF SEI withdrawal actions processed through

CMS SEI Removal cases, in accordance with the SEIs Removal execution guidance in

the myPers website. For ANG/AFR Airmen, the unit commander approves withdrawal

of awarded SEIs and CMS is not used.

2.3.13.2.2. Commanders and supervisors review an individual's qualification for

award and request SEI update by the servicing FSS using AF Form 2096 according to

SEI execution guidance in the myPers website.

2.3.13.2.3. Functional managers at the appropriate level (RegAF CFM, ANG/AFR

CFM, MAJCOM, field operating agency, direct reporting unit, detachment, etc.), in

conjunction with Manpower, review authorizations to determine if positions require

SEI coding. They review individual UMD authorizations to determine if the job will

provide the incumbent with the special experience that the SEI denotes (enlisted only).

A key element to the success of the SEI program is to identify the appropriate positions

requiring the training and/or experience reflected by the SEI for assignment to the

authorization.

2.3.13.2.4. AFPC assignment officers and/or managers may use SEIs, when

appropriate, in the assignment selection process for RegAF Airmen.

2.3.13.2.5. RegAF Officers (lieutenant colonel and below) may request award or

withdrawal of SEIs in accordance with the SEI execution guidance in the myPers

website. If the AFOCD Experience Set criteria allows for removal based on the

officer’s request, AFPC/DP2SSM may approve the action.

2.3.13.3. FSS may award SEIs for colonels and colonel-selects according to SEI criteria

specified in the AFOCD in accordance with the SEI execution guidance in the myPers

website.

2.3.13.4. Enlisted SEIs. The FSS’s role is to:

2.3.13.4.1. Update award of or request enlisted SEI removal actions. The commander,

other designated representative (documented by a memorandum of delegation attached

to the Air Force Form 2096) or as specified in the SEI award criteria is the approving

authority (AF Form 2096, section VI).

2.3.13.4.2. Monitor incoming and locally initiated assignment actions and consider

special experience and training in determining an individual's duty position.

2.3.13.4.3. Award SEIs during in-processing, classification interviews, or when

determined appropriate by an individual's supervisor or commander.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 39

2.3.13.5. The AFECD contains the complete list of authorized enlisted SEIs and includes

designation criteria, authorized AFSC combinations where required, and special

instructions. FSS awards the SEI to the appropriate AFSC (i.e., by AFSC type [Primary

AFSC, 2/3/4 AFSCs]) in accordance with the SEI execution guidance in the myPers

website, after the Airman meets experience, training, and any other requirements outlined

in the AFECD. Note: Enlisted Airmen assigned to SEI-coded UMD authorizations either

possess the necessary experience or be able to gain the necessary experience with training

and time spent in the position. Enlisted SEIs encompass both general and restricted types,

contain three characters and are in both alphabetical and alpha-numeric format. In the

AFECD, general SEIs are identified as associated with “any AFSC.” Restricted SEIs are

identified as associated with the specific SEIs /skill levels stated or a range of AFSCs (e.g.,

1XXXX or 1AXXX/1UXXX). In addition, certain SEIs have been designated as “auto

award” or “auto notify” and provide limited MilPDS functionality to track and award the

SEI or notify the commander that the Airman may be eligible for award. See the SEI

execution guidance in the myPers website. Approved SEI tables are contained in the

AFECD, available on the myPers website.

2.3.13.6. If the SEI area in MilPDS is full and a new SEI is to be awarded, consider the

following factors in evaluating which SEIs to retain in MilPDS:

2.3.13.6.1. Retain experience on modern equipment or systems (functional managers

determine equipment currency).

2.3.13.6.2. Retain SEIs based on the extent of experience and training versus SEIs with

minimum experience or those of lesser importance at the time of review.

2.3.13.6.3. Officer SEIs are all general as MilPDS has no capability to associate officer

SEIs with AFSCs. In addition, the officer SEI is composed of two distinct data fields:

the one-character alpha “Activity Code” and the two-character alpha or alpha-numeric

“Experience Set.” Approved activity code and experience set tables are contained in

the AFOCD, available on the myPers website. Officer SEIs are not awarded for simply

occupying an SEIs coded position. SEIs are only awarded once the officer meets the

mandatory qualification criteria to include training and/or experience as identified in

the AFOCD, whether occupying a coded position or not.

2.3.13.7. RegAF CFMs at the appropriate level may code appropriate "no name

allocations" with desired SEI requirements when specific circumstances warrant SEIs

matches. These actions are pre-coordinated with the AFPC assignment manager.

2.3.13.7.1. Code SEI positions on the manpower documents.

2.3.13.7.2. Assign individuals with desired SEIs to matching positions.

2.3.13.8. Process requests for withdrawal of awarded SEIs in accordance with the SEI

execution guidance on the myPers website.

2.3.14. Classifying General Officers. RI 90G0 is the Primary and Duty AFSC of all general

officers. Award it after confirmation of promotion to brigadier general and effective on the

date selected for promotion by the Secretary of Defense. Withdraw all other awarded AFSCs

when adding the 90G0 AFSC. Classification procedures contained elsewhere in this manual

do not apply to general officers.

40  DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021 
2.3.15.  Awarding AFSCs to Officers.  Use specialty description qualifications in the AFOCD 
and  this  manual to award or  change  AFSCs.    An  officer  must  meet  the mandatory entry 
requirements for award of AFSCs, SDIs, or RIs. (T-2).  The specialty description contains 
mandatory and desirable entry, award, and upgrade criteria.  In addition, for those AFSCs with 
a Career Field Education and Training Plan, officers must meet the requirements therein for 
upgrade.  Designate other AFSCs according to paragraph 2.3. (T-2). 
2.3.16.  Awarding  Intermediate  or  Qualified  AFSCs.    Approval  authority  is  the  unit 
commander, unless otherwise specified in Tables 2.8 and 2.9.  The FSS monitors the eligibility 
of officers for upgrade to an intermediate (if applicable) or qualified AFSC.  Establish a 6-
month  upgrade  suspense  date  when  no  minimum  experience  is  shown  in  the  specialty 
description in the AFOCD.  Use this date strictly to monitor the award action.  It is not a 
minimum experience requirement; it is simply a monitoring tool.  See paragraphs 2.3.17 and 
2.3.18 for commanders’ upgrade and award actions. 
2.3.16.1.  Use the officer upgrade RIP (or other communication, as applicable) to notify 
commanders or supervisors when officers have met identified experience requirements. 
2.3.16.2.  Commanders or supervisors review an officer's qualification for upgrade and 
return annotated RIP (or provide completed AF Form 2096) to the FSS.  If an officer is not 
qualified for upgrade, the commander or supervisor advises the FSS in writing to establish 
a new suspense date.  The new suspense date represents the commander’s or supervisor’s 
estimate as to when the individual should be ready for upgrade. 
2.3.17.  Classifying  Commanders.    A  variety  of  AFSCs,  SDIs,  and  Report  Identifiers  are 
available to identify commander UMD authorizations.  Use the AFOCD to determine which 
identifier is appropriate for the role and position under consideration.  Personnel selected for 
commander positions (AFSCs, SDIs, or RIs such as XXC0, SDI 80C0, SDI 81T0, RI 91C0, 
and RI 91W0) are considered qualified upon assignment to the position.  Such commander 
specialties encompass command, direction, planning, and staff supervision; cut across career 
fields of diverse functions and activities; and are only awarded to officers assigned to valid 
commander or deputy commander authorizations.  They carry a high level of responsibility 
and extreme care must be exercised in their award.  They are not awarded to show potential 
qualification. 
2.3.18.  Using  the  Commander  Prefix.    Use  the  prefix  "C"  to  identify  functional  AFSC 
commander  positions  below  Group  level.    It  is  only  authorized  to  be  used  with  the  3 
qualification level and is not available for use with the 1, 2 or 4 qualification levels.  C-prefixed 
AFSCs at other than the 3 qualification level do not exist in MilPDS.  Note:  The C prefix 
denotes  commander  duties  within a functional AFSC, (i.e., C31P3, Commander,  Security 
Forces).    Award  it  according  to  the  authorized  prefix  listing  contained  in  the  AFOCD 
stipulating the mandatory criteria for award. 
2.3.18.1.  The minimum experience for award of the C prefix is 12 months assigned to a 
valid, funded C-prefixed authorization as a unit commander performing that role, provided 
the officer has already been upgraded to the qualified AFSC (XXX3) level in the non-
prefixed AFSC at the time of award.  Officers are not authorized award of the C-prefixed 
functional AFSC until they meet the prefix award criteria in the AFOCD and are awarded 
the qualified AFSC. 

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 41

2.3.18.2. The C prefix is not authorized (nor are they in MilPDS as a valid prefix-AFSC

combination) for specialties specifically established to identify commander functions as

denoted by the term "commander" in the specialty title. Example: SDI 80C0,

Commander, Cadet Squadron, USAFA; SDI 81C0, Training Commander, OTS; RI 91C0,

Commander; RI 91W0, Wing Commander; AFSC 38P3Q, Section Commander; AFSC

10C0, Operations Commander; AFSC 20C0, Logistics Commander; AFSC 30C0, Support

Commander; AFSC 40C0, Medical Commander; or AFSC 60C0, Program Director. Note:

See C Prefix definition in the prefix listing contained in the AFOCD for a complete listing

of AFSCs not authorized for use with the prefix.

2.3.18.3. Eligibility Criteria for Wear of Air Force Command Insignia.

2.3.18.3.1. The command insignia must be worn by all eligible commissioned officers

in the rank of Colonel (O-6) and below as authorized in Air Force Instruction 36-2903,

Dress and Personal Appearance of Air Force Personnel. (T-1).

2.3.18.3.2. Eligibility criteria. To wear the command insignia, an officer:

2.3.18.3.2.1. Must possess and exercise Uniformed Code of Military Justice

authority via appointment on G-Series orders (Permanent Assumption or

Permanent Appointment) and be serving in a position coded as a Command Billet

with a C-prefix or a specified command AFSC such as 10C0, 30C0, etc. (T-1).

2.3.18.3.2.2. RegAF units:

2.3.18.3.2.2.1. For Lieutenant Colonels and below: Must be competitively

selected by an Air Force-level command board. (T-1). This includes selectees

from Air Force-level squadron commander boards, Military Entrance

Processing Station Commander board, and USAFA Cadet Squadron and Group

Air Officer Commander positions. (T-1).

2.3.18.3.2.2.2. ANG units: Must be competitively selected for command at the

Wing or State-level at either the wing, group, squadron, numbered flight, or

detachment level. (T-1). This includes Numbered Flights Commanders within

the ANG that fall outside of normal reporting channels (i.e., the flight reports

directly to a Group Level). (T-1).

2.3.18.3.2.2.3. AFR units: Must fill one of the following positions: squadron

commander, group commander or wing commander, and Readiness and

Integration Organization (RIO) detachment commander. (T-1).

2.3.18.3.2.3. Must serve a minimum of one year in command for permanent wear.

(T-1).

2.3.18.3.2.4. Command insignia will not be worn by:

2.3.18.3.2.4.1. Temporary, acting, detachment, element and section

commanders as designated on G-series orders. (T-1).

2.3.18.3.2.4.2. Vice and Deputy Commanders. However, they may wear the

insignia as a graduated commander from previously held command positions.

(T-1).

42 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

2.3.18.3.2.4.3. General Officers. (T-1).

2.3.18.3.2.4.4. Officers removed from command for cause are not authorized

permanent wear of the command insignia. (T-1). Exception: Officers

authorized permanent wear of the command insignia due to prior successful

commands. (T-1).

2.3.18.3.2.5. ETPs: Previously granted exceptions to policy are no longer valid.

Officers must meet the criteria above to be authorized wear of the command

insignia. (T-1). New ETP requests must be submitted to AF/A1S through the

MAJCOM/A1. (T-1).

2.3.19. Awarding Medical Utilization Field AFSCs (4XXX). Award medical AFSCs only to

officers designated as members of the Medical Service, United States Air Force, according to

Title 10, USC § 9063(a) through (f), Designation, Officers to perform certain professional

functions. A medical officer may be awarded an AFSC other than those in the 4XXX series if

approved by AFPC/DP2N, AFRC/SG, or NGB/SG, as applicable.

2.3.20. Awarding Chaplain Utilization Field AFSCs (52RX). Award and assign AFSCs 52RX

only to officers who are accepted for Air Force service as chaplains, possess ecclesiastical

endorsements listed in Department of Defense Directive 1304.19, Appointment of Chaplains

for the Military Departments, and are accepted by HQ USAF/HC, Chief of Air Force Chaplains

(RegAF and AFR only). Chaplains wear their occupational badge after graduating from

technical school (which for Chaplains is the Basic Chaplain Course). For specific award

criteria refer to AFI 52-101, Planning and Organizing.

2.3.21. Awarding Legal Utilization Field AFSCs (51JX). A Juris Doctor degree issued by an

accredited law school, active (or equivalent) status with a current license in good standing to

practice law before the highest court of a U.S. state, commonwealth or territory, or the District

of Columbia, and designation by The Judge Advocate General according to 10 USC § 9063(g),

are mandatory for entry and award of 51JX AFSCs. In addition, award the qualified AFSC to

those officers who have met all training and experience requirements prescribed in the AFOCD

AFSC specialty description. Award 51JX AFSCs only to those ARC officers designated as

judge advocates (JAs) by The Judge Advocate General, in accordance with AFI 51-101, The

Air Force Judge Advocate General’s Corps (AFJAGC) Operations, Accessions, and

Professional Development. Officers awarded a 51JX AFSC, but who do not have an

appointment in The Judge Advocate General’s Corps Reserve in accordance with AFI 51-101,

shall have the AFSC withdrawn and will be reclassified. (T-2). Award the qualified AFSC to

those officers who have met all training and experience requirements prescribed in AFI 51-

101 and the AFSC specialty description in the AFOCD. For ANG officers reference AFMAN

36-2032.

2.3.22. Rated Officers. Loss of Aircraft Qualification. Rated officers placed in an inactive

aviation service code (flying status codes J, K, L, P, S, or T) retain their awarded AFSC at the

qualified or staff level. Paragraph 2.4.3.3.9.2 contains guidance and instructions for rated

officers disqualified from aviation service. There is no requirement to downgrade the AFSC

as a result of these circumstances. An awarded AFSC will reflect the highest held qualification

level, regardless if it is the Primary, Second, or Third AFSC. (T-2).

DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021  43 
2.3.23.  Classifying Officers of Other Services Working in the Air Force.  Assign officers of 
allied countries or other DoD agencies attached to the Air Force for duty in AFSCs authorized 
for Air Force use.  Because these officers fill specific manning requirements within the Air 
Force, give them duty assignments that maximize their technical training and experience.  Do 
not delete military specialties recorded by other departments from their records. 
2.3.24.  Competitive Category Transfers.  For RegAF officers, requests to transfer between 
competitive categories are accomplished in accordance with AFMAN 36-2032, initiated by the 
officer, and coordinated through the appropriate functional assignment officer.  Application 
requirements  for  a  competitive  category  vary  based  on  the  gaining  AFSC  requirements.  
Transfer  application  requirements  are  available  on  the  myPers  website.    Note:    Officers 
eliminated from initial skills training may be reclassified under paragraph 2.2.5.  AFR and 
ANG competitive category transfers will be accomplished in accordance with AFMAN 36-
2032. (T-2). 
2.3.25.  Awarding  AFSCs  in  Enlisted  Career  Fields.    Award  or  change  AFSCs  based  on 
specialty standards in the AFECD, this manual, and the execution guidance in the myPers 
website. 
2.3.25.1.  Award of an AFSC must be based on one of the following: 
2.3.25.1.1.  Initial classification. (T-3). 
2.3.25.1.2.  Enlisted skill level upgrade (see Table 2.11). (T-3). 
2.3.25.1.3.  AFSC downgrade or withdrawal. (T-3). 
2.3.25.1.4.  AFSC conversions (see Change Summary & Conversion Instruction Guide 
and periodic revisions to the AFECD). (T-3). 
2.3.25.1.5.  Enlisted retraining (see Chapter 6 for requirements). (T-3). 
2.3.25.1.6.  Waiver of mandatory requirements (see paragraph 2.3.7 and Tables 2.4 or 
2.5). (T-3). 
2.3.25.1.7.  Awarding helper-level AFSCs to ANG and AFR enlisted personnel based 
on civilian experience. (T-3). 
2.3.25.2.  Additional  AFSCs  will  not  be  awarded  solely  to  show  future,  potential,  or 
possible utilization. (T-3). 
2.3.25.3.  The 7-skill level will only be awarded to Staff Sergeant select through Master 
Sergeant. (T-1).  The 9-skill level will only be awarded to Senior Master Sergeant. (T-1).  
The Chief Enlisted Manager code will only be awarded to Chief Master Sergeant and Chief 
Master Sergeant-select. (T-1).  Use Table 2.12 for authorizing manpower positions.  Note:  
AFSCs will only be awarded through the methods cited in paragraph 2.3.25. (T-3).  The 
FSS will return requests that do not comply with this paragraph to the originator. (T-3). 
2.3.26.  Strength Aptitude.  Mandatory strength standards for entry into  all enlisted career 
fields are shown in the AFECD, Attachment 4. 
   

44  DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021 
2.3.27.  Classifying Airmen in Retraining Status.  Retrainees in the grade of Senior Master 
Sergeant and below must complete all mandatory requirements (see Chapter 6) to qualify for 
award of a new skill level unless waived by appropriate waiver authority in Table 2.5.  Review 
Tables 2.4, 2.5, and 2.6 for waiver approval levels and processing requirements. (T-2). 
2.3.27.1.  AF/A1LE, Chiefs’ Group, Assignments Division, manages cross-flow into other 
than an awarded Chief Enlisted Manager code for all RegAF Chief Master Sergeants and 
Chief Master Sergeant-selects.  Note:  ANG and AFR Command Chief Master Sergeants 
cross-flowing into another AFSC outside the career field ladder must submit a waiver to 
bypass  normal  skill  level  qualifications  to  NGB/A1D  for  ANG  personnel  and  HQ 
ARPC/DPAT for AFR personnel. (T-2).  NGB/A1D or HQ ARPC/DPAT will review for 
thoroughness  and  coordinate  with  ANG  or  AFR  CFM  and  training  managers  before 
approving or disapproving. (T-2). 
2.3.27.2.  Chief Enlisted Manager codes are awarded using Rule 6 of Table 2.11. 
2.3.28.  Classifying  Students.    Retain  a  student's  awarded  AFSC  except  as  indicated  in 
paragraph 2.4.2.  For classifying student officers refer to Table 2.10.  The Duty AFSC of 
enlisted personnel attending a formal school is the AFSC to which the course trains according 
to the Education and Training Course Announcement (ETCA) (an online version of the Air 
Force Course Catalog).  If the course does not train to a specific AFSC, the Duty AFSC remains 
the same as it was at the base of assignment.  Award a 3-skill level AFSC upon graduation 
from the AFSC-awarding course.  To determine the Control AFSC of enlisted personnel in 
training status, see Table 2.13. 
2.3.29.  Classifying Religious Affairs Personnel.  The 37th Training Wing, JBSA-Lackland 
TX, using  policies  established by HQ USAF/HC, determines  initial  entry of  RegAF NPS 
enlisted Airmen into the Religious Affairs AFSC (5R0X1).  The wing chaplain and chapel 
non-commissioned  officer  in  charge  interview  retrainees  into  this  AFSC,  then  forward 
recommendations to the AETC command chaplain for review or approval. 
2.3.29.1.  HQ AFRC/HC, using policies established by HQ USAF/HC, will approve or 
disapprove retraining applications for AFR  enlisted  Airmen  into the Religious Affairs 
career field (AFR does not accept NPS Airmen into AFSC 5R0X1).  (T-3).  The wing 
chaplain and chapel non-commissioned officer in charge interview retraining applicants, 
then forward recommendations to HQ AFRC/HC for command chaplain review and/or 
approval. (T-3). 
2.3.29.2.  NGB Religious Affairs CFM approval is required for ANG enlisted personnel 
entry into the AFS and follow-on initial skills training (ANG does not accept NPS Airmen 
into AFSC 5R0X1). 
2.3.30.  Classifying Instrumentalists.  The Air Force Military Training Center classifies initial 
enlistees into AFSCs 3N1X1 and 3N2X1 using AFMAN 36-2032, and AFI 35-101, Public 
Affairs  Operations.    Band  commanders  may  award  appropriate  instrumental  suffixes  to 
qualified persons assigned and classified in AFSC 3N151 if there is a vacancy in the unit of 
assignment.  Requirements and testing procedures are specified in AFI 35-101. 
   

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 45

2.3.31. Classification Interviews and Audits.

2.3.31.1. Classification specialists (5-skill levels or higher with classification experience

[for ANG, the Force Development Office]), conduct classification audits during in-

processing and when an Airman receives an assignment in an AFSC other than their

Control AFSC.

2.3.31.2. Auditors or Personnel specialists (AFPC for RegAF; HQ ARPC/DPAT or

NGB/A1D for ARC Airmen) will:

2.3.31.2.1. Evaluate accuracy and currency of the AFSC data. (T-2). Ensure a source

document (see paragraph 2.3) exists for each awarded AFSC, SDI, or RI and verify

accuracy of awarded AFSC skill and/or qualification level. (T-2).

2.3.31.2.2. Downgrade or withdraw AFSCs according to paragraph 2.4.1. (T-2).

2.3.31.2.3. Provide classification counseling. (T-2).

2.3.31.2.4. Determine whether designated SEIs are accurate. Work with units to award

SEIs via AF Form 2096 or submit SEIs removal actions via CMS, as necessary. AFR

and ANG SEI removals are not processed in CMS. (T-2).

2.3.32. Using Feeder AFSCs. When enlisted Airmen progress to the 5-, 7-, or 9-skill level

AFSC or Chief Enlisted Manager code in which two or more AFSCs merge, retain the feeder

AFSC (the AFSC from which they progressed) as an awarded AFSC. Retain only the feeder

AFSC immediately preceding the enlisted Airman’s highest awarded AFSC. Example:

Primary AFSC 2A590, Second AFSC 2A573 would be retained as a feeder AFSC. When the

enlisted Airman is selected for promotion to Chief Master Sergeant and is designated with

Chief Enlisted Manager 2A300, Second AFSC 2A590 will be retained to denote the enlisted

Airman’s technical qualifications. AFSC 2A573 would be withdrawn. AFSCs with shreds

and/or /suffixes at the 3-skill level and combined at the 5-skill level are used to facilitate the

first duty assignment. Therefore, delete the feeder 3-skill level AFSC when upgrading the

enlisted Airman to the 5-skill level.

2.3.33. Designating Control AFSC. AFPC/DP3AM (Military Assignments Program Branch)

manages Control AFSCs for RegAF enlisted Airmen; ANG/AFR FSSs manage Control

AFSCs for assigned ARC Airmen.

2.3.33.1. The Control AFSC is initially based on the AFSC into which the member is

classified at the time of enlistment or during basic training (See Table 2.3.). It will be

identical to the highest awarded AFSC or Chief Enlisted Manager code in the ladder in

which the member is being used or trained with the following restrictions:

2.3.33.1.1. The Control AFSC for members performing duty in a 3-, 5-, 7-, or 9-skill

level structure will not exceed the:

2.3.33.1.1.1. 3-skill level for Airman Basic through Airman First Class. (T-2).

2.3.33.1.1.2. 5-skill level for Senior Airmen and Staff Sergeants. (T-2).

2.3.33.1.1.3. 7-skill level for Technical Sergeants and Master Sergeants. (T-2).

2.3.33.1.1.4. 9-skill level for Senior Master Sergeants. (T-2).

46 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

2.3.33.1.2. The Control AFSC for members performing in an AFS without a 5-skill

level will not exceed the:

2.3.33.1.2.1. 3-skill level for Airman Basic through Staff Sergeant. (T-2).

2.3.33.1.2.2. 7-skill level for Technical Sergeants and Master Sergeants. (T-2).

2.3.33.1.2.3. 9-skill level for Senior Master Sergeants. (T-2).

2.3.33.1.3. The Control AFSC for Chiefs and Chief-selects is the Chief Enlisted

Manager code of the career ladder to which assigned. (T-2).

2.3.33.2. Although the FSS can change the Control AFSC, changes other than initial,

retraining, normal skill-level upgrade, and SDI actions are reviewed for propriety by both

the gaining and losing AFPC assignment managers for RegAF Airmen and ANG/AFR

CFMs for ARC Airmen. Base-level changes of Control AFSC can be disapproved based

on the overall Air Force resource need. Note: Airmen with more than one awarded AFSC

can be assigned based on the needs of the Air Force in any of their awarded AFSCs for

which they remain qualified. The date the Control AFSC is changed is based on how that

change is affected. If an Airman is locally reassigned via Permanent Change of

Assignment (PCA), the effective date of the Control AFSC is the date assigned to the

position. If an Airmen is reassigned via Permanent Change of Station (PCS) to another

base, the effective date of the Control AFSC is the date departed last duty station. Do not

change the Control AFSC locally for an Airman being disqualified from their current

Control AFSC and/or awarded AFSC (see paragraph 2.4.).

2.3.33.2.1. Control AFSC changes are not authorized at base-level for Airmen who

have received an initial enlistment bonus or receiving a selective reenlistment bonus in

their current enlistment. For RegAF Airmen, contact AFPC/DP0SW, Procedures and

Student Management Assignments Branch for assistance if Control AFSC change is

needed other than for AFSC disqualification. Note: Bonus termination and/or

recoupment may occur if the Control AFSC changes from the Control AFSC in which

the bonus was contracted. Contact AFPC/DP3SA (Airman Support Branch) for

selective reenlistment bonus or DP2LT for initial enlistment bonus issues.

2.3.33.2.2. For ARC Airmen, the servicing FSS performs these actions. For IR and

Reserve HQ Active Guard and Reserve (AGR)s, ARPC performs these actions.

2.3.34. Use of Outside of Control AFSC. Local emergencies or overages may be the basis for

an Airman’s prolonged assignment outside of the normal career progression pattern. However,

to negate any career regression, such temporary assignments should be rotated among all

Airmen in the same Control AFSC, if the source Control AFSC represents the most appropriate

resource pool. If pulling from any AFSC, all available Airmen should rotate for periods not to

exceed 130 days.

2.3.34.1. FSS (RegAF and ARC):

2.3.34.1.1. May authorize using Airmen through Senior Master Sergeant outside their

Control AFSC up to 130 days in any 12-month period.

2.3.34.1.2. Are responsible for ensuring Chief Master Sergeants and Chief Master

Sergeant-selects are not performing duty out of their Control AFSC for more than 270

days in a 12-month period.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 47

2.3.34.2. Must request and receive an approved waiver from AFPC/DP0SW to use Airmen

out of their Control AFSC if they have an assignment limitation code "O" which indicates

receipt of an initial enlistment bonus in the current enlistment, a selective retention bonus

(SRB), or a break in service. (T-1). Airmen receiving an SRB may not perform duty

outside their SRB specialty for more than 90 consecutive days within a 360-day period or

a combined total of 90 days within a 360-day period. For Airmen receiving an SRB, see

AFI 36-2606, Reenlistment and Extension of Enlistment in the United States Air Force,

Chapter 4. Duties in the Control AFSC skill are defined in accordance with with the

AFECD. Send waiver requests for RegAF Airmen to the Systems, Procedures and Student

Management Assignments Branch at HQ AFPC/DP0SW. ARC waiver requests are to be

coordinated with NGB/A1D or HQ ARPC/DPAT. (T-2).

2.3.34.3. AFPC Assignment Managers or ANG/AFR CFMs may, upon receipt of the unit

commander’s memo or email (no specific format) with detailed justification:

2.3.34.3.1. Approve using Airmen through Senior Master Sergeant outside their

Control AFSC in excess of 130 days.

2.3.34.3.2. Forward waiver request (memo or email; no specific format) with detailed

justification for using RegAF Chief Master Sergeants and Chief Master Sergeant-

selects outside their Control AFSC to HQ USAF/A1LE, Chiefs’ Group Assignments.

For NGB/AFR Chief Master Sergeants and Chief Master Sergeant-selects, forward

waiver requests to the applicable ARC CFM.

2.3.34.4. Using outside of Control AFSC does not waive requirements to terminate special

duty assignment pay when the period of temporary duty (TDY) exceeds 90 days (see

AFMAN 36-3012, Military Entitlements). Note: The Airman continues to count in the

unit’s authorized versus assigned manning in the Control AFSC while performing duties

outside of the Control AFSC.

48 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Table 2.8. Criteria for Awarding Officer Rated AFSCs (see Note 1).

If the officer serving in the position.

then officer is qualified for award of

is newly commissioned, and selected for Pilot training

or is undergoing Basic Pilot training.

RI 92T0.

is newly commissioned, and selected for CSO or

undergoing Basic CSO training.

RI 92T1.

is newly commissioned, and selected for ABM training

or undergoing Basic ABM training.

RI 92T2.

is newly commissioned, and selected for RPA Pilot

training or undergoing basic RPA Pilot training.

RI 92T3.

is a pilot (completed Pilot training), but does not meet

mandatory specialty qualification for the qualified level

AFSC (11X3X), including suffix.

entry AFSC (1 level).

is a qualified pilot or copilot in the aircraft identified by

the suffix, but has not qualified as an aircraft

commander (11X3X).

intermediate AFSC (2 level, when

available).

meets all mandatory specialty qualifications, and is

certified by the unit commander or designated

representative as being aircraft commander qualified in

the aircraft identified by the suffix.

aircraft commander AFSC (3 level).

is a CSO (completed CSO training), but does not meet

mandatory specialty qualifications for the qualified

level AFSC (12X3X), including suffix.

entry AFSC (1 level).

is a CSO who meets all mandatory specialty

qualifications, and is certified by the unit commander

or designated representative as being qualified in the

specific weapon system as identified by the suffix.

qualified AFSC (3 level).

is a B-52 navigator but not a B-52 radar navigator.

intermediate AFSC (2 level) (see Note 2).

possesses a rated qualified AFSC (3 qualification level)

and is serving in a staff position (above wing level) in

the same AFSC. The UMD must reflect a XXX4X

authorization.

staff AFSC (XXX4) (see Note 3).

Notes:

1. Gaining commands conduct training for ANG and AFRs personnel (including IRs) for AFSCs listed in

the AFOCD and AFECD according to the same standards as RegAF personnel.

2. A Bomber CSO qualified as B-52 radar navigator will possess a 12B3E AFSC. (T-3). A Bomber CSO

not qualified as B-52 navigator will possess a 12B2E AFSC. (T-3).

3. Manpower will not change XXX3X authorizations at wing level and below to XXX4X. (T-2). In

addition, not all positions above wing level qualify for the staff AFSC. For those positions above wing

level, Manpower will use the staff AFSC requirements for determining applicability: “Staff AFSC—

Identifies an officer position above wing level specifically on the duty requirements of the role performed,

not the fact that the authorization is on a staff above wing level. (T-2). Use staff AFSCs (XXX4) to

identify planning and policy-making positions above wing level. It requires the same skills as those for the

qualified AFSC (XXX3), but applied to developing broad policies, plans, and procedures. Management

responsibility increases without a corresponding increase in knowledge of the technical aspects of the

function. Officers filling or have filled such positions are awarded the staff AFSC.”

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 49

Table 2.9. Criteria for Awarding Officer AFSCs, SDIs and RIs Other Than Rated AFSCs

(See Note 1).

If the officer meets AFSC entry qualifications contained

in the specialty description in the AFOCD and

then the officer qualifies for award of

an (see Note 2).

is assigned principal duty in an AFSC and continued

assignment is intended, but the officer does not meet

mandatory upgrade requirements in specialty

description.

entry AFSC (XXX1 qualification

level).

possesses significant experience in an AFSC not

previously awarded, but is not serving in the AFSC (for

example, by performing in an AFSC as additional duty

or through civilian experience or education).

entry AFSC. This does not apply to

award of commander specialties. (see

Note 3).

is a qualified deputy missile combat crew commander

but has not qualified as a missile combat crew

commander.

intermediate AFSC. (XXX2

qualification level).

is currently serving in the AFSC and is demonstrating

qualifying proficiency and meets mandatory upgrade

requirements.

qualified (XXX3 qualification level)

AFSC. (See Note 4).

is serving in the SDI (assigned to a SDI/RI coded

manpower authorization) or RI and meets mandatory

qualifications identified in the AFOCD. Do not award

to individuals performing a SDI role as an additional

duty. Most RIs identify a status, not a role such as

general officer or wing commander and as such may or

may not have an associated manpower authorization.

SDI or RI.

possesses a qualified AFSC (3 level) and is serving in a

qualifying staff position (above wing level) in the same

AFSC.

Staff AFSC. (XXX4—4 qualification

level) (see Note 5).

is approved for Wounded Warrior designation by HQ

AFPC/DPFW

appropriate 92WX RI (see Note 6)

Notes:

1. Gaining commands conduct training for ANG and AFR personnel (including IRs) for AFSCs listed

in the AFOCD and AFECD according to the same standards as RegAF personnel.

2. Only the AFOSI awards 71SX AFSCs. The parent MAJCOM commander or the Secretary of the

Air Force approves the award of the 60C0 AFSC.

3. Requests for award of additional AFSCs must include a recommendation by an individual

possessing the specialty at the qualified level. If technical evaluation is not available at base level, then

forward the request to the RegAF CFM or ANG/AFR CFM. If the officer lacks sufficient training

and/or experience to perform the role of the AFSC, do not award.

4. Time spent in staff duty positions (XXX4) can be applied to the award of the qualified level (3 or 4

level).

5. Manpower will not change XXX3X authorizations at wing level or below to XXX4X. (T-2). In

addition, not all positions above wing level qualify for the staff AFSC. For positions above wing level,

Manpower will use the staff AFSC requirements for determining applicability (vice the 3-qualification

level): Staff AFSC identifies an officer position above wing level specifically on the duty requirements

of the role performed, not the fact that the authorization is on a staff above wing level. Use staff

AFSCs (XXX4) to identify planning and policy-making positions above wing level. It requires the

same skills as those for the qualified AFSC (XXX3), but applied to developing broad policies, plans,

50 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

If the officer meets AFSC entry qualifications contained

in the specialty description in the AFOCD and

then the officer qualifies for award of

an (see Note 2).

and procedures. Management responsibility increases without a corresponding increase in knowledge

of the technical aspects of the function. Qualified (XXX3) officers filling or who have filled such

positions are awarded the staff AFSC.

6. AFPC/DPFW determines Wounded Warrior eligibility and updates the appropriate 92WX RI to the

secondary or third AFSC for tracking purposes only. No further updates or removals are allowed other

than by AFPC/DPFW. RI 92WX will not be updated as the Primary AFSC or Duty AFSC. (T-2).

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 51

Table 2.10. Classifying Students—Officers.

If the officer is

then the officer’s awarded and duty AFSC will be

attending a course of training that leads to

the award of a nonrated AFSC.

an entry-level AFSC (XXX1) toward which the

course trains. (see Note 1).

a student who was previously awarded

the qualified level of the AFSC into

which training.

at the qualified level (XXX3).

attending Undergraduate Flying Training.

RI 92T0 for Undergraduate Pilot Training and 92T1

for specialized Undergraduate Navigator Training or

Undergraduate CSO Training. (see Note 2).

attending Undergraduate ABM Training.

RI 92T2. (see Note 2).

attending Undergraduate RPA Pilot

Training.

RI 92T3 (see Note 2).

in TDY status while attending a course

not leading to the award of a specific

Control AFSC.

the duty AFSC indicated by the parent organization.

in PCS status while attending formal

training not leading to the award of a

specific AFSC.

the same as previous duty AFSC, except rated

officers in flying categories other than 2 and 3R.

Give these officers a Duty AFSC in their best

qualified rated AFSC if their previous duty was in a

nonrated AFSC.

in PCS status while attending

Professional Military Education (PME).

RI 92S0, except AFR non-EAD officers. These

officers will have the Duty AFSC assigned to them

at their Reserve unit of assignment.

Notes:

1. Award a primary AFSC, at the entry-level, to officers selected for school when they do not already

have an awarded AFSC. Otherwise, award the entry-level AFSC as the second or third AFSC.

2. Following graduation from rated officer initial skills training (92T0, 92T1, 92T2 or 92T3), the FSS

awards the officer the entry-level primary (or Second AFSC or Third AFSC if already awarded an

AFSC 1XXX – 7XXX) and duty AFSC for the specific weapons system in which they are being

trained.

52 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Table 2.11. Criteria for Awarding Enlisted AFSCs, SDIs, RIs or CEM Codes.

If the enlisted Airman

then the enlisted Airman is

qualified for award of AFSCs,

SDI, or Chief Enlisted Manager

code as indicated (See Note 7)

is assigned permanent duty or training in a helper AFSC and

meets specialty entry qualifications for the AFS as listed in

the AFECD.

1-skill level. (see Note 1).

completes an AFSC-awarding course listed in the Education

and Training Course Announcements, possesses an approved

waiver (in accordance with Table 2.5), or via on-the-job-

training alone only when specified in the retraining

instructions and as approved by the respective component

CFM (see Notes 2 and 8).

3-skill level.

Successfully completes mandatory Career Development

Course (when required for AFSC) and applicable mandatory

core tasks identified in the Career Field Education and

Training Plan. Award of the 5-skill level (see parts 1 and 2

of the Career Field Education and Training Plan) also

requires completion of time in upgrade training (if

applicable) as determined by the Career Field Manager;

mandatory requirements listed in the AFECD; a

recommendation from their supervisor, and approval by their

commander. Individuals in retraining status (Training Status

Code F) are subject to the same training requirements and

must complete time in upgrade training (if applicable) as

determined by the Career Field Manager. Unit commanders

may approve time-in-training waivers. Time-in-training

waivers for ARC are processed according to Table 2.7.

Coordinate requests for respective component CFM approval

through the MAJCOM functional manager. Note:

Supervisors may identify and standardize local tasks for

upgrade with the RegAF CFM approval.

5-skill level. (see Notes 3 and

10).

is at least a Staff Sergeant select, completes mandatory

Career Development Courses (when required for AFSC) and

applicable mandatory core tasks identified in the Career

Field Education and Training Plan (see parts 1 and 2).

Supervisors may identify and standardize local tasks for

upgrade with the RegAF CFM approval. Coordinate

requests for RegAF CFM approval through the MAJCOM

functional manager. Award of the 7-skill level also requires

completion of a 7-skill level craftsman course (if required),

mandatory requirements listed in AFECD, completion of

time in upgrade training (if applicable) as determined by the

Career Field Manager, recommendation by the supervisor,

and approval of the commander. Individuals in retraining

status (Training Status Code G) are subject to the same

training requirements and completion of upgrade training

timelines (if applicable) as determined by the Career Field

7-skill level. (see Notes 3 and 7).

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 53

If the enlisted Airman

then the enlisted Airman is

qualified for award of AFSCs,

SDI, or Chief Enlisted Manager

code as indicated (See Note 7)

Manager. Group Commanders may approve time-in-training

waivers. Note: For additional information on time-in-

training waivers see Table 2.7.

is a Senior Master Sergeant, possesses a 7-skill level AFSC

which is the normal input source into 9-skill level AFSC

(use the most current AFECD Structure Chart), meets

mandatory 9-skill level requirements in the specialty

description in the AFECD, is recommended by supervisor,

and approved by their commander.

9-skill level. (see Notes 3 and 7).

is a Chief Master Sergeant or Chief Master Sergeant-select

and has 9-skill level feeder AFSC that is normal input source

into Chief Enlisted Manager code (use the most current

AFECD Structure Chart).

Chief Enlisted Manager code.

(see Notes 3, 4, and 5).

is approved for duty in a SDI or RI.

SDI or RI. (see Note 6).

is approved for Wounded Warrior designation by

AFPC/DPFW.

appropriate 9WXXX RI (See

Note 9).

Notes:

1. Designate 1-skill level AFSC to identify initial classification or retraining into an AFSC. Remove it

when the member is upgraded to the 3-skill level following completion of the 3-skill level-awarding

course, disqualified from the AFSC, or retrained into another specialty.

2. Effective date of award is the course completion date or on-the-job-training completion date.

Remove the 1-skill level AFSC.

3. AFSCs withdrawn as a result of a reduction in grade may be restored immediately upon promotion,

provided the enlisted Airman meets all current mandatory requirements for the award of the withdrawn

AFSC.

4. Effective date of award for Chief Master Sergeant-selects is the date of release of the selection list.

5. The 9-skill level feeder skill is not required for the award of Chief Enlisted Manager code to Chief

Master Sergeant assigned or authorized permanent duty by HQ USAF/A1LE outside the career field

ladder.

6. The effective date of the award of SDI or RI will coincide with the effective date of the Control

AFSC according to Table 2.13.

7. Must possess the prerequisite AFSC skill level for award of the next higher skill level. (T-2).

8. Complete knowledge training on all tasks taught in the initial skills training; complete duty position

requirements identified by the supervisor and all mandatory requirements.

9. AFPC/DPFW determines Wounded Warrior eligibility and updates the appropriate 9WXXX RI to

the secondary or third (or fourth for enlisted) AFSC for tracking purposes only. No further updates or

removals are allowed other than by AFPC/DPFW. RIs 9WXXX will not be updated to the Primary

AFSC, Control AFSC, or Duty AFSC.

10. To be awarded AFSC 1AX5X/1UX5X, the trainee must complete requirements as listed in the

applicable MAJCOM aircrew training directives, initial qualification training, and a successful AF

Form 8, Certificate of Aircrew Qualification. (T-2).

54 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Table 2.12. Grade and Skill-Level Authorizations for Use in Establishing Manpower

Positions.

Required

Skill-Level

Authorized Grade (see Note)

Airman

1st

Class

Senior

Airman

Staff

Sergeant

Technical

Sergeant

Master

Sergeant

Senior

Master

Sergeant

Chief

Master

Sergeant

or Chief

Master

Sergeant

-select

AFS With 5 Skill

3-skill level

5-skill level

7-skill level

9-skill level

Chief Enlisted

Manager code

AFS Without 5 Skill

3-skill level

7-skill level

9-skill level

Chief Enlisted

Manager code

SDI or RI

Note: The authorized grade for SDI 8F000 must be Master Sergeant or higher

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 55

Table 2.13. Determining the Control AFSC (CAFSC) for Enlisted Personnel in Training

Status.

If the enlisted Airman is

then the Control AFSC is

a basic trainee or performing at a helper level and is

entered into training for SDI, RI, or 3-skill level AFSC.

an SDI, RI, or a 1-skill level AFSC.

entered into retraining for SDI, RI, or 3-skill level AFSC.

an SDI, RI, or 1-skill level AFSC.

(see Notes 1, 2, and 3)

in normal upgrade training from awarded 3-skill level

AFSC

the highest awarded AFSC in career

ladder. (see Note 4)

Chief Master Sergeant or Chief Master Sergeant-select in

retraining status

the Chief Enlisted Manager code of

assignment.

Notes:

1. Effective date of change for the Control AFSC for unclassified enlisted personnel (9U000) is the date of

receipt of training or transaction identifier code AA47Q, whichever comes first.

2. Control AFSC effective date (for retraining through a formal school [including special duty]) is the date

the Airman departed current duty station for TDY to accomplish required training (either en-route to new

duty station or when returning to present duty station). If there is not a PCS or PCA and no formal training,

the Control AFSC will be changed when assigned duty. Do not change Control AFSC prior to date of

departure. Exception: For RegAF disqualified Airmen (9A000 or 9A100), upon retraining approval in

MilPDS, the Control AFSC and Primary AFSC is automatically updated to the 1-skill level AFSC. For

ANG Airmen, update the entry level Control AFSC (and award the entry level AFSC to the applicable

Primary, Second, Third, or Fourth AFSC) at the time the Airman is assigned to the duty position with the

AFSC in which they will be attending the 3-skill level-awarding course.

3. Individuals returned to previous duty station following completion of training and who work in their

previous AFSC will be reported as working duty out of Control AFSC. The Duty AFSC will match the

position the individual is assigned to, but the Control AFSC will remain the new AFSC. (T-3).

4. Skill restrictions of paragraph 2.3.33 apply.

56 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Table 2.14. Determining CAFSC as a Result of Assigning or Withdrawing Awarded

CEMs, AFSCs, SDIs, or RIs.

If the enlisted Airman

then the Control AFSC is

is assigned permanent duty (assigned

to a funded manpower authorization,

RegAF only) in an already awarded

AFSC other than Control AFSC

highest awarded AFSC in ladder of assignment as identified in

the AFECD Enlisted Classification Structure Chart. (see Notes

1 and 3)

is assigned permanent duty (assigned

to a funded manpower authorization,

RegAF only) in Chief Enlisted

Manager code, RI, or SDI

Chief Enlisted Manager code, RI, or SDI. (see Notes 1, 2, and

is a prisoner, not dropped from rolls,

and is in confinement (not to be used

for pretrial status)

RI 9J000. (see Note 4)

is selected as an officer trainee

RI 9T100 effective on class start date.

has awarded AFSC, RI, or SDI

withdrawn, and has no other awarded

AFSC (1XXXX – 7XXXX)

RI 9A000, 9A100, 9A200 or 9A300 effective the date approved

by AFPC/DP2SSM. Only AFPC/DP2SSM is authorized to

update or change these RIs for RegAF. ANG/AFR FSSs

update ARC Airmen. (see Notes 2 and 5)

an Air Force Return to Duty program

(see AFMAN 31-115, Vol 1, Air Force

Corrections System) candidate being

returned to an regular unit and is no

longer qualified to serve in previously

awarded AFSC (s)

RI 9A400, (approved and updated by AFPC/DP2SSM only)

is awaiting appellate review (duty

status code 52)

RI 9A200 only (approved and updated by AFPC/DP2SSM

only) if member is disqualified

has had the awarded AFSC associated

with the Control AFSC downgraded in

accordance with paragraph 2.4.

At the skill level authorized in paragraph 2.3.31.

Notes:

1. See Note 2, Table 2.11.

2. RIs 9W000 – 9W900 are not authorized for Control AFSC.

3. Skill level restrictions reflected in paragraph 2.3.33 apply.

4. Only use RI 9J000 upon confinement as a result of court-martial or when confined as the result of conviction

by a United States state or federal court or foreign civilian court. Do not use for Airmen in pretrial confinement

status. AFPC/DP3AM updates the Control AFSC to RI 9J000 following receipt of orders directing convicted or

court-martialed individual(s) to enter civilian or military confinement under the administrative control of the Air

Force Correction System at HQ AFSFC/SFC, JBSA-Lackland TX.

5. Effective date of disqualification (and Control AFSC) for enlisted Airmen. Medical disqualification actions

use the date of medical disqualification on the AF FM 422 or DD Form 2992 as the effective date of AFSC

disqualification. For failure to maintain mandatory AFSC, SDI, RI, or Chief Enlisted Manager qualification

standards, the disqualification (Control AFSC effective date) is the date of the triggering event and/or document

rendering the Airman no longer eligible to retain the AFSC, SDI, RI, or Chief Enlisted Manager code in

accordance with the requirements for retention of the identifier (AFSC, SDI specialty description, RI, Chief

Enlisted Manager code, etc.).

DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021  57 
2.4.  Downgrading and Withdrawing AFSC. 
2.4.1.  Downgrading  AFSCs  or  Withdrawing  Awarded  AFSCs,  Chief  Enlisted  Manager 
Codes, SDIs, or RIs.  The FSS and unit monitors the downgrade of AFSCs as well as the 
withdrawal  of  AFSCs,  Chief  Enlisted  Manager  codes,  SDI,  and  RI  codes  and  processes 
appropriate  forms  and  actions  according  to  this  manual,  the  Officer  and  Enlisted  AFSC 
Disqualification execution guidance in the myPers website and the AFOCD andAFECD (see 
Table 2.17.).   Commanders  review conditions in paragraphs  2.4.1.3 through  2.4.3.3.11 to 
determine when to downgrade or withdraw an awarded AFSC, SDI, RI, or Chief Enlisted 
Manager  code.    FSSs  ensure  downgraded  enlisted  AFSCs  match  grade  and  skill-level 
authorizations  in  Table  2.12.  Commanders  and  supervisors  considering  downgrade  or 
withdrawal recommendations need to carefully evaluate all of the facts before proceeding. 
2.4.1.1.  Actions under this chapter resulting in the downgrade of an awarded AFSC skill 
and/or qualification level or withdrawal of the AFSC, SDI, RI or Chief Enlisted Manager 
code (other than due to lack of recent performance) are categorized as either “not within 
the Airman’s control” (“not for cause”) or “within the Airman’s control (“for cause”). 
2.4.1.1.1.  Typical downgrade or disqualification actions characterized as “not within 
the  Airman’s  control”  are  medical  disqualification  (except  alcohol  and  drug  abuse 
prevention and treatment failure), some training failures (purely beyond the Airman’s 
capabilities  despite  meeting  entrance  requirements),  some  failures  to  maintain 
mandatory AFSC qualification requirements, etc. 
2.4.1.1.2.  Downgrade  or  withdrawal  actions  characterized  as  within  the  Airman’s 
control  (“for  cause”)  include  other  training  failures,  medical  disqualification  due  to 
alcohol  and  drug  abuse  prevention  and  treatment  failure,  substandard  duty 
performance, denial and/or revocation of security clearance, failure to maintain AFSC 
qualification requirements, etc. 
2.4.1.2.  AFSC withdrawal cases (other than for lack of recent performance) are processed 
through the CMS as AFSC disqualification actions. 
2.4.1.2.1.  AFPC/DP2SSM  is  the  approval  authority  for  all  RegAF  AFSC 
disqualification  actions  and  the  resulting  AFSC  withdrawal,  award,  redesignation 
actions.  See Table 2.17 for approval authority. 
2.4.1.2.2.  For  AFSC  downgrade  or  withdrawal  CMS  case  of  ARC  Airmen, 
AFPC/DP2SSM will forward the CMS case to NGB/A1D or HQ ARPC/DPAT, for 
internal processing.  ANG and AFR squadron or flight commanders are the approval 
authority for their assigned Airmen (For IRs and/or Participating Individual Ready 
Reserve Airmen, the RegAF commander in coordination with the Airman’s detachment 
commander is the approval authority.)  Detachment will update MilPDS.  If approved, 
the  servicing  ARC  FSS  updates  MilPDS.    AFPC/DP2SSM,  NGB/A1D,  or  HQ 
ARPC/DPAT may initiate a disqualification action when available evidence in MilPDS 
indicates  the  Airman  is  ineligible  to  remain  in  the  AFSC  and  direct  the  Military 
Personnel  System  or  unit  to  complete  the  unit  or  base-level  requirements  for 
disqualification.  Similarly, the same OPR may initiate or reopen a closed CMS AFSC 
disqualification  case  to  change  the  RI  to  the  most  appropriate  under  the  new 
circumstances when an enlisted Airman’s eligibility for retraining changes following 

58 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

initial disqualification. AFPC/DP2SSM determines eligibility for award of and updates

RI 9A400 (return to duty program) for RegAF Airmen.

2.4.1.3. Downgrading or withdrawing an AFSC, SDI, RI, or Chief Enlisted Manager code

is not to be used as an alternative to more appropriate disciplinary or quality force action.

Conversely, while punitive action may not be taken against an individual solely because of

their failure to remain qualified in an AFSC at a specific skill level, the reason for

downgrade may require appropriate administrative action.

2.4.1.4. Lack of Recent Performance (Enlisted Only). FSS will downgrade AFSCs using

Table 2.15.

2.4.1.5. Enlisted Airman Reduced in Grade (AFSC Skill Level Downgrade). The FSS

(detachments for IRs) downgrades to the skill level as shown in Table 2.16. Restore

AFSCs downgraded due to reduction in grade effective upon promotion, provided the

enlisted Airman meets all mandatory requirements. Reinstate original effective dates when

demotion appeals result in restoration of former grade and original date of rank.

2.4.1.6. Downgrading a skill level for substandard duty performance (Enlisted Only). Use

the same procedures outlined in paragraph 2.4.4 for AFSC disqualification (except for

CMS case initiation if the downgrade is concurred with at the local level). However, if the

commander, supervisor, Airman, and FSS concur with the AFSC downgrade action, the

FSS approves the downgrade. No CMS case is required under these circumstances. If one

of the above non-concurs, create the CMS case for AFPC/DP2SSM processing and

approval or disapproval. Note: See AFI 36-2502, Enlisted Airman Promotion/Demotion

Programs, for demotion instructions, as applicable.

2.4.1.7. Downgrading an improperly awarded AFSC. When discovered, the unit requests

withdrawal of an improperly awarded enlisted AFSC. The request (official memorandum

or email format) contains a synopsis of the requested action, supporting documentation,

and a recommendation from the Airman's supervisor. An assessment by an individual

technically proficient in the specialty accompanies the AFSC downgrade request. This

assessment addresses the Airman’s training and capability to perform in the AFSC at the

current skill level. With FSS commander concurrence, the unit commander is the approval

authority.

Table 2.15. Downgrading Enlisted AFSCs for Lack of Recent Performance (see Note).

If the Airman possesses an

awarded AFSC at the

and the date last performed

duty in the AFSC has been

then downgrade the

awarded AFSC to

5-skill level

4 years

3-skill level

7-skill level

6 years

3-skill level

9-skill level

6 years

3-skill level

Note: AFSCs not downgraded using the above table are to be downgraded and/or withdrawn

effective the date the action should have taken place.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 59

Table 2.16. Downgrading AFSCs as a Result of Demotion.

If the enlisted Airman is

demoted to

downgrade the

Control AFSC to

downgrade the Primary

AFSC and other awarded

AFSCs (when applicable)

Senior Master Sergeant

9-skill level

Technical Sergeant or Master

Sergeant

7-skill level

Staff Sergeant (See Note)

5-skill level

7-skill level

Senior Airman (see Note)

5-skill level

Airman Basic through Airman

1st Class

3-skill level

5-skill level

Note: Downgrade the Control AFSC and awarded AFSC to 3-skill level for AFSCs without a

5-skill level.

2.4.2. Withdrawing Awarded AFSCs, Chief Enlisted Managers, SDIs, or Reporting

Instructions (Non-Disqualification). The FSS monitors the withdrawal of AFSCs and

processes appropriate forms and actions according to this manual. Unit commander is the

approval authority.

2.4.2.1. 3-skill level AFSCs are withdrawn after two years of nonperformance whether

downgraded using Table 2.15 or never having been upgraded to the 5 or 7-skill level (See

Table 2.14 to determine Control AFSC).

2.4.2.2. SDIs and RIs are withdrawn after eight consecutive years of nonperformance.

2.4.2.3. Although downgrade action based on consecutive nonperformance in the specialty

may or may not have been accomplished, AFSCs awarded at the 7- or 9-skill level are

withdrawn after eight years, and 5-skill level (3-skill level, if no 5-skill level exists in the

ladder) are withdrawn after six years. Failure to downgrade or withdraw AFSCs within

the specified time frames does not indicate the Airman remains qualified. The AFSC(s)

are downgraded and/or withdrawn (as appropriate) upon discovery effective the date the

action should have taken place.

2.4.2.4. Re-awarding AFSCs that are withdrawn under this provision at the 3-skill level

for RegAF Airmen requires approval by the Air Force Personnel Center assignment

manager and RegAF CFM. The Airman is required to meet mandatory AFSC entry, award,

and retention specialty requirements as listed in the AFECD for re-award. (T-2). The

commander’s request for re-award includes written certification by a technical advisor

proficient in the AFSC of the Airman’s eligibility and proficiency level for consideration.

The technical advisor assesses the Airman’s training, experience, and current capability to

perform in the AFSC at the current 3-skill level. For those times when a technical advisor

proficient in the AFSC is not available, nearby bases and the MAJCOM staff may be able

to assist with the certification. Upgrade to the highest previously held skill level only

requires qualification training and duty position certification by the supervisor.

2.4.2.4.1. ANG and AFR Command CFMs are the approval authorities for ARC

enlisted actions review and approval in accordance with their waiver approval authority

in Table 2.5. The respective ARC FSSs finalize the action.

60 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

2.4.2.4.2. Documentation requirements for ARC Airmen include a copy of the

certified Career Field Education and Training Plan, position description, or coordinated

memorandum for record with supervisor and command of host location to document

tasks performed. All documentation will be provided to the servicing FSS for

ANG/AFR FSS verification. (T-2).

2.4.2.5. Lack of recent performance does not apply to feeder AFSCs (see paragraph

2.3.32.). Note: Time spent in a TDY status (contingency or other) or performing duties in

an AFSC, SDI, or RI other than the Control AFSC counts as time performing in the

specialty. Example: An Airman’s Primary AFSC, Control AFSC, and Duty AFSC is

3P0X1 and is on TDY performing duty in a previously awarded AFSC (that has not been

withdrawn for lack of recent performance). This performance establishes a new date from

which to count years outside of the AFSC.

2.4.2.6. Withdrawing due to lack of recent performance (Officer):

2.4.2.6.1. Rated AFSCs are not subject to withdrawal due to lack of recent

performance.

2.4.2.6.2. Do not withdraw an awarded AFSC for at least three years after the date that

duty was last performed.

2.4.2.6.3. Do not withdraw an awarded AFSC based on extensive formal training (20

weeks or longer) for at least five years after the date that duty was last performed.

2.4.2.6.4. Officers may request withdrawal of awarded AFSCs after meeting the

requirements of paragraphs 2.4.2.6.2 or 2.4.2.6.3. The FSS reviews the request and

forwards to AFPC assignment manager (RegAF) for final action.

2.4.2.6.5. Withdraw officer SDIs after eight years of non-performance.

2.4.2.6.6. Reporting Identifiers: Withdraw awarded training RIs following completion

of training and award of the associated AFSC.

2.4.2.7. Withdrawing due to prerequisite AFSC (FSS Action).

2.4.2.7.1. Enlisted. When an enlisted Airman progresses to the next higher skill level

in the same career ladder, delete the lower skill level AFSC. Exception: When enlisted

Airmen progress to a 5-, 7-, or 9-skill level AFSC or Chief Enlisted Manager code in

which two or more AFSCs combine, retain the feeder AFSC as an awarded AFSC.

2.4.2.7.2. Officer. After award of the qualified or intermediate-level AFSC, remove

the entry-level officer AFSC. After awarding the qualified (3-level) AFSC, remove the

intermediate-level AFSC (2- level), as applicable.

2.4.2.8. Withdrawing an improperly awarded AFSC (Officer and Enlisted). When

discovered, the FSS and/or unit requests withdrawal of an improperly awarded AFSC. The

request is in official memorandum or email format and contains a synopsis of the requested

action, supporting documentation, and a recommendation from the individual's supervisor.

An assessment by an individual proficient in the specialty addresses the individual’s

training and capability to perform in the improperly awarded AFSC at the current skill

and/or qualification level. The FSS submits an AFSC disqualification action with the

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 61

request and assessment via CMS to AFPC/DP2SSM for approval or disapproval. Final

approval authority for RegAF Airmen is AFPC/DP2SSM.

2.4.3. Withdrawing Awarded AFSCs, Chief Enlisted Manager Codes, SDIs, or RIs

(Disqualification). The FSS and unit monitors report disqualifying circumstances for

continued retention of Officer and Enlisted AFSCs, Chief Enlisted Manager Codes, SDIs, and

RIs via a CMS AFSC disqualification case. Submit a CMS AFSC disqualification case with

the draft (unsigned) Air Force Form 2096 and supporting documentation to AFPC/DP2SSM

for review. Unit Commander is the approval authority where noted; otherwise approval

authority for RegAF Airmen is AFPC/DP2SSM. Submit documentation in the CMS AFSC

disqualification case according to this manual, the AFOCD/AFECD and the Officer and/or

Enlisted AFSC disqualification execution guidance on the myPers website.

2.4.3.1. AFPC/DP2SSM determines qualifications for, approves or disapproves

disqualification actions, and updates RIs (9A000, 9A100, 9A200, 9A300, 9A400 and

9A500) for RegAF enlisted Airmen upon initial disqualification from all awarded AFSCs

and 96A0 or 96B0 for RegAF officers.

2.4.3.2. Follow-on utilization of disqualified Airmen will be in accordance with AFI 36-

2110, AFI 36-3208, AFI 36-3209 Separation and Retirement Procedures for Air National

Guard and Air Force Reserve Members for AFR, and Chapter 6 of this manual.

2.4.3.3. Airmen disqualified from their current AFSC and retaining a valid AFSC to which

eligible to return are normally returned to that AFSC instead of being considered for

retraining. Note: AFSC disqualification actions involving AFSCs in which the Airmen

have received or are receiving Initial Enlistment or Selective Reenlistment Bonus payments

in their current enlistment require review by the appropriate AFPC/NGB/ARPC offices for

bonus termination and/or recoupment action according to AFMAN 36-2032 and AFI 36-

2606.

2.4.3.3.1. Substandard Performance (Withdrawal (Disqualification)). Commander

initiates withdrawal (disqualification) action when duty performance indicates an

officer or enlisted Airman is not performing tasks associated with their skill and/or

qualification level over an extended period of time. Review the individual's record for

adequate training. Substandard duty performance relates directly to the Airman having

been trained to properly perform the assigned duties (and documented accordingly) and

subsequently does not perform them correctly despite repeated task decertification,

retraining, recertification, and continued substandard performance of the same task(s).

Note: Most officer AFSCs do not require task certification. For RegAF Airmen,

contact AFPC/DP2SSM to review circumstances or issues or documentation believed

to support AFSC disqualification under this paragraph prior to creating the CMS case.

If determined sufficient, the FSS submits an AFSC disqualification action via CMS (in

accordance with the execution guidance in the myPers website) to AFPC/DP2SSM for

processing.

2.4.3.3.2. Commander Actions. Notify the Airman by memorandum that AFSC

withdrawal has been initiated on an Air Force Form 2096. The Airman concurs or non-

concurs at the time of notification, and then signs and dates the Air Force Form 2096.

The commander's notification will include: The reasons for the action (specifically

each documented failure to perform the duties to standard) and advisement to the

62 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Airman that if the Airman non-concurs with the action, the Airman may submit a

written rebuttal when interviewed by an evaluation official. (T-2). The commander

submits the following documentation to the FSS:

2.4.3.3.2.1. Notification letter signed by unit commander with the completed,

signed, and dated Air Force Form 2096 prepared according to the Officer or

Enlisted AFSC disqualification execution guidance in the myPers website.

2.4.3.3.2.2. Last three performance reports; or, if the Airman has not received a

performance report, a memorandum from the member's immediate supervisor

assessing past duty performance. Note: It is very difficult to support

disqualification for substandard duty performance when the officer or enlisted

performance report reflects the Airman is meeting or exceeding standards.

However, if the substandard duty performance occurred after the closeout of the

last performance report, provide a memorandum from the Airman’s immediate

supervisor assessing duty performance from the closeout date of that report to

present.

2.4.3.3.2.3. Supporting training documentation. Note: This disqualification

reason is the most difficult to use in that the enlisted Airman’s training

documentation needs to show the unit has decertified the enlisted Airman from

specific tasks in which the enlisted Airman has performed in a substandard manner,

been retrained, recertified, and continues to perform in a substandard manner

despite the additional and/or remedial training, etc.

2.4.3.3.2.3.1. Two complete cycles of decertification, retraining,

recertification, and monitoring performance are sufficient for this purpose.

2.4.3.3.2.3.2. For officers, if defined training requirements exist and the officer

fails to perform to standards, use the same steps and documentation as identified

for enlisted.

2.4.3.3.2.3.3. Depending on the AFSC, there may be no documentation to

support the officer has been trained (initial skills training, Career Field

Education and Training Plan, etc.) and substantiating the substandard duty

performance may be much more difficult to support. Where such defined

training requirements do not exist, use CFM guidance to validate substandard

duty performance. Misconduct is not the same as substandard duty

performance. While such documentation can be added as attachments to the

notification memo, they may not be of value in determining approval or

disapproval of the case.

2.4.3.3.2.4. Letters of counseling (or other administrative documentation) relative

to the duty performance cited as the reason for the disqualification action.

2.4.3.3.2.5. Any additional documentation germane to the case.

2.4.3.3.3. If the commander, supervisor, Airman, and FSS/CC concur with the AFSC

withdrawal (disqualification) action, the FSS or unit documents and forwards the action

via CMS to AFPC/DP2SSM. AFPC/DP2SSM reviews and approves or disapproves

and update MilPDS for RegAF approvals.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 63

2.4.3.3.4. When the Airman or the FSS Chief does not concur with the withdrawal

(disqualification) action, the FSS/CC either disapproves the request if it is considered

without merit, or appoints a disinterested evaluation official.

2.4.3.3.4.1. The evaluation official is to be a field grade officer or Senior Non-

Commissioned Officer, senior in grade to the individual being reviewed. The

evaluation official cannot be in the member’s chain of command. (T-2).

2.4.3.3.4.1.1. The evaluation official must have a thorough understanding of

AFSC withdrawal and downgrade procedures.

2.4.3.3.4.1.2. The evaluation official reviews the case file and the supporting

documentation.

2.4.3.3.4.1.3. The evaluation official obtains a written evaluation of the

substandard duty performance relative to the requirements of the AFSC by a

technical advisor qualified with the technical aspects of the specialty involved

(the technical advisor cannot be in the individual’s chain of command).

2.4.3.3.4.1.4. The evaluation official explains the recommended action and

counsels the Airman, advises him or her of the right to submit a written rebuttal

that may include statements from people knowledgeable of the duty

substandard performance identified, and helps the Airman prepare any written

rebuttal. Airmen not submitting a rebuttal acknowledge such in writing as well

as understanding of "disqualified Airman processing" according to the Officer

or Enlisted AFSC disqualification execution guidance in the myPers website.

2.4.3.3.4.1.5. The evaluation official prepares a written summary within 30

days with recommendation as a part of the official disqualification case file for

the FSS/CC. If base-level actions take more than 30 days to complete, include

an explanation in the case file for the delay.

2.4.3.3.4.2. The FSS/CC reviews and disapproves the action (returns to unit) or

recommends approval and forwards the case file via CMS to AFPC/DP2SSM for

review and approval or disapproval for RegAF Airmen.

2.4.3.3.4.3. For technical evaluation of training provided for enlisted RegAF

Airmen, DP2SSM may forward the CMS case to AFPC/DP2LWD and then to the

RegAF CFM if additional evaluation is needed.

2.4.3.3.5. Certifying and Withdrawing Certification for AFOSI (AFSC withdrawal

and/or disqualification).

2.4.3.3.5.1. The AFOSI/CC has sole authority for certifying and withdrawing

AFOSI certification for RegAF and ARC Airmen in the 71XX and 7SXXX AFSCs.

2.4.3.3.5.2. Withdrawing certification requires the withdrawal of the AFSC

(disqualification) unless the AFOSI/CC grants an exception. The FSS submits

AFSC disqualification actions via CMS to AFPC/DP2SSM.

64 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

2.4.3.3.6. Failure to Maintain Mandatory AFSC, SDI, or Chief Enlisted Manager

Qualification Standards (withdrawal (disqualification)).

2.4.3.3.6.1. The FSS and/or unit submits an AFSC disqualification action via CMS

to AFPC/DP2SSM. For RegAF Airmen, if approved, DP2SSM will withdraw the

AFSC, SDI, or Chief Enlisted Manager code if either of the following occurs:

2.4.3.3.6.1.1. An officer fails to maintain the mandatory award and/or retention

(not entry) specialty requirements listed as "other" in the AFOCD specialty

descriptions. (T-2). or

2.4.3.3.6.1.2. An enlisted Airman fails to meet award and retention (not entry)

specialty requirements in specialty descriptions contained in the AFECD. (T-2).

2.4.3.3.6.2. For enlisted Airmen, do not use failure to meet a mandatory AFSC

entry requirement as the basis for AFSC withdrawal after award of an AFSC above

the 1-skill level.

2.4.3.3.6.3. For enlisted Airmen, request withdrawal of the AFSC or Chief Enlisted

Manager Code if an Airman fails to maintain the mandatory qualifications listed as

award and/or retention requirements for the 3-, 5-, 7-, 9-, or Chief Enlisted Manager

skill level in the AFSC specialty description. Exception: An enlistee with PS, who

has an AFSC awarded according to paragraph 2.2.3, retains the AFSC pending

determination of eligibility for reinstatement of mandatory security clearance if

previously administratively withdrawn (DoDI 5200.02, DoD Personnel Security

Program (PSP), DoDM 5200.02_AFMAN 16-1405, Air Force Personnel Security

Program).

2.4.3.3.7. Medical Disqualification (Withdrawal (Disqualification)). When the

medical evaluation reviewing or approving authority determines a medical defect

prevents the individual from being used in the awarded AFSC, an AF Form 422 or DD

Form 2992 is generated. The FSS submits an AFSC disqualification action via CMS

to AFPC/DP2SSM for approval or disapproval. DP2SSM refers RegAF line of the Air

Force officer disqualification cases to AFPC/DP2OSS, Special Duty Career

Management Section for review and follow-on utilization consideration, if

disqualification is approved. See also DAFMAN 48-123, Medical Examinations and

Standards, the Medical Standards Directory, and AFI 48-133, Duty Limiting

Conditions, for further guidance.

2.4.3.3.7.1. A change of the physical profile from the AFSC entrance requirement alone

(to include enlisted physical capacity and/or stamina, upper body, lower body, hearing,

eyes, and stability minimums) does not disqualify an enlisted Airman for continued duty

in the AFSC. Consider other factors (such as recorded evaluation of duty performance,

extent to which physical restriction does or would affect duty performance, etc.) in

determining whether the current non-temporary physical limitations preclude the Airman

from performing effectively in the awarded AFSC. Submit documentation describing the

impact for medical evaluation reviewing or approving authority consideration. Do not send

in the AFSC disqualification case. Ensure the completed AF Form 422 or DD Form 2992

is submitted with the disqualification action. Temporary limitations do not qualify for

disqualification under paragraph 2.4.3.3.8.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 65

2.4.3.3.7.2. If the Airman has been processed through the Disability Evaluation

System (AFI 36-3212, Physical Evaluation for Retention, Retirement, and

Separation) and retained on active duty, the local Medical Evaluation Board

reviewing and approval authority provides the FSS an AF Form 422. The AF Form

422 comments should clearly define the scope of the medical problem and whether

the physical limitations preclude the Airman from performing effectively in the

awarded AFSC. Complete the AF Form 422 using provisions in DAFMAN 48-

123, the Medical Standards Directory, and AFI 48-133.

2.4.3.3.8. Prerequisite AFSC (FSS action):

2.4.3.3.8.1. Officers Withdrawal. After award of the qualified or intermediate-

level AFSC, delete the entry-level officer AFSCs. After awarding the qualified 3-

level AFSC, delete the intermediate-level AFSC (2- level).

2.4.3.3.8.2. Enlisted Withdrawal. When an enlisted Airman progresses to the next

higher skill level in the same career ladder, delete the lower skill level AFSC.

Exception: When enlisted Airmen progress to a 5-, 7-, or 9-skill level AFSC or

Chief Enlisted Manager code in which two or more AFSCs combine, retain the

feeder AFSC as an awarded AFSC.

2.4.3.3.9. Medically Disqualified for Aviation Services. Aviation service

disqualification actions are processed in accordance with AFMAN 11-402, Aviation

and Parachutist Service. Following disqualification from aviation service, AFSC

disqualification actions are processed using the CMS, as indicated below. The FSS

and/or unit submits an AFSC disqualification action via CMS to AFPC/DP2SSM for

approval or disapproval on RegAF Airmen.

2.4.3.3.9.1. The effective date would be the date on the AF Form 422, DD Form

2992, or aeronautical orders provided by the flight records office.

2.4.3.3.9.2. Rated Officers. Rated AFSCs (11XX, 12XX, 13BX, 18XX) are

retained for four years from the medical disqualification date from aviation service

only if the officer continues to perform duty in the rated AFSC not involving flying.

However, further duty not involving flying in a rated AFSC requires AFPC/DP2OR

(NGB/A1PO or HQ ARPC/DPAT for ARC Airmen) approval. Four years after the

medical disqualification from aviation service while performing duty in a rated

AFSC not involving flying, the rated AFSC is withdrawn unless AFPC/DP2OR

(NGB/A1PO or ARPC/DPAT for ARC Airmen) approves further duty beyond the

initial four years. When rated officers medically disqualified from aviation service

are not selected to perform non-flying rated duties and/or are determined no longer

needed to perform in this capacity, the FSS and/or unit submits an AFSC

disqualification action via CMS to AFPC/DP2SSM. Applicable medical

disqualification supporting documents include AF Form 422, DD Form 2992, or an

aviation order assigning Aviation Service Code 03. An AFSC withdrawn under

this provision may be re-awarded at the appropriate qualification level in

accordance with paragraph 2.3.6 if the medical defect no longer exists (or is

waived by appropriate authority) and the individual is returned to active flying

status. The unit commander coordinates with AFPC/DP2OR (NGB/A1PO or

ARPC/DPAT for ARC Airmen) prior to submission of the reinstatement request

66 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

for proposed assignment instructions. Approval authority for reinstatement is the

RegAF CFM for the rated AFSC per paragraph 2.3.6.

2.4.3.3.9.3. Career Enlisted Aviators Withdrawal (Disqualification). Withdraw

Career Enlisted Aviators AFSCs 365 days after medical authority signs AF Form

422, DD Form 2992, or aeronautical order placing Career Enlisted Aviator on duty

not to include flying (Duty Not to Include Flying, Aviation Service Code 04), or

when assigned Aviation Service Code 03 (medically disqualified), whichever

occurs first.

2.4.3.3.9.4. Nonrated Officers. Withdraw officer nonrated AFSCs requiring

qualification for aviation service or parachute duties when permanently medically

disqualified via AF Forms 422, DD Form 2992, or aviation order assigning

Aviation Service Code 03. Officers temporarily disqualified for failure to maintain

medical fitness according to AFMAN 11-402, may retain their AFSCs for 9 months

from the date assigned Aviation Service Code 03 (medical disqualification), unless

further extended by AFPC/DP2SSM. An officer’s non-prefixed AFSC in and of

itself may not require qualification under AFMAN 11-402 to retain the AFSC. In

these instances, the disqualification case is to address the X or J prefixes only and

the officer retains the non-prefixed AFSC if still eligible.

2.4.3.3.10. Disqualified for Aviation Service for Other Than Medical Reasons

(Withdrawal (Disqualification)). When an Airman is removed from aviation service

for other than physical reasons (Aviation Service Codes 00, 01, 02, 05, 06, 07, 08, or

09), the FSS submits an AFSC disqualification action via CMS to AFPC/DP2SSM for

review and approval or disapproval. The CMS case includes the documentation

supporting the disqualification (loss of security clearance, training failure, failure to

maintain AFSC specialty description qualification requirements, etc.).

AFPC/DP2SSM is the approval authority for RegAF Airmen. The effective date, if

approved, will be the effective date on the aeronautical order. (T-2). DP2SSM refers

the disqualification case to AFPC/DP2OSS for review and follow-on utilization

consideration for RegAF officers, if approved.

2.4.3.3.11. Failing to Progress While in Upgrade Training (Withdrawal

(Disqualification)):

2.4.3.3.11.1. Officers.

2.4.3.3.11.2. For officers failing to meet proficiency requirements for upgrade to

the intermediate (if applicable) or qualified AFSC, identify the training provided

and other associated documentation supporting the denial of upgrade via CMS to

AFPC/DP2SSM for approval or disapproval.

2.4.3.3.11.3. Reclassification or retention of the officer will be considered based

on Air Force needs.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 67

2.4.3.3.11.4. Enlisted.

2.4.3.3.11.4.1. If the training manager removes an individual in upgrade

training in accordance with AFI 36-2670, Total Force Development, the FSS

submits an AFSC disqualification action via CMS to HQ AFPC/DP2SSM.

2.4.3.3.11.4.2. Withdraw the AFSC when an enlisted Airman is eliminated

from an AFSC-awarding course or formal training course required for skill

progression and listed as mandatory in the AFECD. Note: See Chapter 6 of

this manual for disposition of retraining formal school eliminees.

2.4.3.3.11.5. AFSC withdrawal (disqualification) for Airmen returned to active

duty under the Return To Duty Program (AFMAN 31-115, Volume 1, Department

of the Air Force Corrections System) and who no longer qualify to retain awarded

AFSCs. HQ AFSFC initiates withdrawal of awarded AFSCs for which the Airman

no longer qualifies via CMS to Reenlistments and Special Programs

(AFPC/DPSIC) for review, processing, and updating of RI 9A400. This RI remains

until such time as the Airman is retrained or separated and/or discharged.

2.4.3.3.11.6. Enlisted Airmen leaving a SDI, regardless of reason (Voluntary or

Involuntary) without an awarded military skill (valid awarded AFSC at the 3-level

or higher) to which they are eligible to return, must be reviewed for future

utilization.

2.4.3.3.11.6.1. Assess feasibility of returning to AFSCs previously withdrawn

(or to have been withdrawn) for lack of recent performance.

2.4.3.3.11.6.2. If the RegAF Airman cannot be utilized in a prior AFSC, the

unit commander or FSS notifies AFPC/(DP2L, DP2O, or DP2N, as applicable)

that the Airman is surplus to requirements and does not possess a valid AFSC

(not 8XXXX or 9XXXX) for continued utilization. Airmen eligible for

retraining consideration in accordance with Chapter 6 may be referred to Air

Force Personnel Center Retraining.

2.4.3.3.11.6.3. AFR and ANG Airmen will be considered for continued

utilization by HQ ARPC/DPAT or ANG/A1D, respectively. (T-2).

2.4.3.3.11.7. Airmen disqualified in accordance with this manual from an awarded

AFSC, yet qualified for reclassification into a designated alternate AFSC (see

AFSC specialty description), provided all entrance, award, and retention

requirements in the AFSC specialty description are met, require review for future

utilization. While the AFSC disqualification action is processed to conclusion, the

Airman may be awarded the designated alternate AFSC. AFECD AFSC specialty

descriptions designate the alternate AFSC if Airmen are not qualified to retain their

awarded AFSC but are qualified for reclassification into the designated alternate

AFSC. Examples include 1A8X1X no longer qualified for aviation service to

1N3X1X, 1Z4X1 no longer qualified for the additional requirements in that AFSC

but remaining qualified for 1W0X1.

68 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

2.4.3.3.11.7.1. For RegAF Airmen, the AFPC/DP2LT functional assignment

manager for the designated alternate AFSC reviews the AFSC disqualification

case to determine Airman’s qualifications and utilization potential. For Airmen

not selected for the designated alternate AFSC, Airmen are disqualified and

classified as disqualified Airmen accordingly (RI 9AXXX), provided Airmen

do not have another awarded AFSC in which still qualified for return.

2.4.3.3.11.7.2. For Airmen not selected for the designated alternate AFSC,

Airmen are disqualified and classified as disqualified Airmen accordingly (RI

9AXXX), provided Airmen do not have another awarded AFSC in which still

qualified for return (For ANG Airmen, NGB/A1D provides RI guidance).

2.4.3.3.12. Certifying Intelligence Officers for Security Access (AFSCs 14NX):

2.4.3.3.12.1. Department of Defense Central Adjudication Facility (DoD CAF), is

solely responsible for determining and certifying eligibility for access to sensitive

compartmented information; see DoDM 5200.02_AFMAN 16-1405.

2.4.3.3.12.2. Personnel security certification standards are established by the

Director of National Security.

2.4.3.3.12.3. Sensitive Compartmented Information certification authority will not

be delegated.

2.4.3.3.12.4. Revocation of Sensitive Compartmented Information eligibility

requires withdrawal of 14NX AFSC, unless an exception is granted by the Deputy

Chief of Staff for Intelligence, Surveillance, Reconnaissance and Cyber Effects

Operations (HQ USAF/A2/6).

2.4.3.3.12.5. Revocation of an officer’s security clearance by DoD CAF requires

withdrawal of AFSC 14NX (disqualification), without exception under paragraph

2.4.3.3.12.4. (T-2).

2.4.4. Effective Date of Downgrade or Withdrawal and/or Disqualification Actions:

2.4.4.1. The effective date for the AF Form 2096, Section II, line 5 is directly related to

the disqualification reason and date of the action and/or documentation (or effective date

if identified therein) driving the disqualification action.

2.4.4.1.1. AFSC disqualification for medical or disqualification from aviation service

and/or jump and/or marine dive reasons will take effect on the date of the

disqualification as specified on the AF Form 422, DD Form 2992, or aeronautical order.

2.4.4.1.2. AFOSI agent decertification is the date of the AFOSI/CC decertification

memo.

2.4.4.2. Withdrawing an Airman's awarded AFSC and designating a new awarded AFSC

(if applicable) are concurrent actions.

2.4.4.3. If an Airman does not have an awarded AFSC (1XXX/1XXXX – 7XXX/7XXXX)

other than the one withdrawn via AFSC disqualification action under this chapter,

AFPC/DP2SSM designates RIs 9A000, 9A100, 9A200, 9A300, 9A400, or 9A500 (as

applicable) as the primary and control AFSC for RegAF enlisted Airmen or 96A0 or 96B0

as the primary AFSC for RegAF officers. RegAF FSSs will not award 9AXXX or 96XX

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 69

RIs and may delete only when departing for approved retraining; otherwise, retain until the

Airman is designated into a new AFSC (RegAF officers), separated, retired, or discharged.

Air Force Personnel Center will update all disqualified Airmen RIs following approval of

the disqualification action for RegAF Airmen (officer and enlisted).

Table 2.17. Processing Downgrade and Withdrawal and/or Disqualification Actions.

If the downgrade or

withdrawal is for:

then the:

must:

Lack of Recent

Performance,

paragraphs 2.4.1.4,

2.4.2.1, or 2.4.2.2 (see

Note 1).

FSS

review request and complete AF Form 2096

to document downgrade or withdrawal

action. FSS will only approve substantiated

cases where non-performance in the

specialty is verified (see Note 2). If request

is not substantiated, disapprove and return to

individual or unit with rationale.

Substandard

Performance, paragraph

2.4.1.6 or 2.4.3.3.1.

FSS

ensure appropriate documentation

outlined in paragraphs 2.4.3.3.2.1

through 2.4.3.3.2.5 is included.

Disapprove and return to the unit if all

requirements have not been met and/or if

the documentation is incomplete. If all

coordinating agencies and the member

agree on downgrading the AFSC,

approve the downgrade and update

MilPDS accordingly. If the member,

commander, and FSSs are not in

concurrence with the withdrawal,

forward the case to the FSS Commander

for continued processing. If complete

and (1) the commander has requested

withdrawing the AFSC and (2) the

member, commander, and FSS concur,

recommend approval and forward the

CMS case to AFPC/DP2SSM,

ANG/A1D, or HQ ARPC/DPAT for

processing. The servicing ARC FSS will

finalize the action and, if approved, and

update MilPDS.

Substandard

Performance, paragraph

2.4.1.6 or 2.4.3.3.1.

Force Support

Commander

either disapprove the request if

considered to be without merit, or

appoint a disinterested evaluation official

(Field Grade Officer or Senior Non-

Commissioned Officer, senior in grade to

member being reviewed). Evaluation

official cannot be in the member’s chain

of command and will make a

recommendation to FSS/CC.

70 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

If the downgrade or

withdrawal is for:

then the:

must:

Commander then forwards their final

recommendation to AFPC/DP2SSM as

the approval authority for RegAF

Airmen. The servicing ARC FSS will

finalize the action for RC members and,

if approved, update MilPDS.

Evaluation Official

follow procedures outlined in paragraphs

2.4.3.3.4.1 through 2.4.3.3.4.5.

Notes:

1. Table 2.15 applies for enlisted skill level downgrade.

2. Time spent in a TDY status (to include deployment) in the AFSC to be downgraded or withdrawn

counts as time performing in the specialty. Airman’s time starts over from the return date of the TDY.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 71

Chapter 3

DELETED

3.1. DELETED.

3.1.1. DELETED.

3.1.2. DELETED.

3.1.2.1. DELETED.

3.1.2.2. DELETED.

3.2. DELETED.

3.2.1. DELETED.

3.2.1.1. DELETED.

3.2.1.2. DELETED.

3.2.1.3. DELETED.

3.2.2. DELETED.

3.2.2.1. DELETED.

3.2.2.2. DELETED.

3.2.2.3. DELETED.

3.2.3. DELETED.

3.2.4. DELETED.

3.2.4.1. DELETED.

3.2.4.1.1. DELETED.

3.2.4.1.2. DELETED.

3.2.4.1.3. DELETED.

3.2.4.2. DELETED.

3.2.5. DELETED.

3.2.5.1. DELETED.

3.2.5.2. DELETED.

3.2.5.3. DELETED.

3.2.5.4. DELETED.

3.2.6. DELETED.

3.2.6.1. DELETED.

3.2.6.2. DELETED.

3.2.6.3. DELETED.

72 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

3.2.6.4. DELETED.

3.2.6.5. DELETED.

3.2.6.6. DELETED.

3.2.6.6.1. DELETED.

3.2.6.6.2. DELETED.

3.2.6.6.3. DELETED.

3.2.6.6.4. DELETED.

3.2.6.7. DELETED.

3.2.6.8. DELETED.

3.2.6.8.1. DELETED.

3.2.6.8.2. DELETED.

3.2.6.8.3. DELETED.

3.2.6.8.3.1. DELETED.

3.2.6.8.3.2. DELETED.

3.2.6.8.3.3. DELETED.

3.2.6.8.3.4. DELETED.

3.2.6.8.3.5. DELETED.

3.2.6.8.4. DELETED.

3.2.6.8.5. DELETED.

3.2.7. DELETED.

3.2.7.1. DELETED.

3.2.7.2. DELETED.

3.2.7.3. DELETED.

3.2.7.3.1. DELETED.

3.2.7.3.2. DELETED.

3.2.7.4. DELETED.

3.2.7.5. DELETED.

3.2.8. DELETED.

3.2.9. DELETED.

3.2.9.1. DELETED.

3.2.9.2. DELETED.

3.2.10. DELETED.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 73

3.2.10.1. DELETED.

3.2.10.1.1. DELETED.

3.2.10.1.2. DELETED.

3.2.10.1.3. DELETED.

3.2.10.1.4. DELETED.

3.2.10.1.5. DELETED.

3.2.10.2. DELETED.

3.2.10.2.1. DELETED.

3.2.10.2.2. DELETED.

3.2.10.2.3. DELETED.

3.2.10.2.4. DELETED.

3.2.11. DELETED.

3.2.11.1. DELETED.

3.2.11.2. DELETED.

3.2.11.3. DELETED.

3.2.11.4. DELETED.

3.2.12. DELETED.

3.2.12.1. DELETED.

3.2.12.2. DELETED.

3.3. DELETED.

3.3.1. DELETED.

3.3.1.1. DELETED.

3.3.1.1.1. DELETED.

3.3.1.1.2. DELETED.

3.3.1.1.3. DELETED.

3.3.1.1.4. DELETED.

3.3.1.1.4.1. DELETED.

3.3.1.1.4.2. DELETED.

3.3.1.1.4.3. DELETED.

3.3.1.1.4.4. DELETED.

3.3.1.2. DELETED.

3.3.1.2.1. DELETED.

74 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

3.3.1.2.1.1. DELETED.

3.3.1.2.1.2. DELETED.

3.3.1.2.2. DELETED.

3.3.1.2.2.1. DELETED.

3.3.1.2.2.2. DELETED.

3.3.1.2.3.

3.3.1.2.3.1. DELETED.

3.3.1.2.3.2. DELETED.

3.3.1.2.3.3. DELETED.

3.3.1.3. DELETED.

3.3.1.3.1. DELETED.

3.3.1.3.2. DELETED.

3.3.2. DELETED.

3.3.2.1. DELETED.

3.3.2.2. DELETED.

3.3.2.3. DELETED.

3.3.2.4. DELETED.

3.3.2.5. DELETED.

3.3.2.6. DELETED.

3.3.2.7. DELETED.

3.3.2.8. DELETED.

3.3.2.9. DELETED.

3.3.2.10. DELETED.

3.3.2.11. DELETED.

3.3.2.12. DELETED.

3.3.2.12.1. DELETED.

3.3.2.12.2. DELETED.

3.3.2.12.3. DELETED.

3.3.3. DELETED.

3.3.3.1. DELETED.

3.3.3.1.1. DELETED.

3.3.3.1.2. DELETED.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 75

3.3.3.2. DELETED.

3.3.3.3. DELETED.

3.3.3.4. DELETED.

3.3.3.4.1. DELETED.

3.3.3.4.2. DELETED.

3.3.3.4.3. DELETED.

3.3.3.5. DELETED.

3.3.3.6. DELETED.

3.3.3.7. DELETED.

3.3.3.7.1. DELETED.

3.3.3.7.2. DELETED.

3.3.3.7.3. DELETED.

3.3.3.7.4. DELETED.

3.3.3.8. DELETED.

3.3.3.8.1. DELETED.

3.3.3.8.2. DELETED.

3.3.3.8.3. DELETED.

3.3.3.9. DELETED.

3.3.3.10. DELETED.

3.3.3.10.1. DELETED.

3.3.3.10.2. DELETED.

3.4. DELETED.

3.4.1. DELETED.

3.4.1.1. DELETED.

3.4.1.1.1. DELETED.

3.4.1.1.2. DELETED.

3.4.1.1.3. DELETED.

3.4.1.2. DELETED.

3.4.1.2.1. DELETED.

3.4.1.3. DELETED.

3.4.1.3.1. DELETED.

3.4.1.3.2. DELETED.

76 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

3.4.2. DELETED.

3.4.2.1. DELETED.

3.4.2.2. DELETED.

3.4.2.3. DELETED.

3.4.2.4. DELETED.

3.4.2.5. DELETED.

3.4.2.6. DELETED.

3.4.2.6.1. DELETED.

3.4.2.6.2. DELETED.

3.4.3. DELETED.

3.4.3.1. DELETED.

3.4.3.2. DELETED.

3.4.3.3. DELETED.

3.4.3.4. DELETED.

3.4.3.5. DELETED.

3.4.3.6. DELETED.

3.4.3.7. DELETED.

3.4.3.8. DELETED.

3.4.3.9. DELETED.

3.4.3.10. DELETED.

3.5. DELETED.

3.5.1. DELETED.

3.5.1.1. DELETED.

3.5.1.2. DELETED.

3.5.1.3. DELETED.

3.5.2. DELETED.

3.5.2.1. DELETED.

3.5.2.2. DELETED.

3.5.2.3. DELETED.

3.5.3. DELETED.

3.5.3.1. DELETED.

3.5.3.1.1. DELETED.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 77

3.5.3.1.2. DELETED.

3.5.3.1.3. DELETED.

3.5.3.2. DELETED.

3.5.3.2.1. DELETED.

3.5.3.2.2. DELETED.

3.5.3.2.3. DELETED.

3.5.4. DELETED.

3.5.4.1. DELETED.

3.5.4.2. DELETED.

Table 3.1. DELETED.

Table 3.2. DELETED.

78 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Chapter 4

ACTIVE DUTY SERVICE COMMITMENTS AND RESERVE SERVICE

COMMITMENTS

4.1. Overview. This publication prescribes guidance, responsibilities, and procedures for ADSCs

and RSCs for members of the RegAF, the ANG, and the AFR.

4.1.1. ADSCs. ADSCs fulfill two very important functions. They assure the Air Force and

the taxpayers receive an appropriate return for their investment of money and/or time in

training, education, and bonuses. They also assure open communication to Air Force members

regarding the periods of obligated service they must complete before becoming eligible to

request to separate or retire from active duty.

4.1.1.1. Officers in the grade of colonel and below and all enlisted personnel incur an

ADSC when they complete all or a portion of ADSC-incurring events.

4.1.1.2. An ADSC does not establish, and is independent of, a DOS.

4.1.1.2.1. Enlisted personnel serve on active duty in accordance with their enlistment

contracts.

4.1.1.2.2. Officers serve indefinite active duty tours by appointment of the President

and must request release or discharge from their appointment from the Secretary of the

Air Force. (T-0). Needs of the Air Force may require continued service beyond an

ADSC.

4.1.1.2.3. Time spent in an excess leave status, as defined in AFI 36-3003, Military

Leave Program, does not count toward fulfilling any ADSCs.

4.1.1.2.4. An ADSC is not affected by a change in a member’s Duty AFSC unless the

member completed an ADSC incurring event that resulted in the change in the

member’s Duty AFSC.

4.1.2. ADSC-Incurring Events.

4.1.2.1. Events that incur ADSCs are established by statute or by Air Force policy. See

Attachment 2 for a summary of ADSC-incurring events.

4.1.2.2. Members usually serve new ADSCs concurrently with existing ADSCs; however,

some ADSCs are served consecutively and are outlined in Attachment 2 or in the ADSC

agreement form.

4.1.2.3. ADSCs incurred for training will become effective upon graduation date or

completion of required training. (T-2).

4.1.2.3.1. The estimated graduation or completion date is utilized when initially adding

the ADSC for training to a member’s record upon selection to attend the course.

4.1.2.3.2. AFPC will update the member’s ADSC to reflect the member’s actual

graduation or completion date after graduation or completion of training, except for JA

officers, whose ADSCs are updated by AF/JAX. (T-2).

DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021  79 
4.1.3.  Advising  Members  of  ADSCs.    The  FSS  (FSS)  (or  delegated  authority)  advises 
members of ADSC commitments and ensures each member accepts or declines the ADSC in 
accordance with paragraphs 4.1.4, 4.3.5 or 4.3.6 of this manual (see paragraphs 4.2.6 and 4.2.7 
for health professions officers and JAs).  Note:  PCS orders will not be authenticated until a 
member  has  formally  acknowledged  understanding  of  the  ADSC  and  the  appropriate 
documentation is loaded into the member’s record. (T-2). 
4.1.3.1.  In  most  cases,  the  AF  Form  63,  Active  Duty  Service  Commitment  (ADSC) 
Acknowledgement Statement formally documents the member’s knowledge and acceptance 
of the ADSC.  In cases where the AF Form 63 is not required, another source document 
serves as the member’s knowledge and acceptance (see paragraph 4.1.3.2.).  Failure to be 
notified or to complete an AF Form 63 (or other prescribed documentation) does not relieve 
the member of the ADSC if the member attends the ADSC-incurring event.  In these cases, 
the member must follow the provisions outlined in paragraph 4.3.9 to request removal of 
the ADSC. (T-1). 
4.1.3.2.  The following ADSC-incurring events require documentation other than the AF 
Form 63: 
4.1.3.2.1.  Entry on EAD.  AFROTC cadets.  See AFMAN 36-2032. 
4.1.3.2.2.  PCS (see AFI 36-2110).  Exception:  The AF Form 63 is required only for 
members  (officer  and  enlisted)  moving  Continental  United  States  (CONUS)-to-
CONUS  and  then  only  if  they  are  or  will  become  eligible  for  retirement  before 
completing the associated ADSC.  In these cases, the AF Form 63 is not to be used as 
the official assignment notification but should be signed by member within 7 calendar 
days of official notification. 
4.1.3.2.3.  Accepting  special  and  incentive  pays  (Health  Professions,  see  DoDI 
6000.13_DAFI  41-110,  Medical  Health  Care  Professions  Scholarship  Programs; 
Aviation Bonus see AFMAN 36-3004, Aviation Bonus (AVB) Program. 
4.1.3.2.4.  Changing competitive categories. 
4.1.3.2.5.  Tuition Assistance (see paragraph 4.2.3.). 
4.1.3.2.6.  Participating in education or training programs listed in Attachment 2 (see 
AFI 41-117, Medical Service Officer Education). 
4.1.3.2.7.  ADSC-incurring  events  affecting  enlisted  personnel.    AF  Form  63  is 
required only if the member is or will become eligible for retirement before completing 
the ADSC (see AFI 36-2606). 
4.1.3.2.8.  Enlisted promotion to Master Sergeant, Senior Master Sergeant and Chief 
Master  Sergeant  will  be  documented  on  a  Promotion  Statement  of  Understanding 
regardless of member’s Total Active Federal Military Service Date. (T-1). 
4.1.3.2.9.  Rated specialty begins at the completion of training and award of wings 
and/or  aeronautical  rating.    The  ADSC  is  documented  within  the  commissioning 
contract or initial rated selection. 
   

80 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

4.1.4. Retainability. Members who accept an ADSC-incurring event must have or obtain

retainability to serve the ADSC required for the event. (T-2).

4.1.4.1. Enlisted members who lack the necessary retainability must obtain it, if eligible,

through reenlistment or extension. (T-2). When an enlisted member cannot obtain the

retainability for an ADSC-incurring event, the MPF or Education Service and Human

Resource Flight must notify the selection authority and the member may apply for a waiver

of retainability. (T-2). Enlisted members who decline to obtain retainability must

document that decision on AF Form 964, PCS, TDY, or Training Declination Statement.

(T-2).

4.1.4.2. Airmen with an indefinite DOS will acknowledge the ADSC utilizing the AF

Form 63.

4.2. Program Processes.

4.2.1. Air Force Personnel Center, Accessions Branch (AFPC/DP3DA):

4.2.1.1. Provides policy interpretations to higher HQ and to the field.

4.2.1.2. Validates AFPC/DP2LT ADSC verifications and identifies necessary policy

changes to AF/A1P.

4.2.1.3. Adjudicates most ADSC disputes, but forwards some ADSC dispute requests to

AF/A1P for further staffing. Example: When a member disagrees with an ADSC, even

when it is clear one is applicable.

4.2.2. Air Force Personnel Center, Military Accessions Branch (AFPC/DP2LT):

4.2.2.1. As OPR for the ADSC Program, will execute all ADSCs, except for health

professions and JA officers.

4.2.2.2. Will determine and establish ADSC Dates (ADSCD) requiring an adjustment after

the initial ADSC-incurring event.

4.2.2.3. Is the office authorized to update ADSCs listed in AETC’s ETCA program and

the Oracle Training Announcement (OTA) database.

4.2.2.4. This office may establish an ADSC on an individual basis to cover a unique

situation as an ETP. Unique ADSCs are just as valid as any other ADSC. MAJCOM and

other Air Force activities may submit recommendations, with full justification, for the

establishment of a unique ADSC. The request can be for an event listed or not listed in

this manual.

4.2.3. Air Force Personnel Center, Military Training and Education Operations Section

(AFPC/DP2SST):

4.2.3.1. Is the OPR for ADSCs involving Tuition Assistance and the Post 911 GI Bill.

4.2.3.2. Will issue a Category One processing discrepancy to the responsible FSS who

allows a member to depart and/or enter into an ADSC-incurring event without proper

ADSC documentation.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 81

4.2.4. Air Force Personnel Center, Military Accessions and Assignment Section

(AFPC/DP1TAM) will initiate the AF Form 63 for all members selected for ADSC-incurring

events and sends to the member for signature and processing to the personnel record.

4.2.5. Air Force Personnel Center AFSC Assignment Team: When selecting someone for a

PCS that encompasses attending training in a PCS status for over 20 weeks or with Air Force

Training en-route will:

4.2.5.1. Notify AFPC/DP2LT of the selection through written or electronic means with all

available course information.

4.2.5.2. Provide course identification (Air Force Training only) to AFPC/DP2LT when the

Air Force Training Management System quotas or OTA updates are not available.

4.2.5.3. Notify AFPC/DP2LT when an ADSC for a PCS move is changed in accordance

with AFI 36-2110.

4.2.6. Nurse Utilization & Education Branch (AFPC/DP2NN) will:

4.2.6.1. Calculate and update ADSCs for health professions officers.

4.2.6.2. Ensure member completes the AF Form 63 or other required ADSC

acknowledgment and maintains original.

4.2.7. Office of The Judge Advocate General, Professional Development Directorate

(AF/JAX) will:

4.2.7.1. Calculate and update ADSCs for Funded Legal Education Program and/or Excess

Leave Program (FLEP/ELP) selectees.

4.2.7.2. Ensure member completes the AF Form 63 or other required ADSC

acknowledgment and forwards the signed original to AFPC/DP2LT.

4.2.8. AFIT/CI will:

4.2.8.1. Categorize AFIT students as scholarship or non-scholarship.

4.2.8.2. Ensure AFPC/DP2LT receives the AFIT Form 9, Initial or Change to Reporting

Instructions, which can be found at https://www.afit.edu/CIP/, or monthly production

roster, Initial or Change to Reporting Instructions. DP2LT will provide a copy to DP1TSA

to prepare extended active duty orders.

4.2.8.3. Inform AFPC/DP1TAM of any change to AFIT class dates or elimination and/or

removal of any Line, Chaplain or JA officer from the AFIT program.

4.2.9. FSS Commander (FSS/CC) will:

4.2.9.1. Ensure all TDY and PCS orders reflect the ADSC associated with the event in

accordance with AFMAN 36-2102, Base-Level Relocation Procedures. (T-1).

4.2.9.2. Ensure members (officers and enlisted) have either sufficient retainability to

complete the commitment associated with the ADSC-incurring event or a retainability

waiver prior to the members departure. (T-1).

4.2.9.3. Thoroughly review the Automated Records Management System to ensure it

contains the appropriate ADSC counseling statements for unexpired or projected ADSC

dates. (T-1).

82  DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021 
4.2.9.4.  Establish coordination procedures among and maintain an active liaison with all 
MPF and Education Service and Human Resource Flight work centers and base units, to 
ensure effective ADSC management. (T-1). 
4.2.9.5.  Ensure Education Services Officers and all serviced unit commanders understand 
their responsibilities. (T-1). 
4.2.9.6.  At  bases  conducting  any  ADSC-incurring  training,  ensure  all  individuals 
attending such training have a completed AF Form 63 on the first day of training (T-1).  
Also ensures enlisted members have sufficient retainability to fulfill the ADSC associated 
with the education or training. (T-1). 
4.2.9.7.  Not allow members to proceed to education or training contained in Attachment 
2  without a completed AF Form 63 or other ADSC acknowledgment when required. (T-1).  
Will not allow enlisted members without sufficient retainability to proceed to education or 
training. (T-1). 
4.2.9.8.  Contact HQ AFPC/DP2LT for any ADSCD adjustments to include excess leave 
adjustments (see paragraph 4.3.2). (T-1). 
4.2.9.9.  Verify the ADSCD on receipt of a notice of establishment or change of ADSCD 
(see paragraph 4.2.11). (T-1). 
4.2.9.10.  Process requests for formal ADSC reviews (see paragraph 4.3.9.). 
4.2.10.  Education Services Officer: 
4.2.10.1.  When a member accepts Tuition Assistance, the Education Service Officer will 
update  the  Air  Force  Automated  Education  Management  System  (AFAEMS).  (T-1).  
Normally,  the  update  to  AFAEMS  will  flow  an  update  to  the  MilPDS  to  capture  the 
appropriate ADSC. 
4.2.10.2.  In the event the ADSC does not update automatically, the Education Service 
Officer  will  utilize  the  AFAEMS  to  obtain  the  necessary  documentation  to  send  to 
AFPC/DP2LT for a manual update. (T-1). 
4.2.11.  Unit Commander will ensure members who are directed to attend an education or 
formal training course, whether via PCS, TDY, or PCA, process through the FSS’s MPF for 
ADSC  counseling  and  completion  of  the  AF  Form  63  or  other  required  ADSC 
acknowledgment before entering an ADSC-incurring event. (T-1). 
4.2.12.  Training Course Managers:  Notify AFPC/DP2LT when new courses are added to 
ETCA program or ADSC information on an existing course has changed in ETCA. 
4.3.  ADSC Procedures. 
4.3.1.  Completing an ADSC agreement (AF Form 63, AF Form 1056,  Air Force Reserve 
Officer  Training  Corps  (AFROTC)  Contract,  or  Statement  of  Understanding)  (OPR:  
AFPC/DP2LT). 
4.3.1.1.  The FSS’s MPF counsels the member on the ADSC-incurring event. 
4.3.1.1.1.  Accepting an ADSC-incurring event: 
4.3.1.1.1.1.  For officers:  the member formally accepts the ADSC-incurring event 

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 83

on the AF Form 63, Section II. Upon completion, the member returns the

completed form to AFPC/DP1TAM.

4.3.1.1.1.2. For enlisted the AF Form 63 is required only if the member is/or will

become eligible for retirement before completing the ADSC. The member formally

accepts the ADSC-incurring event on the AF Form 63, Section II. Upon

completion, the member returns the completed form to AFPC/DP2LT.

4.3.1.1.2. If a member declines an ADSC-incurring event:

4.3.1.1.2.1. For officers: The member formally declines the ADSC-incurring

event on the AF Form 63, Section II and returns it to AFPC/DP1TAM. The MPF

suspends all processing for the ADSC-incurring event.

4.3.1.1.2.2. For enlisted only. The member formally declines the ADSC-incurring

event on the AF Form 964 to the MPF of the FSS. The MPF updates the assignment

availability code to reflect mandatory separation (in accordance with AFI 36-2110).

Exceptions: For members applying for separation or retirement via the virtual

Military Personnel Flight self-service applications, the in-system application

automatically updates the assignment availability code. For members declining a

PCS only, the member signs an AF Form 964.

4.3.1.2. The MPF distributes a copy of the AF Form 964 to the member’s respective AFPC

AFSC Assignment Team.

4.3.2. Updating the ADSCD and ADSC Reason Code (see Attachment 2 for Reason Code

listing) (OPR: AFPC/DP1TAM and AFPC/DP2LT).

4.3.2.1. AFPC/DP1TAM updates the MilPDS with the ADSCD and ADSC Reason Code

for all members (except health professions and JA officers) upon receipt of completed AF

Form 63 or other ADSC documentation. Exception: AFPC/DP1TAM will update

ADSCD for the Air Force Intern Program or PME regardless of competitive category.

Also, after a decision is made by AF/JAX, AFPC/DP1TAM will update AFIT ADSCD for

JA officers. ADSCD begins upon graduation or completion date of training or education,

unless otherwise stated. ADSCD for Key Leadership Position (KLP) begin upon duty

effective date.

4.3.2.2. If course graduation date changes or the member does not complete the training,

the MPF will contact AFPC/DP1TAM to adjust the ADSCD.

4.3.2.3. When adjusting a person's service dates to account for lost time (e.g.,

confinement), AFPC/DP2LT will adjust the ADSCD upon receipt of the AF Form 2098,

Duty Status Change, from AFPC/DP2LT by adding one day for each lost day.

AFPC/DP2LT will also adjust ADSCDs by adding one day for each day of excess leave.

4.3.2.4. The OPR for ADSC MilPDS updates is:

4.3.2.4.1. Office of The Judge Advocate General, Professional Development

Directorate (AF/JAX) for JA officers who participated in ELP.

4.3.2.4.2. Nurse Utilization & Education Branch (AFPC/DP2NN) for Health

professions officers.

84 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

4.3.3. Verifying the ADSCD on receipt of a notice of establishment or change of ADSCD RIP.

The FSS will:

4.3.3.1. Ensure the ADSCD is correct on the RIP. If incorrect, contact AFPC/DP2LT.

(T-2).

4.3.3.2. Ensure supporting documents are archived in Automated Records Management

System. (T-2). If the documentation is not on file, the current servicing MPF should

immediately advise member of the ADSC and the requirement to document it. (T-3).

4.3.3.3. Give the RIP to the member if the ADSCD is correct and the documentation is in

the Automated Record Management System. (T-2).

4.3.4. Missing Documentation (OPR: AFPC/DP2LT). When a member’s personnel record

does not contain an AF Form 63 or other required ADSC acknowledgment for a specific

ADSC-incurring event in which the member participated, the current servicing MPF or

member takes the following actions:

4.3.4.1. Contact AFPC/DP2LT to determine if AFPC has a copy of the documentation.

4.3.4.2. If no copies of the documentation are found:

4.3.4.2.1. Advise the member of the discrepancy using documentation provided by

AFPC/DP2LT.

4.3.4.2.2. When the member in-processes for a PCS or on TDY without an AF Form

63, contact AFPC/DPTO to issue a Category One processing discrepancy (see AFMAN

36-2102) to the losing MPF. If the gaining MPF allows the member to enter the ADSC-

incurring event without requesting an AF Form 63, AFPC/DPTO will also charge the

gaining MPF with a Category One processing discrepancy. (T-2).

4.3.5. Declining an ADSC (7-day Option). A member who declines the ADSC for a PCS or

training must request separation or retirement within 7 calendar days of official notification

(Excludes Health Professions Officers sponsored for education in Table A2.2). (T-1).

4.3.5.1. Members who establish a separation or retirement date under the 7-day option

provisions as an alternative to accepting an ADSC, who subsequently complete the ADSC-

incurring event based on needs of the Air Force, are not obligated to serve beyond their

established DOS or retirement date unless they withdraw their DOS or retirement (see AFI

36-3206 or AFI 36-3208).

4.3.5.2. Those who decline an ADSC and establish a DOS or retirement date must serve

all existing ADSCs before separation or retirement unless an earlier DOS is approved.

(T-2).

4.3.6. Refusing to sign an ADSC Acknowledgment Form.

4.3.6.1. If a member is advised of an ADSC and is presented the AF Form 63, the member

cannot proceed on the ADSC-incurring event without completing the AF Form 63 and

returning it to the appropriate office at AFPC.

4.3.6.2. If a member refuses to sign the AF Form 63 to accept the ADSC, the member

cannot proceed on the ADSC-incurring event unless the member has met the provisions of

paragraph 4.3.5.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 85

4.3.6.3. If a member attends an ADSC-incurring event, but did not sign the AF Form 63

(at no fault of the member), the member will not later be administered the ADSC without

proper adjudication and advisement.

4.3.6.3.1. If evidence is presented that the member was or should have been aware of

the ADSC, the member will be required to complete the necessary paperwork and have

the ADSC applied to the member’s MilPDS record. (T-1).

4.3.6.3.2. If the member believes the member is receiving an ADSC in error, the

member may follow the provisions in paragraph 4.3.9.

4.3.7. ADSC Waivers. The Secretary of the Air Force or the Secretary’s designee may, in

appropriate cases, waive an unfulfilled ADSC when requested by a member in conjunction

with applying for separation or retirement in accordance with provisions outlined in AFI 36-

3206 and AFI 36-3208. Note: This process is not for Airmen that believe they have had an

ADSC erroneously applied. For those cases, please refer to paragraph 4.3.9.

4.3.8. Failure to Complete the ADSC for Education, Bonus, or Similar Benefit.

4.3.8.1. Members who fail to complete their ADSC may be subject to recoupment, unless

waived in accordance with Title 37 USC § 303a(e), Special pay: general provisions, or §

373, Repayment of unearned portion of bonus, incentive pay, or similar benefit, and

termination of remaining payments, when conditions of payment not met.

4.3.8.2. Unless a waiver is obtained, members remaining on active duty do not have the

option of reimbursing the government in lieu of fulfilling an ADSC. Exception: Members

who must repay Tuition Assistance in full as directed by the government (incomplete

grade, failing grade, or class dropped) may request removal of the ADSC. The MPF or

Education Services Officer will confirm recoupment action and coordinate with

AFPC/DP2LT to remove ADSC from member’s records. (T-2).

4.3.9. Resolving an ADSC discrepancy (Formal Review Process) (OPR: AFPC/DP2LT). It

is vital members and the Air Force quickly resolve ADSC issues surfaced by the member,

record reviews, or other means. The FSS does not make the final decision on ADSC issues,

but should advise members of the information discovered. The FSS and/or the member ensures

a review of the member’s record is complete and at a minimum complete the following actions:

4.3.9.1. Review the member’s ADSC documentation.

4.3.9.2. Contact the Flight Management Office for record of all flying training the member

has completed.

4.3.9.3. Contact the Education Center to verify all ADSCs for tuition assistance are

properly recorded.

4.3.9.4. Ensures the Automated Record Management System contains the appropriate AF

Form 63 and, if missing, follows the steps in paragraph 4.3.4.

4.3.9.5. The FSS, during initial notification sends the supporting documents to

AFPC/DP2LT and requests a review of the ADSC in question.

4.3.9.6. Upon receipt of AFPC/DP2LT’s review response, the FSS notifies the member of

the results and provides a copy to the member.

86 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

4.3.9.7. If the member disagrees with the AFPC/DP2LT ADSC decision, the FSS will

notify AFPC/DP2LT. AFPC/DP2LT will forward the case to AFPC/DP3DA for an

additional review. (T-2).

4.3.9.8. AFPC/DP3DA will then adjudicate the case. If the answer is clear that the

member should incur the ADSC, AFPC’s adjudication is final. However, if there is any

question to applicability, AFPC/DP3DA will forward the case to AF/A1P for further

staffing.

4.3.9.9. AF/A1P will facilitate staffing the request to SAF/MR for final adjudication.

Note: A proper package should include all relevant information regarding why a member

should or should not receive the ADSC.

4.3.9.10. In cases where there is a question regarding applicability of the ADSC, the

decision of SAF/MR is binding.

4.4. ANG Reserve Service Commitments.

4.4.1. Service commitments are needed to ensure the ANG receives a return on its investments

in its members. All service commitments will be served concurrently and not be added together

to increase a member’s obligation to the ANG unless specifically indicated otherwise in this

publication. (T-2).

4.4.2. Service commitment waivers should be approved only when it is in the best interest of

the ANG or for hardship not common to other ANG members. TAG is the waiver authority

for service commitments. This authority may not be delegated below TAG. (T-2).

4.4.3. The FSS will ensure each member is properly and thoroughly briefed on each

commitment incurred as a result of action taken in accordance with Attachment 3. The FSS

will ensure commitment requirements such as extensions or reenlistments are completed to

cover the required period prior to entering into the required or requested action. (T-2). The

remarks section of the DD Form 4, Enlistment/Reenlistment Document - Armed Forces of the

United States, or AF Form 1411, Extension of Enlistment in the Air Force, or AF Form 1411-

1, Cancelation of Extension of Enlistment in the Air Force, will specify the reason and duration

of each service commitment. No member will be allowed to attend a training course that

cannot be expected to meet service commitment requirements, regardless of the reason. (T-2).

4.4.4. All ANG service commitments will be documented. Members will not be allowed to

attend training unless service commitment agreements are completed prior to attendance (see

Attachment 5). (T-2).

4.4.5. All commitments incurred as a result of training begin on the day after that training is

completed. (T-1).

4.5. Reserve Service Commitments (RSCs) (General). RSCs fulfill two very important

functions. They assure the Air Force and the taxpayers receive an appropriate return for their

investment in training and education. RSCs also communicate to Air Force members the periods

of obligated service they must complete before becoming eligible to separate, transfer, or retire

from Selected Reserve (SELRES). SELRES refers to Air Reserve Technicians (ARTs),

Traditional Reservist, IRs and AGRs. All RSCs must be served in the SELRES unless waived.

(T-2). This includes training not provided by the Air Force.

4.5.1. Program Processes specific to AF Reserve.

DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021  87 
4.5.1.1.  HQ USAF/REP.  HQ USAF/REP is the OPR for policy for the RSC Program, and 
determines all RSCs. 
4.5.1.2.  AFRC/CD.  Through the Numbered Air Force (NAF)/Wing/DET Groups/Unit 
and MPS Commanders ensure the following is accomplished: 
4.5.1.2.1.  Initiate Implementation instructions and forward to the field. (T-2). 
4.5.1.2.2.  Ensure members are counseled on their ensuing commitment. (T-2). 
4.5.1.2.3.  Ensure members have sufficient retainability to attend RSC incurring events. 
4.5.1.2.4.  Ensure Reserve Service Contracts are properly completed and filed in the 
Automated Records Mangement System (ARMS). 
4.5.1.2.5.  Ensure  recall  procedures  are  in  effect  for  those  who  are  identified  as 
unsatisfactory participants. 
4.5.1.2.6.  Ensure all  (20 weeks or more)  orders, to  include PCSs, reflect the  RSC 
associated with the event. 
4.5.1.2.7.  Adjust the RSC date if course graduation date changes or the member does 
not complete the training. (T-2). 
4.5.1.3.  ARPC/CC will (Applies to IRs only): 
4.5.1.3.1.  Ensure  each  detachment  commander  advises  respective  members  on  the 
ensuing commitment they incur by entry into any of the events in Table 4.1. or Table 
4.2 and member acknowledges same by executing an AF Form 64, Reserve Service 
Commitment Acknowledgement/ Declination. (T-2). 
4.5.1.3.2.  Ensure that all in-residence course orders of 20 weeks or more, to include 
PCS, reflect the RSC associated with the event. (T-2). 
4.5.1.3.3.  Ensure  the  appropriate  office  files  RSC  documentation  in  ARMS  and 
updates MilPDS. (T-2). 
4.5.1.3.4.  Ensure  members  are  not  allowed  to  proceed  to  training  or  education 
contained in Table 4.1, without a completed AF Form 64.  If course graduation date 
changes or the member does not complete the training, HQ ARPC will adjust RSC Date 
in accordance with Note 2 of Table 4.1. (T-2). 
4.5.1.4.  ARPC’s Directorate of Assignments (ARPC/DPA). 
4.5.1.4.1.  Calculates and updates RSCs for health profession officers in accordance 
with Table 4.2., Rules 1 through 6. 
4.5.1.4.2.  Ensures health profession member completes AF Form 64 and maintains a 
copy and submits the original for filing in ARMS and MilPDS update. 
4.5.1.4.3.  If course graduation  date changes  or the  member does  not complete the 
training, or if the member has a period of non-availability, HQ ARPC/DPA will adjust 
RSC Date.  In coordination with ARPC/DPA, the MPS (Unit), HQ ARPC (IRs) will 
adjust RSC Date. 
4.5.1.5.  Headquarters Active Guard  and  Reserve.  ARPC’s  Directorate  of  Assignments 
(ARPC/DPA): 

88 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

4.5.1.5.1. Ensures all AGR members obtaining RSCs are counseled on their ensuing

commitment. Normally AGRs assigned to HQ AFRC or HQ ARPC do not attend a

school 20 weeks or more in duration, except resident PME, but in the event that it is

required, then ARPC/DPA must be notified. (T-1).

4.5.1.5.2. Ensures that all (20 weeks or more) orders, to include PCS, reflect the RSC

associated with the event. (T-2).

4.5.1.5.3. Monitors in coordination with servicing personnel offices that members

have sufficient retainability to attend the RSC-incurring events. (T-1).

4.5.1.5.4. Coordinates with servicing personnel office to ensure members are not

allowed to proceed to training or education contained in Table 4.1 without a completed

AF Form 64.

4.5.1.5.5. Processes requests for formal RSC reviews (see paragraph 4.3.9.).

4.5.1.5.6. Forwards RSC documentation to the responsible force support unit for filing

in Electronic Records Managements (ERM) or placed in ARMS. (T-1).

4.5.1.5.7. Updates MilPDS. (T-1).

4.5.1.5.8. If course graduation date changes or the member does not complete the

training, ARPC/DPA will adjust RCSD in coordination with servicing personnel office.

4.5.1.5.9. Ensures AGR Tour curtailments are processed in accordance with

procedures in accordance with AFI 36-2110 and that RSCs are maintained following

tour curtailments (as applicable).

4.5.1.6. Servicing MPS/CC for unit members (includes unit AGRs) will:

4.5.1.6.1. Ensure members are counseled on the ensuing commitment. (T-2).

4.5.1.6.2. Ensure that all (20 weeks or more) orders, to include PCS, reflect the RSC

associated with the event. (T-2).

4.5.1.6.3. Ensure that members have sufficient retainability to attend the RSC-

incurring events. (T-2).

4.5.1.6.4. Ensure all individuals attending Air Force Training have a completed AF

Form 64 on the first day of training. (T-2).

4.5.1.6.5. Process requests for formal RSC reviews (see paragraph 4.3.9). (T-2).

4.5.1.6.6. Ensure RSC documentation is filed in Electronic Records Managements

(ERM) or placed in ARMS. (T-1).

4.5.1.6.7. Adjust RSC Date in accordance with Table 4.1., Note 2for course

graduation date changes or if the member does not complete the training. (T-2).

4.5.1.7. Unit Commander (Unit Program): Ensures members who are directed to attend

an RSC- incurring event process through the MPS for RSC counseling and completion of

the AF Form 64.

4.5.1.8. Detachment Commander for IR Members will:

4.5.1.8.1. Ensure members are counseled on the ensuing commitment. (T-1).

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 89

4.5.1.8.2. Ensure that members have sufficient retainability to attend the RSC-

incurring events. (T-1). When a member cannot obtain the retainability for a Reserve

Service Commitment incurring event, the detachment commander must notify the

selection authority and the member may apply for a waiver of retainability. (T-1).

Enlisted members who lack the necessary retainability must obtain it, if eligible,

through reenlistment or extension. (T-1).

4.5.1.8.3. Ensure that the AF Form 64 is forwarded to the office at HQ ARPC

responsible for the RSC incurring event program (e.g., careering for enlisted

promotions, education and training for formal schools), so that the contract can be filed

in Electronic Records Management (ERM) or placed in ARMS. (T-1).

4.5.2. The Air Force Reserve establishes RSCs for all SELRES members who participate in

RSC-incurring events. As such, it is imperative that RSCs and associated policies in this

manual be clearly communicated by responsible officials and fully understood by SELRES

members. In the event of a conflict, commitments set by law, DoD, or other Air Force

Instructions take precedence over time commitments established in this manual. (T-0).

4.5.3. Officers in the grades of colonel and below and all enlisted personnel incur RSCs when

they complete all or a portion of RSC-incurring events. Two or more RSC-incurring events

are served concurrently, not consecutively. When two or more RSC-incurring events overlap,

the RSC-incurring event with the longest remaining obligation will take precedence. AF Form

64 must be completed and filed in Electronic Records Management (ERM) or placed in ARMS.

The AF Form 64 with the greatest expiration date is adjusted or waived, the RSC expiration

date is then adjusted to the next longest intervening contract. (T-2).

4.5.4. An RSC does not establish a DOS.

4.5.4.1. Enlisted personnel serve in accordance with their enlistment and/or extension

contracts. (T-1).

4.5.4.2. Officers serve indefinitely by appointment of the President and must request

release or discharge from their appointment from the Secretary of the Air Force after

serving their RSC. (T-0).

4.5.5. AGRs who receive (voluntary or involuntary) tour curtailments may still have a

commitment to fulfill the RSC and procedures are outlined in AFI 36-2110.

4.5.6. Needs of the Air Force Reserve may require continued service beyond an RSC such as

mobilization.

4.5.7. The Air Force may release the member from the obligations of the AF Form 64 when

in the best interests of the Air Force.

4.5.8. Members who decline to incur an RSC should do so by filling Section II of the AF Form

64. (T-1).

4.5.9. RSC-Incurring Events. Tables 4.1 and 4.2 identify RSC-incurring events.

90 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Table 4.1. Line, Chaplain, Judge Advocate General Officer, and All Enlisted RSCs (T-1).

R U L E

If the RSC

incurring event is

for:

Then the RSC is

served concurrently

unless otherwise

noted: (this only

applies to members

accepting an RSC

on or after 1

October 03) (Note 1)

Reason Code

Officer Training

School

4 years, plus one

month for each

additional month of

scholarship benefits

beyond 4 years (Note

Air Force Reserve

Officer Training

Corps (AFROTC)

4 years, plus one

month for each

additional month of

scholarship benefits

beyond 4 years (Note

Promotions: AGRs,

Unit Reservist, and

2 years, Time in

Grade for grades E-7,

E-8, and E-9.

Commissioned

officers: Per Reserve

Officer Personnel

Management Act

(Note 3)

Undergraduate Pilot

Training

10 years (Notes 2 and

Undergraduate

Navigator Training &

ABM Undergraduate

Training

6 years (Notes 2 and

Undergraduate RPA

Training

6 years (Note 2)

Advanced Flying

Training (AFT)

(follow on), Test

Pilot School Pilot,

Navigation, Engineer

Career Enlisted

Aviators (CEA major

weapons system

3 years (Note 2)

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 91

(MWS Qual)

1AXXX or 1UXXX

AFSCs) Major

Weapons System

Qualification (PIQ,

TX1 and IQT-B

Course), Applicable

AFT courses must be

listed in ETCA at

https://cs2.eis.af.mil/s

ites/app10-

ETCA/SitePages/Ho

me.aspx Initial

qualification. RSC

applies to in-

residence only.

USAF Weapons

Instructor Course in-

residence

3 years for

Intermediate and

Senior schools) (Note

Instructor

Qualification courses

in- residence. Only

those courses listed in

the ETCA at

https://cs2.eis.af.mil/s

ites/app10-

ETCA/SitePages/Ho

me.aspx

(Applies to PIT, TX-

2 and TX-3)

RSC applies to in-

residence only.

2 years (Note 2)

Any formal schools

and in-residence

education less than

16 calendar days

receive a 1-year RSC;

courses exceeding 16

calendar days,

receive a 2-year RSC

and courses which

are 20 or more

weeks, receive a 3-

year RSC. This RSC

only applies in the

1-3 years (Notes 2

and 5)

92 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

event this

publication, the

ETCA or applicable

course guidance does

not prescribe a

specific commitment

requirement.

Officer PME in-

residence

(Notes 2 and 6)

NPS Enlistment

6 years, Term of

Enlistment (Note 7)

Officer Tuition

Assistance

2 years per AFI 36-

2670

Enlisted PME in

residence

2 years

Notes:

1. Members who decline to sign the RSC event will sign an AF Form 64. All formal training

will incur a RSC. (T-1).

2. Individuals withdrawn or eliminated from education or training program will incur a 2-year

RSC from the date the member was withdrawn or eliminated. (T-1). NPS members are not

required to sign a contract for training, however, reference AFMAN 36-2136, Reserve

Personnel Participation, for recall procedures. (T-1).

3. Members who are demoted will have RSC-incurred in Rule 2 removed. (T-1).

4. Pilot RSC: 10 years, NAV/CSO RSC: 6 years, Undergraduate ABM RSC: 6-Years,

Undergraduate RPA Training (URT) RSC: 6. (T-1).

5. In the event that a Chaplain's ecclesiastical endorsement is withdrawn, the discharge

authority outlined in AFI 36-2110, will take precedence over the RSC. (T-1).

6. The Reserve Service Commitment will be 3 years for intermediate and senior service

schools. (T-1). It will be one year for primary service schools. (T-1).

7. This applies to all NPS enlistees regardless of school length. (T-1). NPS members are not

required to sign an AF Form 64, however, RSC code 82 will be updated in MilPDS with an

expiration date equal to their term of enlistment. AFMAN 36-2136, gives the authority for

recall of NPS unsatisfactory participants for up to 45 days. Recall procedures are to be

accomplished in accordance with RSC recall procedures as outlined in this guideline. (T-1).

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 93

Table 4.2. Health Profession Officer and Enlisted Education/Training (T-1).

R U L E

If the RSC

incurring event is

for

Then the RSC is

(Note 6)

RSC Reason for

code

Direct Accession

and/or Minimum

Term of Service

3 years

Ready Reserve

Health Professions

Stipend Program (See

Notes 1-4)

1 year in the Selected

Reserves for each 6

months, or part

thereof for which

stipend is paid (Note

Graduate Medical

Educationor Graduate

Dental Education

Residency (deferred

or re-deferred)

1 year for each year,

min 2 years (Notes 1

and 2)

Military Physician

Assistant Training

4 years (Notes 1and

Any In-residence

formal training in

duration of 20 weeks

or more

3 years concurrent

with other RSCs (5

years for Doctoral

programs)

Officer PME in-

residence

3 years for

intermediate and

senior service

schools, 1 year for

primary service

schools (Note 5)

Promotions: AGRs,

Unit Reservists, and

IRs

2 years, Time in

Grade for grades E-7,

E-8, and E-9,

Commissioned

officers: Per Reserve

Officer Personnel

Management Act

Incentive Pay,

Accession Bonus,

1 year per payment

(Note 4)

Retention Bonus

In accordance with

FY Health

Professions Special &

Incentive (HPS&I)

94 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Pay Plan published

by AFRC/SG

Notes:

1. Members who withdraw or are eliminated from school will be processed for discharge due

to their violation of DoDI 1205.21, Reserve Component Incentive Program Procedures. (T-0).

2. Do not use any part of the educational or training program period to satisfy any existing

RSC.

3. Members serve this RSC after fulfilling all previously existing RSCs.

4. Members who received funds are subject to recoupment.

5. Waivable only by HQ USAF/RE. (T-1).

6. Members who decline to sign an RSC event will sign a declination statement (AF Form

64).

4.5.10. Advising Members of RSCs. Prior to the member accepting a RSC, ARPC/DPA

(AGR Assignments), the MPS for unit members, or program manager for IRs, advises

members of RSC commitments and documents RSCs (see paragraphs 3.4 for health

professions officers). (T-3).

4.5.11. AF Form 64 - Officer and Enlisted RSC. Formally documents the member’s

acknowledgement and acceptance with the acceptance of the RSC. Failure to complete the

contract does not relieve the member or the command of the RSC. (T-2). Undergraduate

Flying Training (orders) (T-2), and/or any participation in education or training programs listed

in Tables 4.1 and 4.2 (T-1) also require an RSC.

4.5.12. Enlisted Retainability. Prior to entering an AF Form 64, enlisted members who lack

the necessary retainability to complete their RSC must obtain the time, if eligible, through

reenlistment or extension. (T-2). When an enlisted member cannot obtain the retainability for

an RSC-incurring event, HQ ARPC/DPA, the MPS for unit members, and HQ RIO for IRs,

must notify the selection authority and the member must apply for a waiver of retainability. If

member is within HYT and will not have enough time to fulfill the RSC incurring event,

member will have to apply for an HYT waiver, if approved, then member can obtain necessary

retainability. (T-2). Unit member’s requests for waivers must be processed through the

member’s chain of command to the NAF/CC for approval or disapproval. (T-2). For IRs the

request must go through their RIO/Dets to HQ RIO/CC, who will then forward the request to

HQ ARPC/CC for approval/disapproval. (T-2). Unit member’s requests for waivers must be

processed through the member’s chain of command to the NAF/CC. (T-2). For AGRs, the

approval authority for waivers is the AFRC/CD.

4.5.13. RSC Waivers. AFRC/CD or designated representative may, in appropriate cases,

waive an unfulfilled RSC when applying for separation, reassignment, or retirement from the

SELRES (see AFI 36-3203, Service Retirements and AFI 36-2110). Members must request a

RSC to be excused in writing to applicable commander through command channels prior to

submitting request for separation, reassignment, or retirement. (T-2). IRs must process their

request through their program manager to ARPC/CC. (T-2). Intervening command channels

have disapproval authority only. Where more than one AF Form 64 exists, it is important to

understand that waiver of RSC is specific to the RSC event that is being considered for waiver.

Hence, if an individual is seeking waiver of all commitments, a waiver request must address

all existing AF Form 64s. (T-2). The Commander of the Air Force Reserve (or designee) shall

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 95

excuse members from their obligation to serve on Reserve duty for the period specified in their

contract when such authority deems release in the best interests of the Air Force. (T-1).

4.5.13.1. Members with an RSC may seek conditional release to another component or

service (T-1).

4.5.13.2. Period of commitment with another component or service shall be commensurate

with remaining RSC. (T-1).

4.5.13.3. For the purpose of conditional release to another component or service AFRC

NAF/CC or ARPC/CC is the designee for approval for SELRES members. (T-1).

4.5.14. Resolving Administrative RSC issues. It is vital that members and the Air Force

Reserve quickly resolve RSC issues surfaced by the member to include missing documents,

signatures, records reviews, or other means that may preclude the member from meeting RSC

requirements. (T-2).

4.5.14.1. AGRs. ARPC/DPA makes the final decision on RSC issues. (T-2).

4.5.14.2. Unit program. The force support unit makes the final decision on RSC issues.

(T-2).

4.5.14.3. IR program. The Commander, Individual Reserve Readiness and Integration

Organization (RIO/CC) makes the final decision on RSC issues. (T-2).

4.5.15. Sabbaticals. Religious sabbaticals are not an RSC-incurring event. Religious

sabbaticals will necessitate an adjustment to an AF Form 64 upon return to the participating

status. Period of adjustment will be commensurate with the period of the sabbatical. This time

will not count toward a member’s RSC. Members who are approved for a religious sabbatical

will be transferred to the Standby Reserve in accordance with AFI 36-2110. At the end of the

obligation ARPC will send a letter to the member, with a courtesy copy to 367th Recruiting

Group. (T-2). At the end of the sabbatical the member will be placed back into the position

(or an equitable position in the SELRES) from where they were reassigned. (T-2). If the

member fails to report, the gaining commander/Program Manager will be responsible to start

the recall procedures. (T-2).

4.5.16. Recall Procedures. When a member with a current RSC fails to satisfactorily

participate follow procedures in accordance with AFMAN 36-2136, recall procedures under

Title 10 USC § 12303 and Title 10 USC § 10148, (involuntary recall for up to 45 days) will be

initiated. (T-0).

96 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Chapter 5

TECHNICAL TRAINING PROGRAMS REQUIREMENTS

5.1. Technical Training Requirements Purpose and Responsibilities.

5.1.1. Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to manage the Air Force (AF) technical training

program to ensure maximum utilization in support of the AF mission. This chapter defines the

roles, responsibilities, programs, and procedures necessary for technical training management

across the planning, programming, budgeting, and execution cycle. All individuals and

organizations involved in the technical training requirements process are subject to the

directive guidance and procedures established in this publication and those generated by

AETC. This chapter provides directive guidance to ensure Air Force meets both Air Force and

applicable non-Air Force technical training requirements. Some non-Air Force requirements

are applicable due to industry standards (e.g., set by US government agencies or certification

requirements). Other non-Air Force training requirements may become applicable when Air

Force personnel are assigned outside the Air Force, or when non-Air Force personnel are

assigned to the Air Force.

5.1.2. Program Procedures.

5.1.2.1. AFPC Chief, Personnel Sustainment Division (AFPC/DP1S). Manages the

overall development and integration of the MilPDS/OTA and provide AETC/A3LZ/A3LR

with utilization data needed for monitoring and/or reallocating funded class allocations.

5.1.2.2. AFPC/DP2LWD is the OPR for all training requester quota identifier system

access.

5.1.2.3. Force Development Resources Branch (AETC/A3LR) will:

5.1.2.3.1. Along with AETC/A3LZ, use the program requirements document as a

planning tool to prioritize funding requirements for submission throughout the

planning, programming, budgeting, and execution cycle and to submit Air Force

requirements into the sister services’ and other US government agencies’ training

processes.

5.1.2.3.2. Build the mission readiness training program budget requirements in

program objective memorandum submissions, funding a specific number of allocated

training quotas.

5.1.2.3.3. Work in conjunction with the Financial Management Analysis Division

(AETC/FMA) to establish unfunded requirements during the operations and

maintenance execution plan, initial distribution, quarterly program execution review

and mid-year execution review.

5.1.2.3.4. Develop proposed distribution of mission readiness training program funded

allocations with AETC/FMA coordination. Initiates and coordinates action with the

AF/A1PT to amend the mission readiness training program guidance letters to resolve

any associated disconnects in the program objective memorandum with program

requirements, e.g., when funds approved by the Air Force corporate structure will not

support execution of training requirements. (See AFMAN 65-605, Volume 1, Budget

Guidance and Technical Procedures).

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 97

5.1.2.4. Technical Training Requirements Branch (AETC/A3LZ) will:

5.1.2.4.1. Develop the programmed technical training documents, which serve as

planning documents for the number of entries or seats resourced, scheduled and

executed in technical training to meet the requirements in the program guidance letters

and program requirements documents. Will staff the programmed technical training

for schoolhouse capacity assessment to include course level schoolhouse capacity,

aggregate installation level base operating support, and basic military training capacity.

5.1.2.4.2. For initial skills, AETC/A3LZ will work in conjunction with AF/A1PT to

ensure the accession levels are balanced with the enlisted initial skills program

guidance letters and the programmed technical training. AETC/A3LZ works with Air

Force Personnel Center and AF/A1PT to ensure accession levels are balanced with the

officer initial skills program guidance letters and programmed technical training.

5.1.2.4.3. For mission readiness training, trained dog requirements, field training

detachment, and non-resident programs, AETC/A3LZ will collect, develop and

forward the emergent FY training requirements documents to AF/A1PT, in accordance

with the annual AF/A1PT technical training data call message. Will ensure user

requirements fall within the maximum baselines of the program guidance letters and

program requirements documents by the data call message suspense date.

5.1.2.4.4. Serve as Air Force quota management authority (including language training

and sister service and/or other agency training) to ensure effectiveness and efficiency

of technical training programs. For quota management details, refer to AETCI 36-

2651, Basic Military and Technical Training.

5.1.2.4.5. Determine if and when available technical training allocations may be

utilized by unscheduled users. Users may allow use of unscheduled seat that will go

unfilled by the original user. For quota management details, refer to AETCI 36-2651.

5.1.2.4.6. When Air Force members are trained by a sister service, AETC/A3LZ will

work in conjunction with Army and Navy to ensure the Air Force requirements are

scheduled and executed based on enlisted initial skills and officer initial skills

programmed technical training documents and mission readiness training programmed

technical training documents.

5.1.2.4.6.1. For initial skills programs, AETC/A3LZ will receive and forward user

requirements turn-in requests to AF/A1PT for consideration and approval.

5.1.2.4.6.2. Upon AF/A1PT approval, AETC/A3LZ forwards approved turn-in(s)

to Second Air Force or applicable organization (e.g., USAF School of Aerospace

Medicine, Air Force Personnel Center, etc.) who disseminates to the appropriate

schoolhouse for action with a courtesy copy to the training requester quota

identifier. Then, AETC/A3LZ updates the programmed technical training to reflect

the approved turn-in(s).

5.1.2.4.6.3. Upon disapproval, AETC/A3LZ returns the turn-in request to the

training requester quota identifier with AF/A1PT’s decision.

98 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

5.1.2.4.7. After scheduling and resourcing the program guidance letters, users submit

change requests to AETC/A3LZ. AETC will work the requirements(s) and elevate any

related recommendations, concerns, or questions to AF/A1PT.

5.1.2.4.7.1. For mission readiness training, trained dog requirements, field training

detachment and non-resident programs, AETC/A3LZ can adjust the number of

quotas allocated to conform to the AF/A1PT program guidance letters or to initial

distribution of mission readiness training program funds. Proper coordination with

the training requester quota identifier manager will be made to ensure accurate

accountability and tracking.

5.1.2.4.7.2. For mission readiness training, trained dog requirements, field training

detachment and non-resident programs, AETC/A3LZ will validate, coordinate and

track all program users’ AF Form 3933, MAJCOM Mission Training Request

actions. Will ensure that any AF/A1PT approved changes to program guidance

letters and program requirements documents are adhered to by program

administrators and users.

5.1.2.5. Financial Management Analysis Division (AETC/FMA) will:

5.1.2.5.1. Prepare the AETC budget submission for mission readiness training, in

coordination with AETC/A3LR, for operations and maintenance execution plan, initial

distribution, quarterly program execution review, mid-year execution review, end-of-

year spend plan, end-of-year close out, and various cost exercises (e.g., impact of

lodging and per diem increases).

5.1.2.5.2. Track mission readiness training program expenditures, funded execution

rates and the actual allocations used per travel orders. AETC TDY-to-school centrally-

funded orders for RegAF trainees are certified through the following web site:

https://tdytoschool.us.af.mil/login/.

5.1.2.5.3. Compute the average cost to send a student TDY to an AETC owned,

operated or controlled formal training course.

5.1.2.5.4. Convert funds into allocations based on funding approved by the Air Force

corporate structure and average cost per student. Releases to AETC/A3LZ in

coordination with AETC/A3LR.

5.1.2.5.5. Prepare a funded mission readiness training program letter and sends to the

Second Air Force mission readiness training office at initial distribution.

5.1.2.5.6. Identify execution year funding shortfalls, which may drive the reduction of

quotas to AETC/A3LR.

5.1.2.6. 502d Comptroller Squadron will issue fund-cites for travel, per diem and lodging

for non-pipeline students. (T-2).

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 99

5.1.2.7. The following roles and responsibilities are related to the mission readiness

training, trained dog requirements, field training detachment, and non-resident programs:

5.1.2.7.1. Second Air Force (2 AF) will:

5.1.2.7.1.1. Produce the monthly execution report tracker. This AF/A1PT

requested report identifies the mission readiness training program funding level-1

baseline execution rates during the year of execution. Forwards monthly to

AF/A1PT, AETC/A3LR/A3LZ/FMA. Forwarded quarterly to the following

training requester quota identifiers and users: Air Force directed, AFPC/DP2LWD,

MAJCOMs (warfighters and support), and non-Air Force users.

5.1.2.7.1.2. Produce mission readiness training program funding level-2 annual

execution report. This AF/A1PT requested report is produced at the end of each

FY; identifies mission readiness training program funding level-2 execution rates.

Forwards report by 1 November to AF/A1PT, AETC/A3LR/A3LZ/FMA, as well

as the following training requester quota identifiers and users: Air Force directed,

AFPC/DP2LWD, MAJCOMs (warfighters and support), and non-Air Force users.

5.1.2.7.1.3. Assist with the day-to-day management, oversight, and accountability

of the mission readiness training program during the year of execution, to include

managing special authorizations (see paragraph 5.5.3.).

5.1.2.7.1.4. Ensure maximum utilization of allocations. Unexecuted quotas may

be redistributed quarterly by the training requester quota identifier manager within

30 days of notification (i.e., unexecuted quotas are quotas that have not been sub-

allocated). If not sub-allocated by the training requester quota identifier manager,

the Second Air Force mission readiness training office will notify the training

requester quota identifier manager at the time of redistribution. Exception:

Though the total baselines may appear on the mission readiness training program

guidance letter, redistribution of officer and enlisted initial skills quotas must be

approved by AF/A1PT through the chain of command before implementation.

5.1.2.7.1.4.1. No earlier than 60 days from the class start date for course types:

5, 8, 9, A, B, C, D (2nd position of the course number “Training type

designator”).

5.1.2.7.1.4.2. No earlier than 45 days from the class start date for course types:

4 or 7 (2nd position of the course number “Training type designator”).

5.1.2.7.1.4.3. No earlier than 30 days from the class start date for course types:

2 or 3 (2nd position of the course number “Training type designator”).

5.1.2.7.1.4.4. Second Air Force monitors, on a monthly basis, total program

execution of allocations (Air Force directed and MAJCOM mission) to prevent

over or underutilization by program users.

5.1.2.7.2. MAJCOMs, ANG, AFR, Direct Reporting Units, Forward Operating

Agencies, Sister Services, or Other US government agencies.

5.1.2.7.2.1. MAJCOM/CC (or equivalent) will ensure a rigorous review and

validation of annual requirements and maximum utilization of limited training

resources.

100 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

5.1.2.7.2.2. Director of Manpower and Personnel (A1) or equivalent (i.e., the

agency’s manpower and personnel office when the customer is not a MAJCOM)

will:

5.1.2.7.2.2.1. Establish command process involving base-level units,

functional managers, and commanders in identifying and validating mission

essential, executable training requirements.

5.1.2.7.2.2.2. Notify functional managers, wing commanders, and unit

commanders of the annual screening for formal training requirements.

5.1.2.7.3. MAJCOM functional managers or equivalent. Examples: For the AFR,

these functions are performed by the AFR Command Education and Training

Operations Support (AFRC/A1KE). For the ANG, these functions are performed by

the ANG Force Development Division (NGB/A1D).

5.1.2.7.3.1. Serve as liaison between AFPC/DP2LWD, the training requester quota

identifier manager, and the base-level functional manager and/or unit training

manager.

5.1.2.7.3.2. Maintain awareness of available training for respective career field

using the Education and Training Course Announcements (ETCA) website

https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/app10-ETCA/SitePages/Home.aspx.

5.1.2.7.3.3. Monitor current FY allocations.

5.1.2.7.3.3.1. Execute quotas, both funded and unfunded.

5.1.2.7.3.3.2. Move or release funding, if unable to fill or use quota.

5.1.2.7.3.3.3. Seek funding for quotas if needed.

5.1.2.7.3.3.4. Utilize program out-of-cycle process for unforeseen requirement

needs. Obtain worksheets from the Second Air Force Quota Management

SharePoint® site at https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/app10-

ETCA/SitePages/Home.aspx. Refer to AETCI 36-2651.

5.1.2.7.3.3.5. Submit training requests using the Air Force Personnel Center’s

Workforce Development organizational email box at

[email protected], (Exception: lateral training, retraining, officer

crossflow training, NPS training, accessions, craftsman, PALACE ACQUIRE,

PME, and recruiting (refer to myPers)). Prior to submitting requests to

AFPC/DP2LWD, the MAJCOM or Air Reserve Component, the functional

manager will ensure the trainee meets all mandatory prerequisites for course

eligibility. (T-3). If the member reports to school without a valid training line

number or without meeting prerequisites, the schoolhouse has the option to

return the member to the parent organization without attending the training, and

the parent organization will incur any and all associated costs. Prerequisites are

listed on the Education and Training Course Announcements SharePoint® site

at https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/app10-ETCA/SitePages/Home.aspx.

5.1.2.7.3.3.6. Approve and/or validate each S-record (force gain) for the quota

type loaded by the schoolhouse by the designated suspense date. Upon approval

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 101

or disapproval action, notify the AFPC/DP2LWD training requester quota

identifier manager. If the MAJCOM functional manager disapproves the S-

record as it is reflected on the OTA report, MAJCOM functional manager will

notify the schoolhouse and request deletion of the current record. Once the

schoolhouse deletes the records, the force-gain will be resubmitted with the

appropriate quota type.

5.1.2.7.3.4. Conduct annual screening process for respective career field training.

5.1.2.7.3.4.1. Validate projected FYs’ training requirements during annual

screening.

5.1.2.7.3.4.2. Program new FY training based on requirements received from

the base-level functional manager.

5.1.2.7.3.4.3. Do not over estimate program requirements. MAJCOM

functional managers should know the historical execution success rate. Justify

any requirement increases clearly and accurately based on projected mission

changes or emerging missions.

5.1.2.7.3.4.4. Consolidate requirements from each base-level functional

manager or unit training manager, and forward to the training requester quota

identifier manager.

5.1.2.7.4. Base-Level functional managers will:

5.1.2.7.4.1. Identify training requirements that exceed the mission readiness

training program guidance letter’s baseline using AF Form 3933. (T-1). Ensure the

AF Form 3933 is prepared, certified, and coordinated per the detailed instructions

provided in the AF/A1P technical training data call message. (T-1).

5.1.2.7.4.2. Forward training requirements through the commander (as designated

by the MAJCOM, but no lower than unit level) to the MAJCOM functional

manager. Base requirements on the actual number of personnel that require the

training and can be released to attend the requested courses (i.e., the executable

requirement). (T-2).

5.1.2.7.5. Training Requester Quota Identifier Managers will:

5.1.2.7.5.1. Provide up-to-date training requester quota identifier manager

(primary and/or alternate) appointment letter to the Second Air Force mission

readiness training office to maintain current points of contact information. Refer

to the mission readiness training program SharePoint® site at

https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/12821/default.aspx. (T-2).

5.1.2.7.5.2. Conduct annual screening, including specialized skills training

requirements. (T-2).

5.1.2.7.5.2.1. Based upon provided guidance, training requester quota

identifier managers will consolidate and enter all training requirements into

MilPDS/OTA by the date specified in the AF/A1P data call message. (T-1). If

mission readiness training program funding needs exceed the AF/A1P

prescribed funding level-1/2 program guidance letters’ baseline levels, the

102 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

training requester quota identifier manager may submit a request for increase to

AETC/A3LZ per the detailed instructions in the data call message. Use AF

Form 3933.

5.1.2.7.5.2.2. Involve base-level units, MAJCOM functional managers, and

Air Force CFMs in identifying and validating training needs. Approve training

requirements based on priority and execution history.

5.1.2.7.5.2.3. Consolidate and forward all functional training requirements to

the appropriate MAJCOM, functional manager, forward operating agency, or

direct reporting unit A1 or equivalent for final assessment.

5.1.2.7.5.3. Maintain copy of the functional annual submission until allocations are

received from the MAJCOM, AFPC/DP2LWD, functional managers, forward

operating agency, or direct reporting unit A1s or equivalent.

5.1.2.7.5.4. Monitor the utilization of allocations.

5.1.2.7.5.4.1. Execute allocated requirements or turn-in any unused quotas as

early as possible.

5.1.2.7.5.4.2. Ensure an allocation is not deleted from the system once the

student has entered or been sent to class. Funding is tied to each training line

number and deletion in the MilPDS/OTA will cause the member to not be

reimbursed. A new training line number and allocation must be reissued if the

student is sent again to the same class. (T-3). The student’s home base FSS

must ensure the student is not kept on medical, administrative hold,

reclassification, or washback, etc. for more than seven days without amendment

of orders and prior coordination with AETC/FMA (NGB/A1D for ANG) for

financial impact. (T-3).

5.1.2.7.5.4.3. Process initial scheduling, cancellations, replacements, swaps,

out-of-cycle, and quota movement requests within 10 duty days of receipt from

the MAJCOM functional manager, forward operating agency, direct reporting

unit, or designated training representative. For details, refer to AETCI 36-2651.

5.1.2.7.5.4.4. Process and confirm ‘no-shows’ in OTA.

5.1.2.7.5.4.5. Generate and manage reports for ‘no-shows,’ S-records (force

gains), overdue training line numbers, and open seat rosters at least monthly.

Reports for mission readiness training program courses (except lateral training,

retraining, officer crossflows, NPS training, accessions, craftsman, PALACE

ACQUIRE, PME, and recruiting) will be posted monthly to the Air Force

Personnel Center’s Workforce Development SharePoint® site at

https://usaf.dps.mil/teams/11842/default.aspx.

5.1.2.7.5.4.6. Send overdue training line number reports to the formal training

sections at each DoD site for required action and/or confirmation.

5.1.2.7.5.5. Provide assistance, guidance, and training to the MAJCOM or Air

Reserve Component functional managers.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 103

5.1.2.7.5.6. Maintain oversight on quota usage and have final approval authority

on mission readiness training funding issues, baseline distribution of funding and

quota allocations.

5.1.2.8. Training requester quota identifier managers for officer and enlisted initial skills

programs will:

5.1.2.8.1. Execute allocated requirements or turn-in any unused quotas as early as

possible.

5.1.2.8.2. Submit their request to turn-in any unused officer or enlisted initial skills

training requirements to AETC/A3LZ no later than 60 days prior to class start date.

(T-2).

5.1.2.8.2.1. Make an effort to see if other users have a need for the requirements

prior to requesting requirements turn-in. (T-2).

5.1.2.8.2.2. Send a request to AETC/A3LZ to request a change to their

requirements once coordination with other users is complete. (T-3).

5.2. HQ Air Force Technical Training Programs.

5.2.1. Enlisted Initial Skills. Enlisted initial skills reflects the total validated enlisted technical

training requirements necessary for force sustainment in each AFSC. It includes initial skills

technical training requirements for Total Force, international, sister service and Air Force

civilian personnel.

5.2.1.1. Trained Personnel Requirement. Trained personnel requirement states the RegAF

need for trained personnel by AFSC. From this requirement, Air Staff projects the NPS,

PS, and retraining required by FY to keep the active enlisted force at manning levels needed

by the Air Force. Air Staff communicates the trained personnel requirement to AETC as

the total Air Force production requirements for a given AFSC. The trained personnel

requirement does not include ANG, AFR, sister service, international or Air Force civilian

personnel. Note: The process to satisfy trained personnel requirements is not limited to

AETC formal schools.

5.2.1.2. Student Training Requirement. Student training requirement is the sum of ANG,

AFR, sister service, international, and Air Force civilian training requirements for initial

skills training. It represents all resource categories except active duty Air Force NPS, PS,

and retrainees.

5.2.2. Officer Initial Skills. The officer initial skills reflects the non-rated line officer technical

training requirements for force sustainment in each officer AFSC. It includes initial skills

technical training requirements for Total Force, international, and Air Force civilian personnel.

5.2.3. Mission Readiness Training Program. The mission readiness training program reflects

baseline requirements for RegAF directed, component, and MAJCOM (warfighter and

support) technical training (PS, retraining, supplemental, 7-level, etc.).

104 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

5.2.4. Trained Dog Requirements. Trained dog requirements reflect the military working dog

technical training requirements for sustainment across the DoD and Transportation Security

Administration, based on the outcome of the annual meeting of the Joint Services Military

Working Dog Committee, whose inputs are vetted, consolidated and submitted by the HQ Air

Force Director of Security Forces (AF/A4S) to AF/A1PT.

5.2.5. Field Training Detachment (Type-4). The field training detachment reflects TDY and

TDY en-route funds to achieve mission requirements through technical training at worldwide

field training detachments.

5.2.6. Non-Resident Training (Type-6). The non-resident training reflects requirements to

fund the analysis, design, implementation and maintenance for non-resident courses.

5.2.7. Language Program. The language program reflects validated technical training

requirements necessary for force sustainment in airborne and ground linguist AFSCs, as well

as requirements for basic, intermediate and advanced language training for non-linguists

requiring specialized language skills (e.g., attachés serving outside of the US).

5.2.8. Sister Service. The sister service reflects validated technical training requirements

necessary for force sustainment when Air Force members attend other services’ course(s) of

training. It includes Air Force officer and enlisted initial skills training and mission readiness

training programs.

5.3. HQ Air Force Technical Training Tasking Documents.

5.3.1. Tasking Documents. Technical training requirements must be aligned with the

planning, programming, budgeting, and execution cycle. (T-3). The primary vehicles that

capture and align training requirements to resources are the program requirements documents

and the program guidance letters. See Table 5.1 for program guidance letters and program

requirements documents programs and users.

5.3.2. Technical Training Data Call Message.

5.3.2.1. AF/A1PT disseminates an annual technical training data call message that

provides guidance and timelines for submitting technical training requirements for three

years out.

5.3.2.2. Training requester quota identifier managers input their training requirements into

the MilPDS/OTA. From these inputs, the training manager validates training requirements

and builds class schedules. Those schedules then flow back to OTA to the training

requester quota identifiers for sub-allocation (loading of names) and execution.

5.3.2.3. Specific timelines and deadlines are provided in the data call. Exceptions:

5.3.2.3.1. The process of establishing the Air Force airborne (1A8X1) and ground

linguist (1N3XX) training requirements is different from all other enlisted career fields.

The specific shred and/or suffix and language requirements are established by the Air

Force CFMs in coordination with AF/A1PT.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 105

5.3.2.3.2. The Army is the executive agent for global language training. Therefore,

the Air Force follows the Army’s process and timeline for requesting and updating

language training requirements.

5.3.2.3.3. Air Force language out-year requirements are projected at the annual

Structure Manning Decision Review. In addition, execution year and out year language

training requirements are reviewed and updated on a quarterly basis at the Training

Requirement Arbitration Panel.

5.3.2.4. AETC/A3LZ serves as the Air Force requirements manager for language training

and sister service skills training.

5.3.2.5. The process of establishing sister service and/or other agency training

requirements differs from all career fields where training is provided by Air Force. Where

sister services and/or other agencies are the training providers, AETC/A3LZ serves as the

Air Force requirements manager for sister service and/or other agency training.

5.3.2.6. Air Force must follow the sister service and/or other agency processes and

timelines for requesting and updating training requirements. (T-3).

5.3.3. Program Guidance Letters, Program Requirements Documents, Programs, and Users.

The technical training requirements are identified for each of the programs listed in Table 5.1

below. Each program has a set of requirements documents that is broken down by the training

requester quota identifiers. Training requester quota identifiers are four-character

communication codes within MilPDS/OTA used to convey annual or supplemental training

requirements, quota allocations, quota confirmations, and student-tracking information

between a training user and the training provider (owner). The Air Force assigns training

requester quota identifiers to sister services, components, MAJCOMs, forward operating

agencies, direct reporting units and functional areas to ensure training accountability.

106 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Table 5.1. Program Guidance Letters, Program Requirements Documents Programs and

Users.

Technical Training Program

Training Requester Quota Identifiers

Enlisted Initial Skills

AJ10, AJ30 - RegAF NPS / Follow-On

AJ1J, AJ3J, AMDO, AJ50 - Retrainee

AJ1K - Regular PS

CC10 - ANG NPS, PS (Non-Flying)

CNN0 - ANG NPS, PS (Flying)

RR10 - AFR NPS, PS

A0M0 - AFR ART

DA00 - United States Army

DANG - Army National Guard

DAAR - Army Reserve

DN00 - Navy

DM00 - Marine Corps

DP10 - United States Coast Guard

A2C0 - PALACE ACQUIRE (Civilian)

MX20 - Air Force Security Assistance Training/Royal

Saudi Air Force

(Non-Rated Line) Officer

Initial Skills

AM10 - RegAF Accessions

AM11 - RegAF Crossflows

CC10 - ANG Non-Flying

CNN0 - ANG Flying

RR10 - AFR

A0M0 - AFR ART

MX20 - Air Force Security Assistance Training

A2C0 - PALACE ACQUIRE (Civilian)

Multiple Training Requester Quota Identifiers - Civilian or

Other

Mission Readiness Training

Wide variety of training requester quota identifiers for

the following categories: warfighter, support, AF

directed, MAJCOM equivalent, special categories.

Trained Dog Requirements

Multiple Training Requester Quota Identifiers - RegAF

DA00 - United States Army

DN00 - United States Navy

DM00 - United States Marine Corps

TSA (Transportation Security Administration)

Non-Resident Training

Wide variety of training requester quota identifiers for

distance learning (Type-6) courses for the following

categories: warfighter, support, Air Force directed,

MAJCOM equivalent.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 107

Technical Training Program

Training Requester Quota Identifiers

Field Training Detachment

AJ40 - Type-4 courses conducted at operational locations

primarily use this training requester quota identifier

CC10 - ANG NPS, PS (Non-Flying)

CNN0 - ANG NPS, PS (Flying)

RR10 - AFR NPS, PS

A0M0 - AFR ART

DP10 - United States Coast Guard

MX20 - Air Force Security Assistance Training/Royal

Saudi Air Force

Note: See the master training requester quota identifier list for an explanation of each code

5.3.4. Reclassification Guidance.

5.3.4.1. Enlisted.

5.3.4.1.1. AF/A1PT provides reclassification guidance to HQ AETC annually based

upon current Department of the Air Force needs.

5.3.4.1.2. The reclassification process is covered in more detail in an AETCI 36-2651.

5.3.4.2. Officers. Line officer initial skills training eliminees, whether elimination was

self- initiated or not, and whether before or after training commences (to include initial

training declination), may be considered for reclassification contingent on current RegAF,

ANG, and AFR requirements. Guidance for initial skills training eliminees is covered in

more detail in Chapter 2, AFI 36-2110, and AFPCI 36-112.

5.4. Capacity Assessment and Constraints.

5.4.1. Tasking. Upon receiving the draft program guidance letters from AF/A1PT, AETC

assesses capacity to determine capability to train stated requirements.

5.4.2. Schoolhouse Capacity Assessment. This assessment includes course level schoolhouse

capacity and aggregate installation level base operating support and basic military training

capacity. Technical training constraints include AETC and sister service and/or other agency

limitations and shortfalls.

5.4.3. Constraints. If entries identified on the programmed technical training exceed existing

schoolhouse capacity, schoolhouse personnel complete a constraint worksheet that identifies

any combination of facility, equipment, base operating support, and/or instructor limitations.

AETC identifies these constraints to AF/A1PT if these resource shortfalls cannot be met within

the MAJCOM. For officer and enlisted initial skills, AF/A1PT uses the constraints identified

(e.g., facility, equipment, base operating support) to advocate for additional resources to

unconstrain the AFSC/course. When the constraint cannot be resolved immediately, AF/A1PT

considers the re-distributing the training requirement delta to other AFSC(s) on the program

guidance letter(s).

5.4.4. AETC Process. The capacity and constraint processes are covered in more detail in

AETCI 36-2651.

108 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

5.5. Technical Training Requirements Working Groups.

5.5.1. Enlisted Initial Skills. AF/A1PT and AETC/A3LZ co-chair the annual Training Flow

Management Working Group to provide a forum for timely detailed discussion of all issues

regarding requirements and schoolhouse capacity and to facilitate cross feed of information

between users and providers of initial skills training.

Table 5.2. Training Flow Management Working Group Organization.

Category

Participants

Co-chairs

AF/A1PT and AETC/A3LZ

Attendees

2 AF, MAJCOMs, forward operating agencies, direct reporting units,

training requester quota identifier managers (Air Force and non-Air

Force).

5.6. Program Guidance Letter Changes (Adjustments and Quota Management).

5.6.1. Program Guidance Letter Adjustments.

5.6.1.1. AF/A1PT transmits budget year and execution year adjustments to AETC

representing AF customer requirements.

5.6.1.2. When AF/A1PT requests proposed adjustments to the program guidance letters,

AETC/A3LZ updates the programmed technical training document(s) to identify the

proposed change to the specific pipeline(s) and publishes to the appropriate electronic

portal site. AETC/A3LZ then staffs an electronic staff summary sheet (with link to

website) with all appropriate organizations (AETC, A-Staffs, Second Air Force, Air Force

Personnel Center, etc.) requesting impacted organizations assess capacity and identify if

all, part or none of the proposed change(s) (increase or decrease) can be implemented with

existing resources. Once notification is received identifying what part of the change(s) can

be supported, AETC/A3LZ updates the applicable programmed technical training with the

portion that can be executed and notifies AF/A1PT of the portion that could not be

supported without additional resources. If additional resources are required, AETC/A3LZ

notifies AETC/A3LR (and/or other users of required unfunded resources). For Total Force,

AETC/A3LR will request that an unfunded requirement submission be placed in the

execution plan to the Air Force corporate structure. For non-AF requirements, AF/A1PT

will work with affected users to resolve resource shortfalls. The applicable programmed

technical training will not be updated with the proposed change until the resources are

procured. Exception: AETC/A3LZ updates applicable mission readiness training

programmed technical training and/or relevant requirements (i.e., trained dog requirements

and non-resident) only after completion of capacity and resource assessments and final

approval from AF/A1PT.

5.6.1.2.1. Total Force Adjustments. RegAF end strength, accession balancing and

overall field sustainment follow the process in paragraph 5.6.1.2.

5.6.1.2.2. Non-Total Force (Other Users’) Adjustments. Follow the quota

management adjustment process in paragraph 5.6.2 when non-Total Force tech

training users request scheduled unfilled seats. This process assumes post-scheduling

activity. If officer and/or enlisted initial skills or mission readiness training changes

and/or adjustments affect resources, multiple FYs, or multiple program guidance

letters, use process in paragraph 5.6.1.2.

5.6.2. Quota Management.

5.6.2.1. Quota management is the operation of swapping or moving scheduled quotas

between non-Total Force users or requesting the use of another non-Total Force training

user’s future scheduled unfilled seats. Air Force customers manage quotas during the

110 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

execution year to ensure the most efficient use of training resources. The quota

management authority requires properly completed worksheets for quota movements and

out-of-cycles promoting a quota management discipline among Air Force customers and

reducing risks of erroneous or unintended actions. All training requester quota identifier

managers are eligible to make quota management requests except for regular training

requester quota identifiers (regular Air Force NPS, PS, and retrainees). The quota

management authority may reallocate scheduled training quotas after coordination with the

training manager for the following resource categories in the execution year: ANG, AFR,

sister services, internationals and civilians. Training requester quota identifier managers

may request quota management actions (except for regular training requester quota

identifiers) to the quota management authority using the prescribed worksheets. The quota

management authority and the affected training manager will coordinate on each request.

(T-3).

5.6.2.2. The training requester quota identifier manager uses the training quota movement

worksheet to request a movement of quota(s) from one class to another class and convert

quota types (whether it is for the first or second digit). This can be done for a class-to-class

move or a same class seat conversion. For officer and enlisted initial skills, the training

requester quota identifier manager’s total number of quotas in the course should not

increase or decrease without AF/A1PT approval.

5.6.2.2.1. For mission readiness training courses under Second Air Force’s purview,

the training requester quota identifier manager sends all completed worksheets

impacting AP, OP, or CP quota types (See paragraph 5.7.4 for definition) and AN,

ON, or CN quota types to the appropriate Second Air Force program manager and all

completed worksheets impacting AT, OT, or CT quota types to the Second Air Force

mission readiness training office execution manager. Note: Ensure the email subject

line includes the course number and class start date. For technical training initial skills

courses, submit change requests to AETC/A3LZ.

5.6.2.2.2. For mission readiness training program, the training requester quota

identifier manager uses the out-of-cycle request worksheet to request the use of another

training user’s unfilled seats or request new seats be added.

5.6.3. AETC Process. For further details on AETC’s role in requirement adjustments and

quota management, refer to AETCI 36-2651.

5.7. Mission Readiness Training Program.

5.7.1. General Information. The mission readiness training program objectives are to develop

and maintain professional and technical skills, knowledge, and abilities to meet Air Force

needs. The mission readiness training program provides travel, per diem, lodging, and special

authorization funds for AETC CONUS formal training courses to aid mission accomplishment

as specified in this chapter. It provides advanced, supplemental, and residential craftsman

technical training for courses of up to 99 academic days (less than 20 calendar weeks), for

officers, enlisted and civilian personnel when other types of training such as on-the-job-

training, unit training, exportable, or mobile training will not satisfy the need.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 111

5.7.1.1. Air Force civilians, foreign direct or indirect hires in validated funded DoD

positions, non-appropriated fund employees in validated (appropriated funded or

unfunded) services manpower positions, or foreign exchange military officers filling Air

Force validated UMD positions are authorized to utilize AETC central funds.

5.7.1.2. The ANG provides active duty training days, travel, per diem, lodging, and special

authorizations funds for formal training courses. These courses support mission

accomplishment through NGB/A1D school day funding authorization or unit level

funding.

5.7.2. Scope and Structure. The mission readiness training program is a key part of the Air

Force’s training resource and plays a vital role in maintaining readiness and a quality force. It

consists of two categories – Air Force-directed training and MAJCOM (warfighter and

support) training. During the identification and validation process, training requirements must

be priority ranked based on levels of training urgency. (T-3). Mission readiness training

program requirements will be categorized as priority level-1 (mission accomplishment),

priority level-2 (mission sustainment) or priority level-3 (mission enhancement). (T-3). The

mission readiness training program functions through a series of processes ensuring mission

accomplishment training (priority level-1) is accomplished first and that there is a maximum

use of funding level-1 (AETC centrally-funded allocations, “T”-allocations). The mission

readiness training program includes the following types of training:

5.7.2.1. Air Force-Directed Training. Training in support of trained personnel

requirements to replenish and balance the force. It ensures enough trained personnel are

in each skill to accomplish the Air Force mission. It also includes training incidental to

assignment action, certain special assignments, upgrade training, promotions, and unique

training as specified by the Air Staff. Air Force-directed training requirements are

categorized as priority level-1 and include:

5.7.2.2. Air Force Legal Services. AETC centrally-funded courses attended by members

of the Air Force Judge Advocate General’s Corps.

5.7.2.3. Colonel’s Group. Training support for officers identified by the colonels’ group.

5.7.2.4. Senior Leader’s Group. Training for general officers and senior executive service

civilians.

5.7.2.5. Lateral Training. Enlisted personnel retraining into a career field that does not

accept active duty Air Force NPS students; such pipelines are called lateral skills.

5.7.2.6. NPS Training (Initial). NPS enlisted personnel who flow from an initial skills

course of 20 calendar weeks or longer into an initial skills course shorter than 20 weeks.

These personnel are still in the training pipeline; however, since their first initial skills

course was 20 weeks or longer and classified as a PCS, any subsequent training at a

different location that is up to 99 academic days (shorter than 20 calendar weeks) entitles

the member to per diem and is classified as a TDY. NPS students attending TDY-length

training (less than 99 days), after being assigned to a PCS-length training course (over 99

days), will attend the subsequent training using a MRT Level 1 quota (unless the

subsequent and/or follow-on training is medical which is funded by the Defense Health

Program (DHP) Appropriation).

112 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

5.7.2.7. NPS (Follow-On). NPS enlisted personnel (see paragraph 5.7.2.6) continuing

their initial skills training in follow-on courses. These personnel are still in the pipeline;

however, since their first initial skills course is 20 calendar weeks or longer and classified

as a PCS, any subsequent training of up to 99 academic days (shorter than 20 calendar

weeks) entitles the member to per diem and is classified as a TDY. NPS students attending

TDY-length training (less than 99 days), after being assigned to a PCS-length training

course (over 99 days), will attend the subsequent training using a MRT Level 1 quota

(unless the subsequent and/or follow-on training is medical which is funded by the Defense

Health Program (DHP) Appropriation).

5.7.2.8. Officer Accessions. Initial skills training for all new officer accessions following

their commission through OTS, AFROTC or USAFA.

5.7.2.9. Advanced Training. Officer and enlisted advanced training.

5.7.2.10. Officer Crossflows. Initial skills training for all officers crossflowing or

retraining into a new AFSC.

5.7.2.11. PALACE ACQUIRE. Training for newly acquired civilian employees under the

Air Force Personnel Center’s PALACE ACQUIRE intern program.

5.7.2.12. PME Assignments. TDY en-route training for officers requiring prerequisite

language training prior to attending international PME courses. Mission readiness training

program only funds language training, which is up to 99 academic days (or less than 20

calendar weeks), and does not fund any part of the PME course. The majority of officers

attending prerequisite language training attend in a PCS status.

5.7.2.13. Retraining (Initial). Enlisted personnel retraining into new career fields.

5.7.2.14. Retraining (Follow-On). Enlisted personnel continuing their retraining in

follow-on pipeline courses.

5.7.2.15. Active Duty Air Force PS. PS enlisted personnel who require all or part of a

training pipeline to meet career field qualifications leading to award of the Apprentice, 3

skill level.

5.7.2.16. Recruiter and Instructor. Enlisted personnel attending the basic recruiter,

military training instructor, or military training leader course.

5.7.2.17. Secretary of the Air Force Public Affairs. Advanced training for senior non-

commissioned officers or officers in the public affairs career field.

5.7.2.18. Support Officers. Normally, related to embassy and attaché assignments.

5.7.2.19. Seven-Level Craftsman Training. Upgrade training for all active duty military

attending resident 7-Level Craftsman courses.

5.7.3. Mission Readiness Training Program Funding & Priority Levels.

5.7.3.1. Mission Readiness Training Program Funding Levels. Mission readiness training

allocations are divided into two funding categories: funding level-1 and funding level-2.

5.7.3.1.1. Mission readiness training program funding level-1; AETC TDY-to-school

centrally funded quotas identified with a “T” in the 2nd position of the quota type

(Example: AT, OT, or CT).

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 113

5.7.3.1.2. Mission readiness training program funding level-2; unit or other than

AETC centrally funded quota; identified with a P or N in the 2nd position of the quota

type (Example: AP, OP, CP, AN, ON, or CN). See quota type definition in paragraph

5.7.4 for detailed breakout information.

5.7.3.2. Mission readiness training must be prioritized by each MAJCOM and/or

organization according to its capabilities to meet the user’s mission. (T-3). Use the

following priority level definitions:

5.7.3.2.1. Priority Level-1 (Mission Accomplishment). Accomplishment of the Air

Force mission objective will not occur if training requirement is not satisfied.

Requestor(s) will fund their requirement(s) if not supported by mission readiness

training program funding. (T-3).

5.7.3.2.2. Priority Level-2 (Mission Sustainment). Training required to sustain the Air

Force readiness posture.

5.7.3.2.3. Priority Level-3 (Mission Enhancement). Training fosters the effective use

of resources to enhance the Air Force mission capability.

5.7.3.3. Funding Level and Priority Level Relationships.

5.7.3.3.1. Funding Level-1 and/or Priority Level-1 (T-Quotas). These quotas are

AETC centrally funded requirements and represent training the user considers essential

to mission accomplishment. This total requirement will not exceed the funding level-

1 baseline stated in the mission readiness training program guidance letters or program

requirements documents issued by AF/A1P. (T-3).

5.7.3.3.2. Funding Level-2 and/or Priority Level-1 (P/N-Quotas). These quotas are

must have requirements, regardless of funding, for training the user considers mission

accomplishment (essential). These quotas represent the requirement needs above the

user’s funding level-1 mission readiness training program guidance letters baseline and

will be reflected on an AF Form 3933. The user acknowledges the certification

statement of AF Form 3933, Section III - this training requirement meets the criteria

for priority level-1 urgency, and if Air Force funds cannot support the request, then unit

funds will be utilized. (T-3).

5.7.3.3.3. Funding Level-2 and/or Priority Level-2/3 (P/N-Quotas). These quotas are

unit funded and represent requirements for training the user considers mission

sustainment (priority-2) or mission enhancement (priority-3) and will be budgeted for

within the unit. The total requirement of funding level 2 and/or priority levels-2/3 (P/N-

quotas) cannot exceed the funding level-2 (unit funded) baseline stated in the AF/A1PT

issued mission readiness training program guidance letters. Quotas above the funding

level-2 (P/N-quota) baseline represent additional requirement needs and will be

reflected on an AF Form 3933, request for increase. (T-3).

5.7.3.3.4. The schoolhouse must accommodate all funding level-1 and/or priority

level-1 requirements before they fulfill any lower funding level and/or priority level

requirements. (T-3).

114 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

5.7.4. Quota Type. A two-character code within MilPDS/OTA used to indicate the student's

active duty status (i.e., enlisted, officer, or civilian) and the travel funding status (e.g., AETC

centrally-funded, unit-funded, or non-TDY). The particular codes are as follows, with the

understanding that any code in the 1st digit can be paired with any code in the 2nd digit:

Table 5.5. Quota Type Breakdown (Mission Readiness Training Program).

1st Digit (Active Duty Status)

2nd Digit (Travel Funding Status)

A (Enlisted Airman)

T (AETC – Centrally Funded; TDY-to-

School)

O (Officer)

P (Unit Funded, see Note 1)

C (Civilian)

N (Other, see Note 2)

Notes:

1. “P” may be used in the 2nd

digit if the student is co-located with the training location.

2. “N” funding status is usually used for NPS pipeline students, PCS-length schools (20 calendar

weeks or longer), contractors, foreign nationals, or Air Reserve Component users.

5.7.5. Special Funding Restrictions.

5.7.5.1. AETC funds will not be used for RegAF members and Air Force civilian

personnel assigned or on permanent duty outside of Air Force but otherwise within the

DoD, unified commands or Joint Service activities.

5.7.5.2. Students who are not RegAF members are funded by the component or branch of

service or US government agency to which they are assigned.

5.7.5.3. Travel and per diem expenses for students or instructors at command courses are

the funding responsibility of the Air Force activity to which the individual student or

instructor is assigned.

5.7.5.4. ANG students are funded by NGB/A1D or the wing publishing the travel orders.

5.7.5.5. HQ AFRC funds AFR members and ARTs who have military allocations.

However, AETC funds civilians, RegAF members assigned to AFR and ARTs who have

civilian allocations, with the same limitations as for RegAF personnel within their allocated

baseline.

5.7.5.6. The unit training manager and supervisor will ensure students are fully qualified

to attend or enroll in required courses. (T-3). The schoolhouse will contact the servicing

FSS, who will direct the return of the students to their parent organization as a result of

being unqualified to enter an Air Force training program course. (T-3). The member’s unit

will bear all TDY expenses to and from the school. (T-3). If the school finds the member

unqualified for training, the member’s orders issuing authority will immediately amend the

orders. (T-3). The organization selecting and publishing orders on the student concerned

will ensure the orders are amended to reflect the parent unit’s fund citation. A copy of this

amendment must be sent to the 502d Comptroller Squadron, JBSA-Randolph, Texas.

(T-3).

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 115

5.7.5.7. Unqualified ANG students removed from training will only be returned to formal

training once full qualification is obtained using unit level funding.

5.7.5.8. AETC mission readiness training program technical training funds will not be

used for: special contract training (type-1), field training detachment (type-4), distance

learning (non-resident) training (type-6) courses. Authorization to use mission readiness

training funds to travel to attend mobile training team (type-7) courses is handled under the

special authorization process.

5.7.5.9. Courses that are 20 calendar weeks or longer are considered a PCS and AETC

mission readiness training program funds are not authorized for the travel, per diem,

lodging or special authorization expenses. All expenses will be charged to the PCS fund

citation. (T-3). Additionally, students are considered to be in a PCS status when attending

two or more courses at one location and the courses, combined, total 20 weeks or longer in

duration. Secretary of the Air Force is the waiver authority (T-1); UTMs route requests

for waiver through command channels to AF/A1PT for processing. For current list of

approved Secretary of the Air Force waivers, contact AF/A1PT. Refer to AFI 36-2110,

and the JTR.

5.7.5.10. The travel, per diem, lodging, and special authorization expenses for attendance

to Air University, AFIT, flying, survival, medical, and command specific courses are not

funded with AETC mission readiness training program funds.

5.7.6. Special Authorizations.

5.7.6.1. When the RegAF AETC TDY-to-school fund-citation is used on orders, it is only

for normal travel, per diem and lodging for non-initial skills training pipeline student

allowance. The FSS or student must request and receive prior approval from Second Air

Force mission readiness training program for any additional expenditure(s) before

including special authorizations in orders that use the RegAF AETC TDY-to-school central

fund-cite. (T-3). Special authorizations include, but are not limited to, travel to attend type-

7 courses, rental cars and vicinity mileage, when requested as more advantageous to the

government. (T-3). Requests are evaluated on a case-by-case basis and will not be

approved solely for the convenience of the member. (T-3). NGB/A1D processes special

authorization requests for ANG funded orders.

5.7.6.2. The Second Air Force mission readiness training office is the point of contact for

all technical training (to include 7-level and type-7) special authorization requests. All

individuals requesting special authorizations involving the use of AETC centralized funds

will submit their requests through their servicing FSS’s formal training and/or base training

office or commander’s support staff. (T-3). The Second Air Force mission readiness

training office will process the request in order of receipt. (T-3). Note: The Second Air

Force mission readiness training office does not process special authorizations for flying,

medical, survival, AFIT, Defense Acquisition University, and Air University training

because those organizations have their own points of contact and approval processes.

5.7.6.3. Students eligible for training using AETC funds will request a special

authorization memorandum from [email protected]. Requests must be received no later

than seven duty days prior to class start date. (T-2).

116 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

5.7.6.3.1. Students and/or travelers must provide a non-availability letter/statement, if

billeted off base and requesting a rental car or vicinity mileage. (T-3). Approved

vicinity mileage requests will be processed upon the completion of the course. (T-3).

5.7.6.3.2. Students using AETC funds must provide a copy of TDY orders (both front

and back) to the Second Air Force mission readiness training office, if published. (T-3).

5.7.6.3.3. Prior to class start date, students must refer to

https://www.defensetravel.dod.mil/ for the availability of service lodging and dining

facilities at each installation. (T-3).

5.7.6.3.4. Rental cars are issued one per five AETC centrally-funded students per class

and are authorized on a first come, first come, first served basis. AETC centrally-

funded students take passenger precedence over any other student(s). Note: ANG

rental cars are issued at one car per five students per class. ANG CFMs validate rental

car requests and manage car assignment after approval by NGB/A1D.

5.7.6.3.5. If approved, vicinity mileage is paid for training days only and is defined as

the distance to or from school; the distance from the off-base quarters to training

location (e.g., Four miles from hotel to base x 2 = 8 round trip miles x training days.)

5.7.6.3.6. Vicinity mileage may not be authorized if government transportation has

been provided by the Second Air Force mission readiness training office, i.e.,

maximum rental cars have been provided for a class.

5.7.6.3.7. Approval of special authorizations must be received by the Second Air Force

mission readiness training office prior to travel of the trainee and stated in the member's

travel orders (except vicinity mileage requests). (T-3). If not, amendments to member’s

orders will need to be accomplished. (T-3). Note: For NGB funded orders, approval

for special authorizations must be received from NGB/A1DU prior to travel and stated

in the member’s travel order. (T-3).

5.7.6.3.8. Eligible members traveling by air requiring additional clothing may be

authorized excess baggage. This applies when training extends over two seasons or

special circumstances dictate additional gear described in the Education and Training

Course Announcements and justified by the Second Air Force mission readiness

training office. Note: For NGB funded orders, ANG students request excess baggage

authorization through NGB/A1D.

5.7.6.3.9. Eligible members who drive their privately owned vehicles are not

authorized shipment of household goods or do-it-yourself moves. Members who are

PCS with TDY en-route may request shipment of household goods under PCS funds

and not mission readiness training program TDY funds.

5.7.6.3.10. Request for shipping of household goods and/or do-it-yourself moves for

TDY personnel are usually disapproved. All required items should already be at the

training location. Approval may be granted for shipment of household goods and/or

do-it-yourself moves if a member is housed in field conditions.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 117

5.8. Metrics Submissions.

5.8.1. AETC Force Development Planning and Analysis Division (AETC/A3L). Develops

and submits to AF/A1PT semi-annual budget justification books (J-Books) for each calendar

year as prescribed by AF/A1X. Develops and submits to AF/A1PT annual institutional

training readiness report.

5.8.2. Second Air Force. Develops and submits to AETC and AF/A1PT the following:

5.8.2.1. Monthly Execution Report Tracker. Required for the mission readiness training

and/or trained dog requirements, and field training detachment programs. Identifies the

funding level-1 baseline execution rates of the approved training requester quota identifiers

during the year of execution.

5.8.2.2. Annual Funding Level-2 Execution Report. Required for the mission readiness

training and/or trained dog requirements, field training detachment, and non-resident

programs. Identifies the unit funded or co-located execution rates of the programs at the

end of the FY.

5.8.2.3. Reports tasked in the enlisted reclassification rack and stack guidance.

118 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Chapter 6

AIRMAN RETRAINING PROGRAM

6.1. Officer Crossflow and Reclassification Programs.

6.1.1. Purpose.

6.1.1.1. The Nonrated Line crossflow program is a process to more effectively balance

officer inventory to AF requirements. It addresses AFSC manning shortages and over

manning situations, and uses a methodology to facilitate shaping the officer force within

authorized, funded end strength. To execute this process, a crossflow panel is convened

when needed to select the best qualified officers to fill the required vacancies.

6.1.1.2. The Missileer Crossflow Program is a process ensuring the Nuclear and Missile

Operations (13N) AFSC remains balanced for sustainment by crossflowing excess officers

at the 4-year point back to donor career fields. Donor career fields are those who have

provided a portion of their annual accessions to support the 13N community

intercontinental ballistic missile crew force mission needs. During this process the AF

simultaneously selects officers to stay in the 13N AFSC and to crossflow to undermanned

donor career fields.

6.1.1.3. Out-of-cycle crossflow requests from individual officers occur only when

participation in a formal board process is not practical. Approval or disapproval is based

on a variety of factors including gaining and losing career field manning, CFM, Air Force

Personnel Center (AFPC), and AF, Force Management Policy (AF/A1P) coordination.

6.1.1.4. Initial skills training eliminee reclassification occurs when Regular AF (RegAF)

line officers on EAD are eliminated from training in accordance with AFPCI 36-112.

Initial skills training elimination panels convene regularly to consider these officers for

reclassification or separation based on current AF requirements.

6.1.2. Program Processes.

6.1.2.1. AFPC, Special Duty Career Management Section (AFPC/DP2OSS) will:

6.1.2.1.1. Select panel members and execute Nonrated Line crossflow program and

Missileer Crossflow Program. (T-2).

6.1.2.1.2. Serve as approval authority if immediate out-of-cycle crossflow actions are

necessary. (T-1). Action is to be coordinated with AF/A1P and does not require a

crossflow panel or program. (T-2).

6.1.2.1.3. Notify officers of their eligibility. (T-2).

6.1.2.1.4. Prepare results package for AFPC/CC approval and provide courtesy copy

to AF/A1P. (T-2).

6.1.2.2. AFPC/DP2L will serve as initial skills training elimination panel president, selects

panel members, and executes the initial skills training eliminee reclassification process.

(T-2).

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 119

6.1.2.3. Wing Commander or equivalent (Nonrated Line Panel and Missileer Crossflow

Panel programs only) will endorse nomination package providing comments on whole-

person concept and recommendation for crossflow. (T-2).

6.1.2.4. AFPC Judge Advocate (AFPC/JA) will perform a legal review of all initial skills

training eliminee cases when documentation in the elimination package indicates that

discharge is for substandard performance of duty or misconduct, moral or professional

dereliction, or for other reasons under AFI 36-3206 as appropriate. (T-2).

6.1.2.5. Applicants will complete nomination packages in accordance with AFPC

instructions, prioritize available AFSC crossflow or reclassification opportunities as

desired, declare volunteer status, and submit documents through the proper channels. (T-2).

For out-of-cycle crossflow requests, applicants will contact their assignments manager for

specific instructions. (T-2).

6.1.3. Nonrated Line Crossflow Program.

6.1.3.1. A panel competitively selects volunteers and non-volunteers from career fields

with overages for crossflow or retraining into shortage career fields using specific

qualification and established selection and scoring criteria.

6.1.3.2. AFPC/DP2OSS will select five AF officers in the grade of colonel as panel

members. (T-1). The panel is held to affect formal training and PCS moves.

6.1.3.3. Crossflow Panel Purpose. The panel’s goal is to competitively select officers who

have the greatest opportunity to gain the experience with the highest potential for success

serving in their gaining career field.

6.1.3.3.1. The panel considers the whole-person concept, including, but not limited to,

the officer’s application, overall record of performance, senior rater recommendations,

academic degrees and transcripts (if required), specific qualifications in accordance

with the AFOCD, officer professional development, career timing to assess the

officer’s relative standing among the officer’s peers, and time on station.

6.1.3.3.2. If necessary, select non-volunteers to crossflow based on a reverse seniority

criteria (most junior officers in a year group first) and the whole-person concept to

maximize return on training.

6.1.3.3.3. Seniority is defined in AFI 36-2501, Officer Promotions and Selective

Continuation. The panel considers the career development of Nonrated Line officers,

however, it does not function as a development team.

6.1.3.4. Eligibility and/or Exemptions:

6.1.3.4.1. AF/A1P will determine eligible AFSCs and year groups based on

sustainment requirements, manning, and other factors. Waiver authority for AFSC and

year group eligibility is also AF/A1P. Field grade officers or officers within the 12-

month period before meeting (prior to) a promotion board to Major in the primary zone

may apply for crossflow but are not involuntarily selected for crossflow. Consideration

for crossflow to the 19ZXA Special Tactics, 19ZXC Combat Rescue, and 19ZXB

Tactical Air Control Party AFSCs is on a voluntary basis only. Officers requesting

crossflow into the above AFSCs are directed to contact the appropriate CFM for

120 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

consideration first but are also vectored by the Nonrated Line crossflow program with

a secondary career field as a back-up.

6.1.3.4.2. Officers meeting the following criteria are exempt from involuntary

crossflow consideration and ineligible to apply for voluntary crossflow consideration.

Only waivers for Total Active Federal Military Service are considered. Waiver

authority for Total Active Federal Military Service is AFPC/DPA.

6.1.3.4.2.1. Officers with an established DOS, including officers not selected for

retention via Force Shaping Board or Reduction in Force.

6.1.3.4.2.2. Officers with quality control indicators (e.g., Unfavorable Information

File, unsatisfactory performance, deferred for promotion, referral performance

reports).

6.1.3.4.2.3. Officers enrolled in and/or selected for AF-sponsored advanced

academic degrees or Education with Industry, or with an ADSC from a completed

advanced academic degrees or Education with Industry program.

6.1.3.4.2.4. Officers who are in-residence graduates of Intermediate

Developmental Education, designated for the next Intermediate Developmental

Education class entry, or Intermediate Developmental Education selects.

6.1.3.4.2.5. Officers already formally selected for reassignment as of panel

convening date.

6.1.3.4.2.6. Officers selected for a 365-day deployment as of panel convening date

or currently serving on a 365-day deployment and redeployment date is after the

first day of the second month of the targeted move cycle; e.g., 1 July for the summer

cycle that starts in June.

6.1.3.4.2.7. Sitting squadron commanders or officers on a Squadron Command

Candidate List.

6.1.3.4.2.8. Officers with cyberspace warfare operations qualifications (17X,

17DXX and 17SXX).

6.1.3.4.2.9. Officers with nuclear qualifications (SEI codes: IWF, MWA, MWB,

MWC, MQT, MQU, MQV; and AFSCs (AFSCs): 21MXN, 21MXI and 31P when

duty experience includes military installations with nuclear missions).

6.1.3.4.2.10. Officers with Psychological Operations qualifications (SEI 9Q).

6.1.3.4.2.11. Officers with 15 or more years Total Active Federal Military Service.

6.1.3.4.2.12. Developmental Engineers who are Test Pilot School graduates.

6.1.3.4.2.13. 38F Field Grade Officers with 2 or more years of manpower

experience.

6.1.3.4.2.14. Officers previously selected for crossflow by any previous panel.

6.1.3.4.2.15. Officers in the Air Force Judge Advocate General’s Corps.

6.1.3.4.2.16. Officers in CONUS with less than 2-years’ time on station at the

beginning of the first month in the targeted move cycle.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 121

6.1.3.4.2.17. Officers assigned Outside of Continental United States with a date

eligible for return from overseas (DEROS) equal to or greater than the first day of

the fourth month beyond the targeted move cycle; e.g., 1 January for the summer

cycle that goes through September.

6.1.3.5. Specific Qualifications for Crossflowing. Officers must be qualified for retraining

in the selected AFSC in accordance with the AFOCD. (T-1).

6.1.3.6. Outcome. AFPC will match officers selected to crossflow to the next available

crossflow training course via the normal assignment process. (T-3). Officers who receive

an assignment selection date or an assignment notification as a result of selection for

crossflow may only decline via 7-day option. Officers who fail their initial skills training

course return to their previous career field. Subsequent panels may be necessary to meet

career field and AF emerging mission requirements. (T-3).

6.1.4. Missileer Crossflow Program.

6.1.4.1. The Missileer Crossflow Program selects volunteers and non-volunteers from the

Nuclear and Missile Operations (13N) AFSC who have completed their initial 4-year

intercontinental ballistic missile crew force tour to crossflow back into donor career fields

or remain in the 13N career field.

6.1.4.2. Colonel representatives from gaining donor career fields with shortages in the year

groups available for crossflowing should, when possible, be part of the Missileer Crossflow

Program, to include participation in the crossflow panel.

6.1.4.3. Crossflow Process Purpose. The Missileer Crossflow Program’s goal is to

simultaneously identify officers to remain in the 13N career field and to crossflow officers

to undermanned donor career fields.

6.1.4.3.1. The process starts with the 13N development team providing AFPC a

stratified list of all eligible officers based on the whole person concept, regardless of

their status as a volunteer or non-volunteer to continue in missile operations. This data

is used to determine quartile distribution for the AFPC classification model.

6.1.4.3.2. AFPC will convene a crossflow panel to determine final AFSC

classification. (T-3). The panel considers the following:

6.1.4.3.2.1. The initial classification results from the AFPC classification model.

6.1.4.3.2.2. The 13N development team-provided list of prioritized officers

approved to continue as 13Ns with enough names to accommodate 1.5 times the

number of officers expected to continue in missile operations for a career.

6.1.4.3.2.3. Senior Rater recommendations, Records of Performance, and officer

preferences.

6.1.4.4. Eligibility and/or Exemptions.

6.1.4.4.1. AF/A1P will determine eligible AFSCs and year groups based on 13N

officers who are completing their initial intercontinental ballistic missile crew force

tour.

122 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

6.1.4.4.2. Officers have the opportunity to volunteer to crossflow to the following non-

donor AFSCs: 11X Pilot, 12X CSO, 13B ABM, 13C Special Tactics, 13D Combat

Rescue, 13L Air Liaison, and 18X RPA Pilot. Officers requesting crossflow into the

above AFSCs need to contact the appropriate CFM for consideration first but are also

classified by the Missileer Crossflow Program with a secondary career field as a back-

up.

6.1.4.4.3. Officers with an established DOS, including officers not selected for

retention via a Force Shaping Board, do not meet the Missileer Crossflow Program and

remain with the 13N AFSC until separation.

6.1.4.4.3.1. Officers meeting the following criteria are exempt from the Missileer

Crossflow Program. They remain in the 13N AFSC.

6.1.4.4.3.2. Officers with quality control indicators (e.g., Unfavorable Information

File, unsatisfactory performance, deferred for promotion, referral performance

reports).

6.1.4.4.3.3. Officers with 15 or more years Total Active Federal Military Service.

6.1.4.4.3.4. Officers with 6 or more years Total Active Federal Commissioned

Service.

6.1.4.5. Specific Qualifications for Crossflowing. Officers must be qualified for retraining

in the selected AFSC in accordance with the AFOCD. (T-1).

6.1.4.6. Outcome.

6.1.4.6.1. AFPC will match crossflow officers to the first Master Vulnerability List

after completion of the fourth year of their intercontinental ballistic missile crew force

tour. (T-3). Officers who receive an assignment selection date or an assignment

notification as a result of selection for crossflow may only decline via 7-day option.

6.1.4.6.2. AFPC will send crossflow officers to initial skills training en-route to their

first duty assignment whenever practical. (T-3). Officers who fail initial skills training

are considered for retention commensurate with AF needs, or separated from the

service.

6.1.4.6.3. AF, Directorate of Force Development (AF/A1D) will allocate

approximately 100 Missileer Crossflow Program quotas a year to AFPC in the

Squadron Officer School Program Requirement Document or Program Guidance Letter

to provide priority allocation to all Missileer Crossflow Program officers selected to

crossflow out of the 13N career field. AFPC assignment teams will use these quotas

to schedule Missileer Crossflow Program officers for Squadron Officer School with a

priority to the first available class. (T-3).

6.1.5. Out-of-Cycle Crossflows.

6.1.5.1. Out-of-cycle Crossflow Purpose. The goal is to allow officers who are ineligible

to participate in other crossflow programs to request reclassification into another AFSC.

Requests are handled on a case-by-case basis with limited approvals given if crossflowing

is in the best interest of the AF.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 123

6.1.5.2. The process starts with the officer contacting the officer’s current AFPC

assignment team with a request. Disapproval at any step below ends the process with a

notification to the officer. (T-3).

6.1.5.2.1. AFPC assignment team reviews the current officer sustainment matrix to

ensure the crossflow is from an over-manned year group in the current AFSC to an

under-manned year group elsewhere.

6.1.5.2.2. If sustainment supports and the gaining and losing assignment teams believe

the rationale from the officer is in the best interests of the AF, they will seek their

respective CFM’s approvals or disapprovals. (T-3).

6.1.5.2.3. The request with rationale and supporting CFM approvals is forwarded to

AFPC/DPA for review to determine if retraining is in the best interests of the AF based

on training availability, manning, qualification in accordance with the AFOCD, and

other factors as required.

6.1.5.2.4. If AFPC/DPA approves, the crossflow package is forwarded to AF/A1P for

coordination prior to the individual being notified.

6.1.5.3. Outcome. AFPC will match the approved officer to crossflow in the next available

training course via the normal assignment process. (T-2). Officers who receive an

assignment selection date or an assignment notification as a result of selection for crossflow

may only decline via 7-day option. Officers who fail their initial skills training course will

return to their previous career field. (T-2).

6.1.6. Initial Skills Training Eliminee Reclassification

6.1.6.1. An initial skills training eliminee reclassification panel will review and consider

all RegAF line officer eliminees for reclassification or separation based on AF

requirements whether elimination was self-initiated or not, and whether before or after

training commenced (to include initial training declination). (T-2). Exception: Officers

with a previously awarded AFSC, which they are still qualified to hold, will be returned to

that AFSC instead of meeting the panel. (T-2).

6.1.6.2. Panel members will be selected by AFPC/DPS. (T-3). The panel will consist of

five field grade officers in the grade of lieutenant colonel or higher with AFPC/DPS as the

panel president. (T-3).

6.1.6.3. Officer eliminees will complete initial skills training packages for the panel to

review. Guidance on the package contents and instructions on completing are contained

in the Initial Skills Training Elimination Package Guide located on the myPers website,

key word search “IST.” (T-3).

6.1.6.4. The panel will consider the following to determine if reclassification is in the best

interests of the AF:

6.1.6.4.1. A whole-person concept review, which includes the commander’s

assessment on the officer’s commitment to the AF along with any quality force issues.

6.1.6.4.2. Unique or special abilities, degrees, or high demand language skills that

could benefit subject career field or the broader AF in the future.

124 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

6.1.6.4.3. Consider educational investment already made, officer’s potential to

complete the required training, and the potential payback to the AF. While this should

not be an overriding factor, it must be a consideration.

6.1.6.5. Legal Review. AFPC/JA will perform a legal review of all eliminee cases when

documentation in the elimination package indicates that discharge for substandard

performance of duty or misconduct, moral or professional dereliction, or for other reasons

under AFI 36-3206, as appropriate. (T-3). AFPC/JA will, as appropriate, discuss the case

with the legal office responsible for providing advice to the officer’s commander and make

recommendations to the reclassification panel and the AFPC/CC on whether the case

should be referred to the officer’s command for action under AFI 36-3206. (T-3).

6.1.6.6. Specific Qualifications for Reclassification. Officers must be qualified for

retraining in the selected AFSC in accordance with the AFOCD. (T-2).

6.1.6.7. Outcome.

6.1.6.7.1. The panel president will coordinate on the panel results and forward the

completed recommendations to the reclassification and separation authority. (T-3).

6.1.6.7.2. Based on the panel’s recommendations, the Reclassification and Separation

Authority (AFPC/CC) will approve reclassification or separation of an officer; refer a

case to the officer’s command for processing under AFI 36-3206; or forward the case

to the Secretary of the AF’s Personnel Council (SAF/PC) for action. (T-3).

6.1.6.7.3. Officers approved for reclassification will be matched in the next available

training course via the normal assignment process. (T-2). Officers who receive an

assignment selection date or an assignment notification as a result of selection for

crossflow may only decline via 7-day option.

6.1.6.7.4. Officers not approved for reclassification panel will be separated with

recoupment of educational costs as directed by the Reclassification and Separation

Authority. (T-3).

6.1.6.7.5. If the Reclassification and Separation Authority recommends waiver of

recoupment of an unearned and/or unserved portion of any educational assistance,

bonus, or special pay in excess of $500, the case must be referred to SAF/PC for

decision regarding recoupment liability. (T-3).

6.2. Enlisted Retraining Program Elements.

6.2.1. Retraining Purpose. Retraining is a force management program used primarily to

balance the enlisted force across all AFSCs and ensure sustainability of career fields.

Retraining also provides a means to return disqualified Airmen to a productive status.

Additionally, the program allows a limited number of Airmen the opportunity to pursue other

career paths within the AF. The AF encourages Airmen to voluntarily retrain first, however,

the needs of the AF may require Airmen to be involuntarily retrained to meet sustainment

objectives.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 125

6.2.2. Retraining Advisory. The Retraining Advisory is the primary means to advertise

retraining requirements by fiscal year FY and is maintained on the AFPC myPers website.

Retraining requirements are established via the Program Guidance Letter, identifying the

corporate AF approved training requirements and resources to support execution of training in

accordance with Chapter 5. The retraining advisory advertises two types of requirements:

6.2.2.1. Objective Out. AFSCs where the AF has determined an overage and/or surplus

exists. The AFSCs listed identify by grade the number of Airmen required to retrain out

of these AFSCs. Exception: Does not apply to First Term Airmen.

6.2.2.2. Objective In. AFSCs where the AF has determined shortages exists. The AFSCs

listed identify by grade the number of Airmen required to retrain into these AFSCs. Airmen

use these AFSCs to determine their preferences when applying for retraining.

6.2.2.3. Retraining Advisory Notes. This product is co-located with the Retraining

Advisory on the AFPC myPers website. It provides specific guidelines and special or

unique requirements for each AFSC. Airmen should review the retraining advisory notes

for both retraining in and out AFSCs prior to submitting an application. Applicant should

check these notes closely to avoid delays in the application process.

6.2.3. Personnel Services Delivery Guide. The execution guidance in the myPers website

provides documentation and procedural guidance for personnel processes redesigned as part

of the Personnel Services Delivery Transformation. The execution guidance in the myPers

website is revised continually with additional details for web-based personnel processing

applications to ensure availability of the most current information and guidance.

6.2.4. AFECD. This product is located on AFPC myPers website, Airmen should review the

AFECD prior to applying for retraining to ensure they meet the mandatory AFSC entry

requirements. Each Career Field functional manager is responsible for maintaining the

accuracy of AFSC code entry requirements published within the AFECD and will coordinate

changes with HQ AFPC, Workforce Development and Career Programs Branch

(AFPC/DP3DW). (T-2).

6.3. Enlisted Retraining Program Processes.

6.3.1. AF, Accessions and Training Management Division (AF/A1PT) will:

6.3.1.1. Establish overall AF retraining policy.

6.3.1.2. Monitor and evaluate the Airman Retraining Program.

6.3.1.3. Advise AFPC/DP3DW of policy, procedures, and retraining requirements.

6.3.1.4. Develop the Enlisted Initial Skills Program Guidance Letter on an annual basis

and adjust as necessary.

6.3.1.5. Coordinate retraining requirements with AF, Human Resources Data Analytic and

Decision Support Division (AF/A1XD) to validate against force management sustainment

objectives.

6.3.1.6. Coordinate ETP requests with CFMs and AF/A1XD before approving or

disapproving exception to policies.

6.3.1.7. Coordinate retraining advisory with AFPC/DP3DW before release to the field.

126 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

6.3.2. AFPC/DP3DW will:

6.3.2.1. Execute established retraining policy, establish procedural guidance, and provide

guidance to the field and manages overall Airman Retraining Program. (T-2).

6.3.2.2. Update and manage the Retraining Advisory and Advisory Notes. (T-2).

6.3.2.3. Monitor disqualified Airmen and quality control standards for retrainees. (T-2).

6.3.2.4. Process ETP requests. (T-2).

6.3.2.5. Identify vulnerable Airmen upon annual implementation of a Noncommissioned

Officer Retraining Program (Phase I and II). (T-2).

6.3.3. AFPC, Formal Training and Retraining Section (AFPC/DP1SST) will:

6.3.3.1. Advise interested Airmen on AF retraining policy. (T-2).

6.3.3.2. Review, process, and approve or disapprove retraining applications. (T-2).

6.3.3.3. Coordinate ETP or waiver requests with AFPC/DP3DW. (T-2).

6.3.3.4. Schedule approved members for formal training. (T-2).

6.3.3.5. Manage class seats, in coordination with AFPC/DP3DW, to include processing

quota movement and quota change requests. (T-2).

6.3.3.6. Review retraining quotas on the Retraining Advisory and ensure the applicant

meets the prerequisites outlined in AFECD, and the Retraining Advisory Notes before

completing the application for enlisted retraining. (T-2).

6.3.3.7. Close all pending retraining applications with no activity within 60 days. (T-2).

6.3.4. AFPC Military Assignments Programs Branch (AFPC/DP3AM) will:

6.3.4.1. Finalize requests for deferment and/or waiver of Assignment Limitation Codes,

Assignment Availability Codes, DEROS window waivers, and waiver of projected

assignment on Airmen applying for retraining. (T-2).

6.3.4.2. Identify CONUS overseas imbalance Airmen returning from overseas for which

no CONUS vacancies exist in the imbalanced AFSC. (T-2).

6.3.4.3. Provide end assignment for retrainees, and reassign Airmen in a PCS status

eliminated from formal training. (T-2).

6.3.5. AFPC/DP3AM will coordinate with AFPC/DP3DW and AFPC, Assignment, Support

Section (HQ AFPC/DP2LWA) on approvable humanitarian and Exceptional Family Member

Program cases when the gaining base does not have authorizations for member’s awarded

AFSCs. (T-2).

6.3.6. HQ AFPC/DP3DW will coordinate Disqualified Airmen actions with AFPC/DP1SST.

(T-2).

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 127

6.3.7. AETC Technical Training Strategic Planning and Policy (AETC/A3P) will:

6.3.7.1. Provide AFPC/DP3DW FY requirements upon approval of Enlisted Initial Skills

Program Guidance Letter to allow for the comprehensive program management and student

reporting instructions.

6.3.7.2. Monitor programmed versus actual students and graduates for each FY.

6.3.7.3. Provide AF/A1PT with predicted production statistics for the annual Enlisted

Initial Skills Program Guidance Letter conference.

6.3.7.4. Coordinate quota movement requests and quota change requests.

6.3.7.5. Update class seats in accordance with Enlisted Initial Skills Program Guidance

Letter changes.

6.3.8. Force Support Squadron (FSS).

6.3.8.1. Military Personnel Flight (MPF) will:

6.3.8.1.1. Update Control AFSC (CAFSC) to 1-skill level on member’s scheduled

departure to formal training or start of On-the-Job Training (OJT), whichever applies

as per Chapter 2 (T-2). If an Airman is eliminated from formal training, and is

attending in a temporary duty TDY and return status, update the member’s previously

awarded CAFSC and Primary AFSC.

6.3.8.1.2. Update the Assignment Availability Code 29 to expire 24 months from the

formal training graduation date or the effective date of OJT, whichever applies. (T-2).

Exception: Do not update an Assignment Availability Code 29 on individuals in an

overseas imbalanced AFSC.

6.3.8.1.3. Provide Airman with Retraining RIP. (T-2). Send the original retraining

approval notification RIP for filing in member's personnel record in Automated

Records Management System. (T-2).

6.3.8.1.4. Ensure Airmen obtain required retainability and if the Airman is restricted

by High Year Tenure, notify AFPC/DP3DW immediately. (T-2).

6.3.8.1.5. Process AF Form 964, update applicable Assignment Availability Code,

Assignment Limitation Code, and Reenlistment Eligibility codes for Airman declining

retainability for formal training.

6.3.8.2. Formal Training Office will ensure Airmen have the required retainability 30 days

prior to the class start date. (T-2). Note: If the Airman does not have the required

retainability, request cancellation of retraining to AFPC/DP3DW.

6.3.9. Unit Commander will:

6.3.9.1. Notify AFPC/DP1SST of approved retraining applicants who fail to maintain

quality control standards, or quality factors not visible in MilPDS, prior to attending formal

schools. (T-2).

6.3.9.2. Ensure Airmen comply with all eligibility and reporting instructions. (T-2).

Notify AFPC/DP1SST when Airmen are unable to meet class start date. (T-2).

128 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

6.3.9.3. Immediately notify AFPC/DP3DW if an Airman approved for retraining is

selected to deploy and the class dates conflict with the deployment. (T-2). Unit CCs must

ensure all requests are submitted at least 30 days prior to scheduled deployment. (T-2).

Failure of notification may result in a lost retraining opportunity for the Airman and/or

class seat.

6.3.10. Airmen applying or identified for retraining will:

6.3.10.1. Apply for retraining via electronic application process. (T-2).

6.3.10.2. Submit required retraining documentation to AFPC/DP1SST as requested. (T-2).

The initial retraining application is not considered complete until all required

documentation is submitted. Update AFPC/DP1SST on documentation status at least

every 30 days for all outstanding documents. (T-2). Note: Failure to update

AFPC/DP1SST for 60 days may result in the pending application being closed.

6.3.10.3. Select up to five AFSCs. (T-2). While five choices are not required, it greatly

increases the member’s chances of getting approved retraining.

6.3.10.4. If selected for promotion, applicant must apply for shortages in projected grade.

(T-2).

6.3.10.5. Obtain the required retainability within 30 days of notification. (T-2).

6.4. Enlisted Retraining Administrative Actions.

6.4.1. Eligibility. AFPC/DP1SST uses the criteria outlined in Table 6.1 in determining

eligibility.

6.4.2. Disqualifying Factors. The below listed factors automatically disqualify Airmen for

retraining. Input of any of the disqualifying factors before class start date results in retraining

cancellation.

6.4.2.1. Under investigation by the Office of Special Investigation or law enforcement

officials (excluding normal security clearance).

6.4.2.2. Most recent Enlisted Performance Report met some but not all expectation or is a

referral.

6.4.2.3. Airmen are currently in a retraining status or not recommended for entry into

upgrade training.

6.4.2.4. Does not possess local network access.

6.4.2.5. Ineligible for promotion or reenlistment. Exception: A disqualified Airman,

awaiting retraining, with a RI of 9A000 or 9A100 may have reenlistment eligibility code

of 4G, in accordance with AFI 36-2606 and may apply for retraining.

6.4.2.6. Does not have current passing physical fitness score, in accordance with AFMAN

36-2905, Air Force Physical Fitness Program, within 30 days of class start date.

6.4.2.7. Airmen with Assignment Limitation Code L.

6.4.2.8. Does not have 24 months retainability beyond class graduation date.

6.4.3. Initial Enlistment Bonus and Selective Retention Bonus and Retraining. Repayment

and Recoupment of a bonus is governed by DoDI 7000.14, DoD Financial Management

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 129

Policy. Retraining into a Selective Retention Bonus skill: Individuals selected for retraining

into a Selective Retention Bonus AFSC should refer to AFI 36-2606, regarding their eligibility

to receive a Selective Retention Bonus. Individuals who received an Initial Enlistment Bonus

or Selective Retention Bonus are identified by Assignment Limitation Code of O.

6.4.4. Class Change Requests. MPF or Airman may send the request to AFPC/DP1SST no

later than 30 days prior to class start date. Class date changes are subject to availability and

should only occur in the same FY. Note: Class change requests for unit manning or readiness

inspections are not considered.

6.4.5. All Exceptions to Policy must be endorsed by the unit commander and per paragraph

6.3.1.6. (T-2). AF/A1PT approves or disapproves ETP requests after coordination with the

appropriate CFM and AF/A1XD. (T-1).

6.4.5.1. If member is attempting to prove miscounseling and/or an injustice occurred, then

the ETP request must include a statement from the organization that provided the

counseling, indorsed by the commander, and explaining the circumstances. (T-2).

6.4.5.2. Exceptions are not granted based on personal convenience (e.g., individual’s

indecision, lack of employment or educational opportunities, etc.).

6.4.5.3. Airman may request to apply for any available AFSC on the Shortfalls

Requirements list.

6.4.6. Disposition of Retraining Formal Training Eliminees. The Technical Training Wing

electronically completes and forwards the elimination source document (e.g., AETC Form

125A, Record of Administrative Training Action or AETC Form 126A, Record of

Commander’s Review Action) to AFPC/DP3DW within 3 duty days of elimination. Note: Not

applicable to pipeline students.

6.4.6.1. If the Airman is attending in a TDY and return status, the Technical Training Wing

returns the Airman to home station. AFPC/DP1SST notifies the Airman if further

retraining actions are required.

6.4.6.2. If the Airman is attending in a TDY en-route or in a PCS status, the Technical

Training Wing holds the Airman in place until receipt of final disposition instructions from

AFPC/DP3DW to return the member to a previously awarded AFSC or retrain.

6.4.7. Retainability Requirements. All Airmen must have 24 months retainability beyond the

class graduation date of the AFSC awarding course or date entered OJT, unless otherwise

specified on the training RIP as directed by the CFM. Airmen selected for retraining may

decline only if they have insufficient retainability.

6.4.8. Withdraw or Cancel Approved Retraining. Airmen may request to withdraw an

approved retraining application prior to receipt of official electronic notification from

AFPC/DP1SST. In addition, they may request cancellation of approved retraining for personal

hardship or other justifiable reasons. Members will submit electronic memorandum, endorsed

by unit commander, requesting withdrawal to AFPC/DP1SST. (T-1).

6.4.9. Directed Travel Status Change Request. Airmen may request specific travel status (for

example, TDY and return, PCS, TDY en-route); however, the needs of the AF take precedence.

Request is sent to AFPC/DP1SST and members are encouraged not to make any financial

commitments until the travel status has been confirmed.

130 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Table 6.1. Eligibility for Voluntary and Involuntary Retraining.

and Retraining

Advisory

then the applicant

is eligible for

If the

applicant

is a

First

Term

Airmen

(see

Note

is a

Second-

Term

and/or

Career

Airman

shows

overage

for

current

AFSC

shows a

shortage

for

retraining

AFSC

voluntary

retraining

(see

Note 3)

involuntary

retraining

(see Note 2)

is within 2

years of High

Year Tenure

N/A

YES

N/A

selected for an

assignment

YES

N/A

(see Note 4)

YES

selected for

contingency

deployment

YES

(see Note 5)

is serving in

CONUS on

stabilized tour

(e.g.,

Assignment

Availability

Code 43

or Assignment

Availability

Code 50)

according to

AFI 36-

2110

(see Note 6)

YES

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 131

and Retraining

Advisory

then the applicant

is eligible for

If the

applicant

is a

First

Term

Airmen

(see

Note

is a

Second-

Term

and/or

Career

Airman

shows

overage

for

current

AFSC

shows a

shortage

for

retraining

AFSC

voluntary

retraining

(see

Note 3)

involuntary

retraining

(see Note 2)

is serving

overseas and

desires

retraining w/

Date

Eligible for

Return from

Overseas.

(see Note 7)

YES

is a volunteer

for special

duty

assignment,

Educational

Leave of

Absence

Program,

commissionin

g program, or

In-Place

Consecutive

Overseas

Tour

YES

NO (see

Note 8)

YES

Holds a

Control

AFSC or has

AFSC on the

Shortfall

Requirements

List (see

Note 9)

Yes

N/A

Yes

N/A

132 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

and Retraining

Advisory

then the applicant

is eligible for

If the

applicant

is a

First

Term

Airmen

(see

Note

is a

Second-

Term

and/or

Career

Airman

shows

overage

for

current

AFSC

shows a

shortage

for

retraining

AFSC

voluntary

retraining

(see

Note 3)

involuntary

retraining

(see Note 2)

Notes:

1. Airmen must not have reenlisted. (T-1).

2. Individuals who have retrained in the past 4 years will be exempt from Noncommissioned

Officer Retraining Program Phase II. (T-1).

3. Airmen eligible under First Term Airman Retraining Program, with an Assignment Limitation

Code O, may apply during their normal retraining window; however, if approved for retraining,

AFPC/DP1SST will schedule Class Start Dates after the expiration date of the code unless

AF/A1XD authorizes an exception. (T-1).

4. If Assignment Selection Date is before the date AFPC/DP1SST receives the completed

retraining application, then assignment remains firm. If the Assignment Selection Date is after the

date AFPC/DP1SST received the completed retraining application, then retraining processing

continues (If retraining is approved, AFPC/DP1SST will request assignment cancellation. (T-1).

Exception: Airmen with approved follow-on and home basing assignments are authorized to

process retraining applications.

5. Airmen eligible during their normal retraining window may apply for retraining. If unable to

complete the application process due to deployment, the member must submit application within 60

days of return. (T-1).

6. All Airmen may apply within 12 months of date of availability and there must be retraining in

objectives on the Retraining Advisory for the FY matching member’s date of availability. Note:

AFPC/DP3AM is the OPR for the stabilized tour program.

7. DEROS coincides with class start date. Airmen with an indefinite DEROS must complete the

original tour length before departing for training. (T-1). Note: DEROS curtailment or extension

request is submitted with completed retraining application, if needed.

8. An Airman may become eligible for voluntary retraining by withdrawing volunteer statement or

application (if otherwise eligible).

9. The Shortfall Requirements List is located on the Personnel Services website.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 133

6.5. Enlisted Retraining Programs.

6.5.1. First Term Airman Retraining Program. The First Term Airman Retraining Program is

designed to retrain First Term Airmen in conjunction with a reenlistment, into skills where

shortages exist and additionally, allows a limited number of Airmen the opportunity to pursue

other career paths in the AF. Airmen maybe selected for involuntary retraining based on AF

needs to balance the force.

6.5.1.1. CONUS assigned Airmen. Airmen may apply not earlier than the 1st duty day of

the month during which they complete 35 months of their current enlistment (59 months

for 6-year enlistees), but not later than the last duty day of the 43rd month of their current

enlistment (67 months for 6-year enlistees). In order to determine if an Airmen is within

their retraining window AFPC/DP1SST utilizes the Total Active Federal Military Service

Date.

6.5.1.2. Airmen may apply for retraining if they are in the same FY and have met the First

Term Airman Retraining Program retraining window (35th month for 4-year enlistee or

59th month for 6-year enlistee) on or before DEROS. Note: If an Airmen has a DEROS

in the months of October to February and have met the service requirement, it is imperative

to establish a DEROS in the months of March through September by requesting a 6 month

DEROS extension on the DEROS option RIP. (T-1). (Guidance is available at the local

military personnel flight.)

6.5.1.3. Selection Process. AFPC/DP1SST will rank the applications on the last duty date

of each month. (T-1). Applications are approved and disapproved NLT the 15th of the

following month. (T-1).

6.5.1.3.1. Applications are prioritized on quality indicators; e.g., current grade;

projected grade; last two years enlisted performance report ratings; date of rank; total

active federal military service date; Aptitude Qualification Examination score in the

applicable area (electrical, mechanical, administrative, general or combination in

accordance with AFECD, Part II, Attachment 4 (Additional Qualifications)); requested

AFSC preferences.

6.5.1.3.2. Available quotas are evenly distributed throughout the FY. Note:

Exceptions are made based on AF needs.

6.5.1.3.3. Applications remain pending a maximum of three months. Each month the

same prioritization is performed; however, there are always new applications updated

as each month more Airmen become eligible or ineligible. Each month, applications

not selected for approval remain pending until the next month for a maximum of three

months, as long as retraining in objectives are available. If no retraining in-objectives

are available, pending applications are disapproved.

6.5.1.3.4. Members may reapply once only under the following conditions:

6.5.1.3.4.1. The Airman is on the AF Career Job Reservation waiting list.

6.5.1.3.4.2. The Airman was removed from the AF Career Job Reservation waiting

list, and is not within 120 days of DOS. Airmen in this category are ranked for the

month in which their retraining application is received.

134 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

6.5.2. Noncommissioned Officer Retraining Program. The Noncommissioned Officer

Retraining Program is designed to retrain second-term and career Airmen from overage Air

Force Specialties into shortage specialties to optimize the enlisted force to best meet current

and future mission needs. Airmen possessing a secondary, or additional AFSC in a shortage

skill, may be returned to the shortage skill if it is in the best interest of the AF. This program

consists of three phases.

6.5.2.1. Phase I Retraining. The objective of Phase I is to obtain volunteer applicants from

identified overage AFSCs to fill requirements in shortage AFSCs. All Airmen with

retraining out objectives may apply for any available AFSC with retraining in objectives

for which they qualify. Note: Some AFSCs have retraining out restrictions. During Phase

I if sufficient applications are not received and retraining objectives for the FY are not met,

implementation of Phase II is necessary. Note: All Airmen may not be eligible based on

personnel restrictions.

6.5.2.2. Phase II Retraining. Airmen are selected for mandatory retraining based on AF

needs to balance the force. The Master Vulnerability List is used to select Airmen for

mandatory retraining.

6.5.2.3. Phase III Retraining. All remaining objective in (OBJ IN) quotas are opened to

second-term and/or career airmen that were not identified during Phase’s I and II. If

holding a CAFSC not annotated with an objective out (OBJ OUT) quota, member must

submit an ETP, endorsed by respective unit commander requesting release from CAFSC.

(T-1). E.g., 1A8X1 AFSC shows OBJ OUT with the number of members needed to retrain

out is 25 that are at the rank of SSgt. This means that for the current FY, there is an

availability for 25 SSgts to retrain out of that AFSC. 1B4X1 shows OBJ IN with the

number 48 at or under the rank of SSgt. This means for the current FY, there is an

availability for 48 SSgts to retrain into this AFSC.

6.5.3. Disqualified Airmen Retraining Program. AF guidance is to retrain only those Airmen

who have demonstrated the ability to successfully complete training and whose past record

clearly justifies further investment. Retraining is not a guarantee and is subject to quota

availability at the time of disqualification and individual qualification for an AFSC and

retraining eligibility. Note: Not applicable to pipeline students.

6.5.3.1. Disqualified Airman, Awaiting Retraining, Disqualified for Reasons beyond

Airman’s Control (RI 9A000). Airman with a RI of 9A000 and otherwise eligible for

retraining, are considered based on entry requirements, class start date, and availability

date. Airmen are considered for retraining within 180 days of AFSC disqualification

notification from HQ AFPC/DP3DW through their MPF. Those not selected for retraining

after 12 months from disqualification are no longer eligible for retraining consideration.

Exceptions: Medical processing or other reasons deemed appropriate by AFPC/DP3DW

do not result in RI change after 12 months of consideration.

6.5.3.2. Disqualified Airman, Awaiting Retraining-Disqualified for Reasons within

Airman’s Control (RI 9A100). Airmen with a RI of 9A100, are only considered for

available AFSCs for which they qualify and are otherwise eligible with formal training

starting within 60 days.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 135

6.5.4. Humanitarian and Exceptional Family Member Program Retraining.

6.5.4.1. To be eligible, Airman must have a valid humanitarian or Exceptional Family

Member Program application pending AFPC/DP3XAA approval and be a volunteer to

retrain if utilization in an awarded AFSC at the designated location is disapproved. (T-1).

AFSC preferences are not considered.

6.5.4.2. Retraining applications are updated by AFPC/DP3DW using retraining code RF.

6.5.4.3. Humanitarian retraining is via OJT using Career Field Education and Training

Plans and Specialty Training Standard to document three level training.

6.5.4.4. Exceptional Family Member Program retraining is determined on a case by case

basis.

6.5.5. Other Retraining Options. The Shortfall Requirements List consists of those skills

identified with unfilled class seats, short notice class start dates (<60 days), quotas that have

historically been difficult to fill and/or with unique retraining challenges (e.g., demanding entry

requirements, high attrition, etc.).

6.5.5.1. The Shortfall Requirements List is located on the AFPC myPers website. Airmen

must review the AFECD (also available on the AFPC myPers website) and meet mandatory

AFSC entry requirements prior to applying (T-1).

6.5.5.2. Airmen may apply for these AFSCs throughout the year under paragraph 6.4.5.

ETP.

6.5.6. Deployed Overseas Medical Limitations.

6.5.6.1. Some retraining AFSCs require an AF Form 422 that can be completed by the

Medical Group at members’ home station. While other AFSC(s) only require an AF Form

422 for a retraining package.

6.5.6.2. In the deployed area the services to complete an AF Form 422 or other medical

clearances are limited to the available equipment and human resources.

6.5.6.3. This limitation is recognized by the medical community as they try to assist the

Airman with the resources available. Unfortunately, this can be an obstacle when an

Airman is pursuing voluntary retraining before or during a deployment.

6.5.6.4. The Airman Retraining Program does allow Airmen to complete all retraining

actions no later than 60 days after return to home station.

6.6. AFR Retraining Program.

6.6.1. AFR Retraining Program. The purpose of the AFR Retraining Program is to assist in

achieving and maintaining the level of trained personnel resources required to meet AFR

mission requirements. The program allows eligible Airmen a choice of career fields from

which to pursue an AF career and provides a method to return Airmen disqualified from their

current AFSC to a productive status. Continuous efforts should be made to eliminate un-

programmed overages and over-grades and fill positions through recruitment, accessions,

leveling, and both voluntary and involuntary retraining.

6.6.2. Types of Retraining for Unit Program.

136 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

6.6.2.1. Voluntary Retraining. An application initiated by an eligible Airman into a chosen

specialty where there is a retraining need and mandatory requirements and quality

standards are met. Eligibility:

6.6.2.1.1. All personnel, including ARTs, must meet retraining AFSC entry

requirements as outlined in AFECD or AFOCD, and be in compliance with AFI 36-

2903 and AFMAN 36-2905. (T-1).

6.6.2.1.2. Retraining can only be into an AFSC manned at less than 100 percent or into

an AFSC that is authorized to have overages.

6.6.2.1.3. Personnel must have or attain at least 36 months retainability to voluntarily

retrain. (T-1). If additional retainability is required to meet the requirement in

Education and Training Course Announcements, it must be obtained prior to attending

technical school. (T-1).

6.6.2.1.4. Personnel are ineligible for voluntary retraining for at least 24 months after

completion of technical training and being awarded the Journeyman skill level. Prior

retrainees must also acquire a skill level commensurate with grade. Unit commanders

can make exceptions for humanitarian reasons and for those members who fail a Career

Development Course or End of Course exam twice.

6.6.2.1.5. Generally, personnel will not retrain out of a shortage or critical AFSC.

(T-1). A shortage AFSC is any AFSC below the standard set by AFRC/CC manning

policy. A critical AFSC (established by HQ USAF) is a specialty having unique

requirements or is typically hard to fill. Wing or HQ Reserve Individual Reservist

detachment commander (HQ RIO/Det CC), or designated representatives, may deviate

from this requirement to meet manning level and mission needs. Wing FSSs will

develop local policies in accordance with local needs, budget, and mission. (T-3).

6.6.2.1.6. PS accessions with an awarded and/or convertible AFSC are only retrained

into another AFSC when the AFSC previously held is not authorized or there is no

vacancy and/or authorization in their current AFSC. Convertible AFSCs are new

AFSCs due to establishing a new AFS.

6.6.2.1.7. A PS accession from another service, with a military specialty that does not

convert to an AFSC must attend technical school within 12 months.

6.6.2.1.8. Mobilized personnel and personnel in Stop Loss AFSCs are ineligible to

apply for retraining. Waivers are not accepted. Stop Loss AFSCs are those AFSCs

that are affected by the involuntary extension of a service member’s active duty.

6.6.2.2. Involuntary Retraining.

6.6.2.2.1. Involuntary retraining are actions initiated by unit commander or designated

representative to determine the disposition of personnel who become overages due to

locally generated UMD reductions and/or changes, force structure changes, crew ratio

reduction, medical unit type code reduction, weapons system conversions, withdrawal

of an AFSC because of medical disqualification or the inability of a member to

maintain currency requirements for flying status.

6.6.2.2.2. Involuntary retraining is primarily for the benefit of the AFR and does not

require the concurrence of the member.

DAFMAN36-2100  7 APRIL 2021  137 
6.6.2.2.3.  Retraining  application  (AF  Form  3920,  Request  for  Reservist  Voluntary 
Retraining), is not required. 
6.6.3.  Responsibilities. 
6.6.3.1.  AFRC, Personnel Utilization (AFRC/A1KK) will: 
6.6.3.1.1.  Administer and/or coordinate retraining policies and procedures. 
6.6.3.1.2.  Monitor  and  evaluate  the  AFR  Retraining  Program  in  conjunction  with 
AFRC MAJCOM functional managers 
6.6.3.1.3.  Coordinate  requests  for  waiver  of  requirements  specified  in  the  AFSC 
specialty descriptions contained in the AFECD or AFOCD in accordance with Chapter 
2. 
6.6.3.1.4.  Forward waiver requests recommended for approval to HQ AFPC/DPSIC 
when approval level is higher than AFRC. 
6.6.3.1.5.  Notify MPF of final approval or disapproval. 
6.6.3.2.  AFRC  MAJCOM  functional  manager  provides  recommendation  or  final 
disposition on waiver requests using guidelines in Chapter 2, Tables 2.4, 2.5, and 2.6. 
6.6.3.3.  AFRC  Recruiting  Service  (AFCRS)  in  conjunction  with  AFRC,  Personnel, 
Manpower and Services  (AFRC/A1) will establish  guidelines to  ensure the enlistment 
and/or  assignment  packages  on  PS  retrainees  are  processed  through  the  Personnel 
Employment Element, and approved before accession of the applicant. 
6.6.3.4.  Wing/ARPC/CC or designated representative will: 
6.6.3.4.1.  Administer final approval authority for local retraining applications. 
6.6.3.4.2.  Waive manning level and other requirements as exception when faced with 
unique requirements or hard to fill. (T-1).  Otherwise, ensure Airmen do not voluntary 
retrain out of shortage and/or critical AFSCs or retrain into overages, unless previously 
approved. (T-1). 
6.6.3.5.  Unit Commander will: 
6.6.3.5.1.  Recommend approval or disapproval of retraining applications and certify 
school funds availability. (T-1). 
6.6.3.5.2.  Delegate, if necessary, this authority to the senior ART at geographically 
separated units. (T-1).  
6.6.3.5.3.  Negotiate  the  effective  date  of  retraining,  as  the  losing  or  gaining 
commander, provided the member is assigned to the retraining position no later than 
30 days prior to the formal school class start date. (T-1). 
6.6.3.5.4.  Recommend retraining only for those Airmen who can be recommended for 
reenlistment and whose behavior, attitude, and record of performance are suited for 
subsequent duty assignment and are in compliance with AFI 36-2903, and AFMAN 
36-2905. (T-1). 

138 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

6.6.3.5.5. Interview personnel as the gaining unit commander (or designated

representative) applying for retraining to a flying position and makes appropriate

recommendation on the retraining application. (T-1).

6.6.3.5.6. Ensure technical school quotas are requested and certify member's

availability. (T-1).

6.6.3.5.7. Ensure retrainees attend mandatory technical school within 12 months of

approval of the retraining action. (T-1).

6.6.3.6. Unit Commander Support Staff will:

6.6.3.6.1. Verify member’s retraining eligibility prior to initiating retraining

application. (T-1).

6.6.3.6.2. Prepare Section I of the AF Form 3920. (T-1). Ensure a formal school

request is processed. (T-1). Prepare the AF Form 101, Reserve Requirements for

School Tours of Active Duty for Training or SF 182, Authorization, Agreement and

Certification of Training as appropriate, to accompany the AF Form 3920. (T-1).

6.6.3.7. MPF/Personnel Employment Element will:

6.6.3.7.1. Schedule unit applicants for retraining interview. (T-1). Interview should

include at a minimum the information relevant to the retraining processing and the

roles, responsibilities and entrance requirements of AFSC specialty description in the

AFECD.

6.6.3.7.2. Verify member’s retraining eligibility prior to coordinating retraining

application. (T-1).

6.6.3.7.3. Verify AF Form 1288, Application for Ready Reserve Assignment or DD

Form 1966, Record of Military Processing - Armed Forces of the United States,

contains the retraining eligibility statement in the remarks section. (T-1).

6.6.3.7.4. Coordinate voluntary retraining applications. (T-1).

6.6.3.7.5. Develop internal processing controls. (T-3).

6.6.3.7.6. Assist units and/or Airmen in determining eligibility to ensure members are

qualified for duty positions in accordance with all governing classification instructions.

(T-3).

6.6.3.7.7. Ensure classification waivers are processed in accordance with Chapter 2

and identifies the type of waiver required on the cover memorandum when forwarding

waiver requests to higher HQ; e.g., medical, minimum aptitude score(s), AFSC

prerequisites. (T-1).

6.6.3.7.8. Ensure Force Development Flight Education & Training counsels retrainees

on formal school retainability requirements as prescribed in Education and Training

Course Announcements. (T-1).

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 139

6.6.3.7.9. Ensure Force Development Flight Education & Training coordinates on the

AF Form 3920 and annotate the respective Training Status Code prior to approval

(T-1).

6.6.3.7.10. Complete final review, interview and forwars the retraining application to

final approval authority for approval. (T-1).

6.6.3.7.11. For internal retraining actions, block position on UMD or the Reserve

Management Vacancy System. (T-1).

6.6.3.7.12. Maintain the approved AF Form 3920 and forward a copy of the approved

retraining action and school request to MPF and/or Education and Training Element

for processing. (T-1).

6.6.3.8. MPF and/or Education and Training Element will:

6.6.3.8.1. Request formal school quota upon receipt of unit request and approved

retraining application. (T-1).

6.6.3.8.2. Review applicant’s technical school waiver documentation when applicable

and ensures completeness prior to forwarding to AFRC/A1. (T-1).

6.6.3.9. MPF/Career Development will:

6.6.3.9.1. Verify member is or is not retraining out of, or into, a bonus AFSC. (T-1).

Individuals retraining from a bonus AFSC into a non-bonus AFSC require a

continuation waiver from AFRC/A1KK in order to continue receiving bonus payments

in their new AFSC. (T-1). However, payments are suspended until the individual is

awarded a three skill-level CAFSC. If continuation is granted, payments are retroactive

(as appropriate) to the retraining effective date. Retraining into balanced or overage

AFSCs is not normally approved for continuation of bonus payments. (T-1).

6.6.3.9.2. Ensure current expiration term of service is a special interest item during the

screening and coordination of the retraining request. (T-1). Applicants, who may be

potentially eligible for bonus program participation, must be within 36 months of

normal expiration term of service upon completion of technical school in order to

remain eligible for a bonus. (T-1).

6.6.3.9.3. If approved, and upon completion of technical school, allow individuals to

reenlist for up to 36 months from current expiration term of service to qualify for a

retraining bonus. (T-1).

6.6.3.10. Reserve Recruiters for new gains to the SELRES will:

6.6.3.10.1. Determine applicant’s eligibility in accordance with the AFSC specialty

descriptions contained in the AFECD, this manual and the current AFRC/CC manning

policy. (T-1).

6.6.3.10.2. Base level recruiters are not required to execute retraining applications.

They will enter the retraining eligibility statement in the remarks section of DD Form

1966 or AF Form 1288. (T-1). The statement reads, "I certify member meets eligibility

for retraining into AFSC_____, from AFSC."

140 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

6.6.3.10.3. If a waiver is needed, indicate type waiver on cover letter when forwarding

requests to higher HQ, e.g., technical school, medical, minimum aptitude score(s),

AFSC prerequisite. (T-1).

6.6.3.11. Applicant will:

6.6.3.11.1. Ensure all appropriate information for retraining is complete, to include

extending and/or reenlisting for retraining eligibility. (T-1).

6.6.3.11.2. Attend technical school within 12 months of retraining approval date or

return to the position of the previously awarded AFSC, submit technical school waiver

within 6 months of approval of retraining action, or be reassigned to the Inactive Ready

Reserve (IRR).

6.6.4. Retraining Guidelines.

6.6.4.1. Normally Airmen are assigned throughout their enlistment in the AFSC in which

first classified.

6.6.4.2. Airmen are recruited for training and assignment in a specific specialty, based on

the current AFRC/CC manning policy, AFR needs, and the member's qualifications.

6.6.4.3. If additional retainability is needed to meet AF Education and Training Course

Announcements specifications, member will obtain it prior to attending technical school.

(T-1).

6.6.4.4. Chief master sergeants selected to crossflow out of their career ladder are not

considered retraining and do not have to meet minimum retraining eligibility requirements.

Skill level training waivers are submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.3.7 and AFRC,

Education and Training Operations Support (AFRC/A1KE) Automated Training Waiver

Policy.

6.6.4.5. Retraining applications and interviews are only required for voluntary retraining

and used as source documents to approve voluntary retraining actions. The Personnel

Employment Element will maintain retraining applications for a period of 24 months.

(T-1).

6.6.4.6. Once Airmen are approved for retraining, block them in the applicable position in

the Reserve Management Vacancy System but don’t reassign enlisted Airmen until

completion of any technical training required for award of a 3-skill level.

6.6.4.7. Upon approval of the retraining application, the member’s Training Status Code

reflects awaiting technical school (Training Status Code-M).

6.6.4.8. Award a 1-skill level in accordance with Chapter 2, Table 2.10 for officers or

Table 2.11 for enlisted, placed in the position at the time of approval.

6.6.4.9. Prior retrainees must obtain a skill level commensurate with grade. (T-1).

6.6.4.10. Assign personnel who are displaced due to UMD changes either against a valid

authorization in any awarded AFSC, retain them as overages in the current AFSC against

a valid requirement as authorized by the commander, or voluntarily retrain them to fill a

valid authorization. If the member does not voluntarily retrain to fill a valid authorization,

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 141

the commander may initiate involuntary retraining if the Airman has a reserve service

commitment or reassign to IRR if the Airman doesn’t have a reserve service commitment.

6.6.4.11. All new enlisted ART hires or retrainees who meet requirements of the AFSC

specialty description in the AFECD, or obtained appropriate waiver in accordance with

Chapter 2 and have satisfied the minimum Office of Personnel Management standard are

immediately militarily classified at the entry level AFSC.

6.6.4.11.1. The supervisor will conduct an initial evaluation within 60 days from the

date of hire, using the current Career Field Education Training Plan to assess apprentice

skill-level qualifications. (T-2). This includes completion of all mandatory

requirements contained in the AFECD AFSC specialty description.

6.6.4.11.2. After completion of the initial evaluation and the supervisor determines the

member warrants award of the 3-skill level, the AFRC functional manager through

AFPC/DPAT, must sanction the award. (T-1). Waiver requests are submitted through

channels to ARPC/DPAT in accordance with Chapter 2 and USAFR functional

manager Automated Training Waiver Policy. Disapproval by the AFRC functional

manager will require the ART to remain at the entry level AFSC until satisfactory

completion of technical school. (T-1).

6.6.4.11.3. Withdrawing Approved Retraining. An Airman can voluntarily request

withdrawal of approved retraining application up until the time when funds are

expended for technical school. The Wing Commander is final approval authority.

6.6.5. Retraining Formal School Eliminees.

6.6.5.1. Eliminated for reasons not within control.

6.6.5.1.1. Gaining unit commander may retain and return to school previously attended

except for personnel eliminated for academic deficiency.

6.6.5.1.2. Return to previous AFSC if vacancy exists with concurrence of gaining unit

commander.

6.6.5.1.3. Assign to the appropriate subcategory of the IRR or Standby Reserve in

accordance with AFI 36-2110, or administratively discharge in accordance with AFI

36-2110.

6.6.5.1.4. Airmen eliminated for academic deficiency may not request retraining into

an AFSC that requires an identical or higher aptitude score.

6.6.5.2. Eliminated for reasons within control.

6.6.5.2.1. Return to previously held AFSC if vacancy exists with concurrence of

gaining unit commander.

6.6.5.2.2. If member declines any action to qualify for a position, reassign to the

appropriate subcategory of the IRR or Standby Reserve in accordance with AFI 36-

2110.

142 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

6.6.6. PALACE CHASE and PALACE FRONT Program. Retraining is an option if:

6.6.6.1. The PALACE CHASE applicant holds an AFSC which is not authorized, in the

gaining unit.

6.6.6.2. There is no vacancy and/or authorized overage in the PALACE CHASE

applicant’s current AFSC.

6.6.6.3. A genuine, mission based need exists for the gaining organization to retrain the

PALACE CHASE applicant.

6.6.6.4. PALACE CHASE retraining prohibition outlined in AFI 36-3205, Applying for

the PALACE CHASE and PALACE FRONT Programs is not applicable: Enlisted

personnel who have retrained or who have attended their initial technical training course

of more than ten academic days during the past 12 months may not enter the AFR under

the PALACE CHASE program in a different AFSC from their current control or duty

AFSC.

6.6.7. Retraining Process for IRs. The purpose of the IR retraining program is to assist HQ

RIO/Det CC in achieving and maintaining a level of trained resources required to meet the

needs of the AF. Retraining within the IR program is normally generated due to a reassignment

action. Retraining is solely on a voluntary basis and requires securing a position that requires

the award of an AFSC not currently held. Place emphasis on requesting training waivers if

member has civilian skills applicable to the proposed retraining AFSC. Personnel must have

or attain at least 36 months retainability to voluntarily retrain. (T-1). If additional retainability

is needed to meet requirements in the Education and Training Course Announcements, member

obtains it prior to attending technical school. (T-1). Personnel must submit waiver of technical

training within 6 months of assignment to the position through HQ RIO/Det CC to

ARPC/DPAT. (T-1). The waiver package is forwarded to AFRC/A1.

6.6.7.1. Retraining Guidelines.

6.6.7.1.1. Retrainees must acquire a skill level commensurate with grade. (T-1).

Retraining is only for those Airmen who can be recommended for reenlistment and

whose behavior, attitude, and record of performance are in compliance with AFI 36-

2903 and AFMAN 36-2905.

6.6.7.1.2. All retraining actions are into an AFSC manned at levels less than those

described in the command manning policy. Applicant must not be retraining out of a

shortage or critical AFSC. (T-1).

6.6.7.1.3. Personnel displaced due to UMD changes must either be assigned against a

valid authorization in any awarded AFSC, retrained as an overage in the current AFSC

against a valid requirement as authorized by the HQ RIO/Det CC or voluntarily retrain

to fill a valid authorization. (T-1).

6.6.7.1.4. Retrainees will apply for technical training within 3 months of assignment

to position unless a technical training waiver is submitted. (T-1).

6.6.7.1.5. Applications for technical training include a requested class start date within

12 months of assignment date if a quota is available.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 143

6.6.7.1.6. Personnel must submit technical training waiver if needed and provide

documentation for waiver process in accordance with AFRC/A1 guidelines. Personnel

must submit waivers in sufficient time for waiver to reach AFRC/A1 within 3 months

of assignment to position. (T-1). OJT at home station is not allowed as criteria for a

waiver of technical training. Formal school applications cannot be submitted at the

same time a waiver is being considered.

6.6.7.1.7. If waiver is disapproved, application for tech school is made immediately

upon notification of disapproval and request course attendance within 12 months of

assignment date. (Note: Failure to comply in a timely manner results in applicant

being returned to a position in the previously awarded AFSC or being reassigned to the

IRR if no position is available).

6.6.7.2. Responsibilities.

6.6.7.2.1. HQ Readiness Integration Organization (HQ RIO). Upon receipt of the AF

Form 1288, HQ RIO/Det CC will review qualifications and AFSC requirements to

ensure all waiver packages are complete according to AFRC/A1 guidelines. (T-2).

6.6.7.2.2. HQ RIO/Det CC will:

6.6.7.2.2.1. Administer, coordinate, and monitor retraining policies and

procedures. (T-1). Notify Program Managers of waiver procedures or requirement

for requesting 3-level technical training. (T-1).

6.6.7.2.2.2. Ensure Airmen do not voluntarily retrain out of shortage and/or critical

AFSCs. (T-1). A shortage AFSC is any AFSC below the standard set by the IR

enlisted incentive program manned at less than 100 percent. A critical AFSC within

the AFR is identified within the parameters of the policy set forth by Chief of AF

Reserve (AF/RE) and are normally specialties having unique requirements or are

typically hard to fill. (T-1).

6.6.7.2.2.3. Ensure retraining applicants who may be eligible for the bonus

program be within 36 months of normal expiration term of service upon completion

of technical training in order to remain eligible for a bonus. (T-1).

6.6.7.2.2.4. Ensure funding is programmed. (T-1).

6.6.7.2.3. HQ AFRC/ARPC DPAT will:

6.6.7.2.3.1. Evaluate IR retraining actions in conjunction with HQ ARPC/DPAT

and Headquarter AFRC functional managers.

6.6.7.2.3.2. Receive, evaluate, and process all IR retraining packages or training

waivers, or AF Form 2096. Coordinate with appropriate offices for award of the

entry level (1-skill level) AFSC in accordance with Table 2.13.

6.6.7.2.3.3. Assist HQ RIO/Det CC in determining eligibility to ensure members

are qualified for duty positions in accordance with all governing classification

instructions.

6.6.7.2.3.4. Identify the type of waiver required when coordinating waiver requests

through appropriate channels (i.e., technical school, medical, aptitude score, AFSC

prerequisites).

144 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

6.6.7.2.3.5. RegAF Unit Training Manager will coordinate with HQ RIO/DET

Training to process requests for school quotas.

6.6.7.3. Eliminated Retrainees.

6.6.7.3.1. No fault of member:

6.6.7.3.1.1. HQ RIO Detachment attempts to place member within AFSC

previously held.

6.6.7.3.1.2. Member will be reassigned to the IRR in accordance with AFI 36-

2110. (T-1).

6.6.7.3.2. With cause (fault of member):

6.6.7.3.2.1. If HQ RIO Detachment recommends member be retained, they attempt

to place member within AFSC previously held.

6.6.7.3.2.2. If member declines any action to qualify for a position, reassign to the

IRR in accordance with AFI 36-2110.

6.7. ANG Retraining Program.

6.7.1. ANG Retraining Program. The purpose of the ANG Retraining Program is to assist in

achieving and maintaining the level of trained personnel resources required to meet ANG

mission requirements. The program allows eligible Airmen a choice of career fields from

which to pursue an AF career and provides a method to return Airmen disqualified from their

current AFSC to a productive status. Continuous efforts should be made to eliminate un-

programmed overages and over-grades and fill positions through recruitment, accessions,

leveling, and both voluntary and involuntary retraining.

6.7.2. Types of Retraining for Unit Program.

6.7.2.1. Voluntary Retraining. ANG members desiring to retrain into a new career field

meet with the Retention Office Manager to discuss opportunities and possibly loss or gain

of additional entitlements. The Retention Office Manager is able to identify vacant

positions and AFECD requirements for AFSCs.

6.7.2.1.1. Eligibility. All personnel, must meet retraining AFSC entry requirements of

Chapter 2, AFECD or AFOCD, and be in compliance with AFI 36-2903, and AFMAN

36-2905. (T-1).

6.7.2.1.2. Retraining can only be into an AFSC manned at less than 100 percent or into

an AFSC that is authorized to have overages. Wing commanders may deviate from

this requirement to meet manning levels and mission needs in accordance with ANG,

Force Management (NGB/A1P) manning policy.

6.7.2.1.3. Enlisted members who have received an incentive who elect to retrain into

another AFSC may be subject to recoupment in accordance with Air National Guard

Instruction (ANGI) 36-2602, Air National Guard Retention Programs.

6.7.2.1.4. Personnel are ineligible for voluntary retraining until any service

commitment for training is met and/or for at least 24 months after completion of

technical training and being awarded the Journeyman skill level. Prior retrainees must

also acquire a skill level commensurate with the skill level of the AFSC from which

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 145

they previously retrained. (T-1). Wing/CC, or designated representative, may deviate

from this requirement to meet manning levels and mission needs.

6.7.2.1.5. Generally, personnel will not retrain out of a shortage or critical AFSC.

(T-1). Wing Commanders, or designated representatives, may deviate from this

requirement to meet manning level and mission needs. Wing FSSs will develop local

policies in accordance with local needs, budget, and mission. (T-3).

6.7.2.1.6. PS accessions with an awarded and/or convertible AFSC identified in the

AFECD Part II, Attachment 6 are only retrained into another AFSC when the AFSC

previously held is not authorized or there is no vacancy and/or authorization in their

current AFSC. Wing/CC, or designated representative, may deviate from this

requirement to meet manning levels and mission needs in accordance with NGB/A1P

manning policy. Wing FSSs will develop local policies in accordance with local needs,

budget, and mission. (T-1).

6.7.2.1.7. Mobilized personnel and personnel in a Stop Loss AFSC are ineligible to

apply for retraining. Waivers are not accepted.

6.7.2.1.8. Guidance for ANG Career Field Service Obligation and Commitments is

covered in more detail in AFI 36-2110.

6.7.2.2. Involuntary Retraining.

6.7.2.2.1. Involuntary retraining are actions initiated by unit commander or designated

representative to determine the disposition of personnel who become overages due to

locally generated UMD reductions and/or changes, force structure changes, crew ratio

reduction, medical unit type code reduction, or weapons system conversions,

withdrawal of an AFSC because of medical disqualification, or the inability of a

member to maintain currency requirements for flying status.

6.7.2.2.2. Involuntary retraining is primarily for the benefit of the ANG and does not

require the concurrence of the member.

6.7.3. Retraining Request Process. A Career Change Worksheet from the AF Recruiting

Information Support System – Total Force (AFRISS-TF) is needed for all voluntary and

involuntary requests for Retraining. Upon completion of worksheet the member will be gained

into new squadron awarded the new AFSC, and scheduled for all required training within 12

months. (T-1).

6.7.4. Responsibilities.

6.7.4.1. ANG, Force Development (NGB/A1D) will:

6.7.4.1.1. Administer and/or coordinate retraining policies and procedures.

6.7.4.1.2. In conjunction with NGB CFMs monitor and evaluate the ANG Retraining

Program.

6.7.4.1.3. Coordinate requests for waiver of AFSC entry requirements in accordance

with Chapter 2 and AFSC specialty description in the AFECD with NGB CFMs.

6.7.4.1.4. Forward waiver requests recommended for approval to HQ AFPC/DPSIC

when approval level is higher than NGB in accordance with Chapter 2.

146 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

6.7.4.2. NGB CFMs will:

6.7.4.2.1. Provide recommendation or final disposition on waiver requests using guidelines in

Tables 2.4, 2.5, and 2.6 and ANG Classification Waiver Guide which can be found at

https://usaf.dps.mil/sites/12866/GUIDANCE/Shared%20Documents/Classification%20

Waiver%20Guide%20Final%201%20Oct%2019%20ASD.pdf.

6.7.4.2.2. Notify MPF of final approval or disapproval.

6.7.4.3. NGB/A1Y and NGB/A1. NGB/A1Y in conjunction with NGB/A1 will establish

guidelines to ensure the enlistment and/or assignment packages on PS retrainees are

processed through the Personnel Employment Element, and approved before accession of

the applicant. The responsibility for the correct completion of recruiter generated

retraining action is with the individual recruiter.

6.7.4.4. Unit Commander Support Staff will verify member’s retraining eligibility prior to

coordinating on career change worksheet and training request. (T-1).

6.7.4.5. Unit Commander will:

6.7.4.5.1. Recommend approval or disapproval of retraining requests and certify

member meets all requirements. (T-1).

6.7.4.5.2. Elevate disagreements between the gaining and losing commander and the

Personnel Employment Element to the group commander for a final decision. (T-3).

6.7.4.5.3. Recommend retraining only for those Airmen who can be recommended for

reenlistment and whose behavior, attitude, and record of performance are suited for

subsequent duty assignment and are in compliance with AFI 36-2903 and AFMAN 36-

2905. (T-1).

6.7.4.5.4. Gaining unit commander or designated representative, interviews all

personnel applying for retraining to a flying position and makes appropriate

recommendation on the retraining application. (T-1).

6.7.4.5.5. Ensure technical training quotas are requested and certify member's

availability (T-1).

6.7.4.5.6. Ensure retrainees attend mandatory technical training within 12 months of

approval of the retraining action. (T-1).

6.7.4.6. Retention Office Manager will:

6.7.4.6.1. Schedule unit applicants for retraining interview. Interview should include

at a minimum the information relevant to the retraining processing and the

requirements of AFSC specialty description in the AFECD and Part II, Attachment 6

on the AFPC myPers website. (T-1).

6.7.4.6.2. Verify member retraining eligibility prior to coordinating career change

worksheet. (T-1).

6.7.4.6.3. Coordinate voluntary retraining requests. (T-1).

6.7.4.6.4. Develop internal processing controls in accordance ANGI 36-2602. (T-1).

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 147

6.7.4.6.5. Ensure Airmen do not voluntarily retrain out of shortage and/or critical

AFSCs, in compliance with current NGB/A1P manning policy, Yearly Recruiting and

Retention Initiatives, and as updates are needed. (T-1). A shortage AFSC is any AFSC

below the standard set by NGB/A1P manning policy. A critical AFSC is a specialty

having unique requirements or is typically hard to fill.

6.7.4.6.6. Verify member is or is not retraining out of, or into, a bonus AFSC. (T-1).

Refer to current FY ANG Incentive Program Operational Guidance for bonus program

implications. (T-1).

6.7.4.6.7. Maintain the approved career change worksheet, within the AFRISS-TF

database. (T-1).

6.7.4.7. FSS or Force Development Office will:

6.7.4.7.1. Assist units and/or Airmen in determining eligibility to ensure members are

qualified for duty positions in accordance with all governing classification instructions.

(T-1).

6.7.4.7.2. Verify member retraining eligibility prior to coordinating career change

worksheet. (T-1).

6.7.4.7.3. Coordinate voluntary retraining requests. (T-1).

6.7.4.7.4. Develop internal processing controls. (T-1).

6.7.4.7.5. Ensure classification waivers are processed in accordance with Chapter 2,

the ANG Classification Waiver Guide and identify the type of waiver required on the

cover memorandum when forwarding waiver requests to higher HQ; e.g., medical,

aptitude score, AFSC prerequisites. (T-1).

6.7.4.7.6. Counsel retrainees on formal school retainability requirements as prescribed

in Education and Training Course Announcements. (T-1).

6.7.4.7.7. Coordinate on the career change worksheet and AF Form 2096 and annotates

the respective training status code prior to approval. (T-1).

6.7.4.7.8. Complete final review, interview, and approve or disapprove formal training

request. (T-1).

6.7.4.7.9. Maintain the approved formal training request. (T-1).

6.7.4.7.10. Request formal school quota upon receipt of unit request and approved

retraining application. (T-1).

6.7.4.7.11. Review applicant’s technical school training waiver documentation when

applicable and insure completeness prior to forwarding to higher HQ. (T-1).

6.7.4.8. Applicant must:

6.7.4.8.1. Ensure all appropriate information for retraining is complete, to include

extending and/or reenlisting for retraining eligibility. (T-1).

6.7.4.8.2. Apply for, and attend technical school within 12 months of retraining

approval date or return to the position of the previously awarded AFSC, submit

148 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

technical school waiver within 6 months of approval of retraining action, be reassigned

or separate from the ANG. (T-1).

6.7.5. Retraining Guidelines.

6.7.5.1. Normally Airmen are assigned throughout their enlistment in the AFSC in which

first classified.

6.7.5.2. Airmen are recruited for training and assignment in a specific specialty, based on

the current NGB/A1P FY manning policy, ANG needs, and the member's qualifications.

6.7.5.3. If additional retainability is needed to meet AF ETCA specifications, member will

obtain it prior to attending technical school. (T-1).

6.7.5.4. Chief master sergeants selected to cross flow out of their career ladder are not

considered retraining and do not have to meet minimum eligibility requirements of ANG

retraining requirements unless specified in ANG Classification Waiver Guide, Table 2..

Chief Enlisted Manager Codes are non-interchangeable. Skill level training waivers are

submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.3.27 and ANG Classification Waiver Guide.

6.7.5.5. Career Change Worksheets are required for all retraining actions and used as

source documents to approve all retraining actions. (T-1). The Retention Office Manager

will maintain them. Once members are approved for retraining and AF Form 2096 is

completed, block them in the position on the UMD. (T-1).

6.7.5.6. Upon approval of the retraining application, AF Form 2096 is initiated to change

the member’s training status code to reflect awaiting technical school (training status code

M) and AFSCs as necessary.

6.7.5.7. Award a 1-skill level in accordance with Table 2.11 for personnel placed in the

position at the time of approval.

6.7.5.8. Assign personnel who are displaced due to UMD changes either against a valid

authorization in any awarded AFSC, retain them as overages in the current AFSC against

a valid requirement as authorized by the commander, or voluntarily retrain them to fill a

valid authorization.

6.7.5.9. If the member does not voluntarily retrain to fill a valid authorization, the

commander may initiate involuntary retraining.

6.7.5.10. If member declines any action to qualify for a position, commander must review

for separation actions. (T-1).

6.7.5.11. Withdrawing Approved Retraining. An Airman can voluntarily request

withdrawal of approved retraining requests up until 45 days prior to the class start date of

formal training. The Wing Commander is final approval authority.

6.7.6. Retraining Formal School Eliminees.

6.7.6.1. Eliminated for reasons not within control.

6.7.6.1.1. Gaining unit commander can retain and return to school previously attended

except for personnel eliminated for academic deficiency or identified on AETC Form

125A.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 149

6.7.6.1.2. Return to previous AFSC if vacancy exists with concurrence of gaining unit

commander.

6.7.6.1.3. Assign to the appropriate subcategory of the IRR or Standby Reserve in

accordance with AFI 36-2110, or administratively discharge in accordance with AFI

36-2110.

6.7.6.1.4. Airmen eliminated for academic deficiency may not request retraining into

an AFSC that requires an identical or higher aptitude score. (T-1).

6.7.6.2. Eliminated for reasons within control.

6.7.6.2.1. Return to previously held AFSC if vacancy exists with concurrence of

gaining unit commander.

6.7.6.2.2. If member declines any action to qualify for a position, commander must

review for potential separation. (T-1).

ALEX WAGNER

Assistant Secretary of the Air Force

(Manpower and Reserve Affairs)

150 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Attachment 1

GLOSSARY OF REFERENCES AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION

References

Executive Order 9397, Numbering System for Federal Accounts Relating to Individual Persons

10 USC § 653, Minimum service requirement for flight crew positions

10 USC § 708, Educational leave of absence

10 USC § 972, Members: effect of time lost

10 USC § 1168, Discharge or release from active duty: limitations

10 USC § 1734, Career development

10 USC § 2004, Detail as students at law schools; commissioned officer; certain enlisted

members

10 USC § 2005, Advanced education assistance: active duty agreement; reimbursement

requirements

10 USC § 2006, Department of defense education benefits fund

10 USC § 2007, Payment of tuition for off-duty training or education

10 USC §§ 2101-2111b, Senior reserve officers’ training corps

10 USC § 2114, Students: selection, status, obligation

10 USC § 2603, Acceptance of fellowships, scholarships, or grants

10 USC § 9013, Secretary of the Air Force

10 USC § 9063, Designation: officers to perform certain professional functions

10 USC § 9448, Cadets: agreement to serve as officer

10 USC § 10148, Ready reserve: failure to satisfactorily perform prescribed training

10 USC § 12301, Reserve components generally

10 USC § 12303, Ready Reserve: members not assigned to, or participating satisfactorily in,

units

10 USC § 12319, Ready Reserve: muster duty

32 USC § 502, Required drills and field exercises

32 USC §709, Technicians: employment, use, status

37 USC § 303a(e), Special pay: general provisions

37 USC § 373, Repayment of unearned portion of bonus, incentive pay, or similar benefit, and

termination of remaining payments, when conditions of payment not met

38 USC § 3319, Authority to transfer unused education benefits to family members

DoDI 1200.18, The United States Property and Fiscal Officer (USPFO) Program, 15 April 2020

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 151

DoDI 1205.18, Full Time Support (FTS) to the Reserve Components, 5 June 2020

DoDI 1235.09, Management of the Standby Reserve, 5 May 2020

DoDI 1235.13, Administration and Management of the Individual Ready Reserve (IRR) and the

Inactive National Guard (ING), 30 April 2020

DoDI 1300.28, Military Service by Transgender Persons and Persons with Gender Dysphoria, 4

September 2020

DoDI 1315.18, Procedures for Military Personnel Assignments, 28 October 2015

DoDI 1322.06, Fellowships, Legislative Fellowships, Internships, Scholarships, Training-With-

Industry (TWI), and Grants Provided to DoD Or DoD Personnel for Education and Training, 12

October 2016

DoDI 1322.10, Policy on Graduate Education for Military Officers, 29 April 2008

DoDI 1327.07, Career Intermission Program (CIP) For Service Members, 18 October 2018

DoDI 5154.31, Volume 5, Commercial Travel Management: The Per Diem, Travel and

Transportation Allowance Committee (PDTATAC), 16 October 2015

DoDI 5200.02, DoD Personnel Security Program (PSP), 21 March 2014

DoDI 6000.13, Accession and Retention Policies, {rograms, and Incentives for Military Health

Professions Officers (HPOs), 3 May 2016

DoDI 6000.13_DAFI 41-110, Medical Health Care Professions Scholarship Programs, 23

December 2020

DoDI 7000.14, DoD Financial Management Policy, 10 August 2020

Joint Travel Regulations (JTR), Uniformed Service Members and DoD Civilian Employees

Education and Training Course Announcement (ETCA)

DoDM 5200.02_AFMAN 16-1405, Air Force Personnel Security Program, 1 August 2018

AFPD 36-20, Recruiting Programs and Accession of Air Force Military Personnel, 19 February

2019

AFPD 36-21, Utilization and Classification of Air Force Military Personnel, 22 August 2019

AFPD 36-26, Total Force Development and Management, 18 March 2019

AFPD 41-1, Health Care Programs and Resources, 3 October 2018

DAFI 33-360, Publications and Forms Management, 1 December 2015

AFI 33-322, Records Management and Information Governance Program, 23 March 2020

AFI 35-101, Public Affairs Operations, 20 November 2020

AFI 36-2008, Voluntary Limited Perior of Active Duty (VLPAD) for Air Reserve Component

(ARC) Service Members and the Career Intermission Program, 1 February 2021

AFI 36-2110, Total Force Assignments, 5 October 2018

AFI 36-2406, Officer and Enlisted Evaluation Systems, 14 November 2019

152 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

AFI 36-2501, Officer Promotions and Selective Continuation, 16 July 2004

AFI 36-2502, Enlisted Airman Promotion/Demotion Programs, 12 December 2014

AFI 36-2606, Reenlistment and Extension of Enlistment in the United States Air Force, 20

September 2019

AFI 36-2670, Total Force Development, 25 June 2020

AFI 36-2903, Dress and Personal Appearance of Air Force Personnel, 7 February 2020

AFI 36-3003, Military Leave Program, 24 August 2020

AFI 36-3012, Military Entitlements, 23 August 2019

AFI 36-3203, Service Retirements, 29 January 2021

AFI 36-3205, Applying for the Palace Chase and Palace Front Programs, 10 October 2003

AFI 36-3206, Administrative Discharge Procedures for Commissioned Officers, 9 June 2004

AFI 36-3208, Administrative Separation of Airmen, 09 July 2004

AFI 36-3209, Separation and Retirement Procedures for Air National Guard and Air Force

Reserve Members, 14 April 2005

AFI 36-3212, Physical Evaluation for Retention, Retirement, and Separation, 15 July 2019.

AFI 41-117, Medical Service Officer Education, 25 March 2015

AFI 48-133, Duty Limiting Conditions, 7 August 2020

AFI 51-101, The Air Force Judge Advocate General’s Corps (AFJAGC) Operations, Accessions,

and Professional Development, 29 November 2018

AFI 63-101/20-101, Integrated Life Cycle Management, 30 June 2020

AFMAN 11-202, V1, Aircrew Training, 27 September 2019

AFMAN 11-402, Aviation and Parachutist Service, 24 January 2019

AFMAN 31-115, Volume 1, Department of the Air Force Corrections System, 22 December

2020

AFMAN 36-2032, Military Recruiting and Accessions, 27 September 2019

AFMAN 36-2102, Base-Level Relocation Procedures, 16 December 2020

AFMAN 36-2136, Reserve Personnel Participation, 06 September 2019

AFMAN 36-2664, Personnel Assessment Program, 16 May 2019

AFMAN 36-2905, Air Force Physical Fitness Program, 11 December 2020

AFMAN 36-3004, Aviation Bonus (AVB) Program, 3 May 2019

AFMAN 65-605, Volume 1, Budget Guidance and Technical Procedures, 16 August 2012

DAFMAN 48-123, Medical Examinations and Standards, 8 December 2020

AFPCI 36-112, Line Officer Initial Skill Training Reclassification Procedures, 31 January 2019

AFH 33-337, The Tongue and Quill, 27 May 2015

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 153

AETCI 36-2651, Basic Military and Technical Training, 08 August 2019

Training Administration, 20 August 2018

Air Force Enlisted Classification Directory (AFECD)

Air Force Officer Classification Directory (AFOCD)

ANGI 36-2602, Air National Guard Retention Programs, 14 June 2019

Prescribed Forms

AF Form 63, Active Duty Service Commitment (ADSC) Acknowledgement Statement

AF Form 64, Reserve Service Commitment Acknowledgement/ Declination

Adopted Forms

AETC Form 125A, Record of Administrative Training Action

AETC Form 126A, Record of Commander’s Review Action

AF Form 8, Certificate of Aircrew Qualification

AF Form 101, Reserve Requirements for School Tours of Active Duty for Training

AF Form 964, PCS, TDY, Deployments, or Training Declination Statement

AF Form 1056, Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC) Contract

AF Form 1288, Application for Ready Reserve Assignment

AF Form 1411, Extension of Enlistment in the Air Force

AF Form 2096, Classification/On-the-Job Training Action

AF Form 2098, Duty Status Change

AF Form 3933, MAJCOM Mission Training Request

AF Form 3920, Request for Reservist Voluntary Retraining

AF Form 422, Notification of Air Force Member’s Qualification Status

AF Form 847, Recommendation for Change of Publication

AF Form 964, PCS, TDY, Deployment, or Training Declination Statement

AF Form 1411-1, Cancellation of Extension of Enlistment in the Air Force

AFIT Form 9, Initial or Change to Reporting Instructions

SF 182, Authorization, Agreement and Certification of Training

DD Form 4, Enlistment/Reenlistment Document - Armed Forces of the United States

DD Form 785, Record of Disenrollment from Officer Candidate-Type Training

DD Form 1966, Record of Military Processing - Armed Forces of the United States

DD Form 2992, Medical Recommendation for Flying or Special Operational Duty

154 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Abbreviations and Acronyms

2 AF—Second Air Force

ABM—Air Battle Manger

ADSC—Active Duty Service Commitment

AETC—Air Education and Training Command

AFAEMS—Automated Education Management System

AFECD—Air Force Enlisted Classification Directory

AFI—Air Force Instruction

AFIT—Air Force Institute of Technology

AFOCD—Air Force Officer Classification Directory

AFOSI—Air Force Office of Special Investigations

AFPD—Air Force Policy Directives

AFR—Air Force Reserve

AFRC—Air Force Reserve Command

AFRCI—Air Force Reserve Command Instruction

AFROTC—Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps

AFS—Air Force specialty

AFSC—Air Force Specialty Code

AFSOC—Air Force Special Operations Command

AFT—Advanced Flying Training

AGR—Active Guard and/or Reserve

ALO—Air Liaison Officer

ANG—Air National Guard

ANGI—Air National Guard Instruction

ARC—Air Reserve Component (both Air National Guard and Air Force Reserve)

ARMS—Automated Records Management System

ARPC—Air Reserve Personnel Center

ART—Air Reserve Technician

CAFSC—Control AFSC

CFM—career field manager

CIP—Career Intermission Program

CONUS—Continental United States

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 155

CRO—Combat Rescue Officer

CSO—Cobat System Operator

DEROS—date eligible for return from overseas

DET—––Detachment

DoD—Department of Defense

DoDI—Department of Defense Instruction

EAD—extended active duty

ELP—Excess Leave Program

ETCA—Education and Training Course Announcements

ETP—exception to policy

FBI—Federal Bureau of Investigation

FLEP—Funded Legal Education Program

FSS—force support squadron

FY—fiscal year

GPE—graduate professional education

HAF—Headquarters Air Force

HQ—headquarters

IR—individual reservist

IRR—inactive ready reserve

JA—judge advocate

JBSA—Joint Base San Antonio

JTR—Joint Travel Regulations

KLP—key leadership position

MAJCOM—Major Command

MilPDS—Military Personnel Data System

MPF—military personnel flight

MPS—military personnel section

MWS—major weapons system

myPers—My Personnel Services

NAF—Numbered Air Force

NGB—National Guard Bureau

NPS—non-prior service

156 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

OBJ IN—objective in

OBJ OUT—objective out

OJT—on-the-job training

OPR—office of primary responsibility

OTA—Oracle Training Announcement database

OTS—Officer Training School

PCA—permanent change of assignment

PCS—permanent change of station

PDS—permanent duty station

PIT—Pilot Instructor Training

PME—Professional Military Education

PS—prior sevice

RegAF—Regular Air Force

RI—reporting identifiers

RIO—Readiness and Integration Organization

RIP—report on individual person

RPA—Remotely Piloted Aircraft

RSC—reserve service commitment

SDI—Special Duty Identifier

SEI—Special Experience Identifier

SELRES—Selected Reserve

SG—Surgeon General

SRB—selective retention bonus

STO—Special Tactics Officer

TAG—The Adjutant General

TFCS—Total Federal Commissioned Service

TDY—temporary duty

UFT—Undergraduate Flying Training

UMD—Unit Manpower Document

UPT—Undergraduate Pilot Training

US—United States

USC—United States Code

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 157

USAFA—United States Air Force Academy

USAFR—United States Air Force Reserve

USAF—United States Air Force

USUHS—Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences

Terms

Accession—Newly commissioned officer or new enlisted recruit entering EAD with no prior

military service. Refers to student entries rather than graduates.

Accessions Program Guidance Letter—AF/A1PT document identifying aggregate enlisted

(NPS and PS) and officer (rated and non-rated; line and non-line) accession levels for a given FY.

Active Component—Any organization of a regular component or defense agency to which an IR

is assigned.

Active Duty—Full-time duty in the active military service of the United States, including active

duty or full-time training duty in the Reserve Component. The term active duty for a period of

more than 30 days means active duty under a call or order that does not specify a period of 30 days

or less.

Active Duty Service Commitment (ADSC)—A period of active duty a member must serve

before becoming eligible for voluntary separation or retirement.

Active Guard and Reserve (AGR)—National Guard and Reserve members who are on voluntary

active duty providing full-time support to National Guard, Reserve, and Active Component

organizations for the purpose of organizing, administering, recruiting, instructing, or training the

Reserve Components. Members of a reserve component who are on active duty pursuant to 10

USC § 12301(d), or a member of the Air National Guard, on full-time National Guard duty

pursuant to 32 USC § 502(f) and who is performing AGR duty. The Secretary of the Air Force

may order a member of the AFR to active duty at any time, or retain him or her on active duty,

with the consent of that member, to perform AGR duty organizing, administering, recruiting,

instructing, or training the reserve components.

Administrative Control—Direction or exercise of authority over subordinate or other

organizations in respect to administration and support. Also called ADCON, including

organization of service forces, control of resources and equipment, personnel management, unit

logistics, individual and unit training, readiness, and mobilization, demobilization, discipline, and

other matters not included in the operational missions of the subordinate or other organizations.

ADSC-Incurring Event—Any event for which a member incurs an ADSC.

Advanced Training—Formal course that provides individuals who are qualified in one or more

positions of their Air Force specialty with additional skills and knowledge to enhance their

expertise in the career field. Training is for selected career Airmen at the advanced level of the

Air Force specialty.

Agency—A military organization constituted by directives issued by United States Air Force.

Air Force Specialty (AFS)—A group of positions requiring common qualifications. Each AFS

has a title and a code.

158 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Air Force Specialty Code (AFSC)—A combination of numbers and letters used to identify an

AFS. Officer AFSCs consist of four characters and/or digits. Airmen AFSCs consist of five

characters and/or digits. When more specific identification of position requirements and individual

qualifications is needed, alpha prefixes and suffixes are used with the numerical codes.

Air Reserve Component—An overarching term used when referring to both the ANG and AFR

together.

Airman or Airmen—A member or members of the US Air Force, which include officer and

enlisted and civilian members.

Aptitude Index—A number that represents the percentile score made on a single cluster.

Assignment—The permanent change of an Airman’s duty station from one location to another.

Also refers to duties performed. (Used alternately with the term “reassignment.”)

Awarded AFSC—An AFSC awarded to an individual as primary, second, third, or fourth AFSC

after certification of ability to perform in positions of an Air Force Specialty at a certain skill level.

Fourth AFSC applies only to enlisted personnel.

Basic Military Training—Training provided to NPS Airmen to effect an orderly transition from

civilian to military life.

Career Airman (Enlisted)—An enlisted Airman serving on the Airmen’s second or subsequent

enlistment.

Career Enlisted Aviator—An enlisted Airman awarded and performing permanent duty in

AFSCs 1AXXX/1UXXX.

Career Field—A group of closely related Air Force Specialties (or a single Air Force Specialty

when there are not related specialties) requiring basically the same knowledge and skills. A career

field includes subdivisions and ladders.

Career Field Ladder—A division of a career field in which closely related Air Force specialties

are arranged in one or more ladders to indicate lateral functional relationships merging at the 7- or

9-skill level.

Career Field Manager—Office of primary responsibility appointed to ensure assigned Air Force

specialties are trained and utilized to support Air Force mission requirements. Works in concert

with MAJCOM, forward operating agency, direct reporting unit, ANG, and AFRC functional

managers as required.

Category One processing discrepancy—A discrepancy found in the PCS process of an Airman

and/or a discrepancy found in the Personnel Reliability Program.

Chief Enlisted Manager Code—A five-digit code ending in ”00“ to identify Chief Master

Sergeant and Chief Master Sergeant selectees as top enlisted managers in both highly technical

skills and in broad areas of managerial competence.

Command—and/or Commander—The authority that a commander in the armed forces lawfully

exercises over subordinates by virtue of rank or assignment. A commissioned officer who, by

virtue of rank and assignment, exercises command authority over a military organization or

prescribed territorial area, which under pertinent official directives is recognized as a command.

This designation is used in all AF units authorized to be led by a commander except the USAF

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 159

Academy, which is commanded by a superintendent, and school and/or academic units, which may

be commanded by commandants.

Commander—An Air Force Specialty that identifies jobs of broad responsibility for command,

direction, and planning or staff supervision of diverse activities across several functional areas.

Emphasis on the command, managerial, and executive levels of duties and responsibilities.

Competitive Category—A group of officers who compete among themselves for promotion. The

established categories are: Line of the Air Force, Line of the Air Force-Judge Advocate, Medical

Corps, Dental Corps, Chaplain, Medical Service Corps, Biomedical Sciences Corps, and Nurse

Corps.

Control AFSC—A management tool used to make enlisted Airman assignments, to assist in

determining training requirements, and to consider individuals for promotion.

Convertible AFSC—Change in basic mission, weapon system, or equipment may require changes

to authorized AFSCs and reevaluation of training and individual qualifications for individual

AFSCs. Establishing a new AFS or revising existing ones usually requires changes to accession

targets, training courses and requirements, initial and selective reenlistment bonus applicability,

and manning documents as well as reevaluating entry, award, and retention qualification criterion.

Corporate Structure—Embodies the corporate review process for HQ Air Force. The primary

groups of the corporate structure are the Air Force Council, the Air Force Board, the Air Force

Group, the fourteen mission and mission support panels, and integrated process teams. This

structure increases management effectiveness and improves cross-functional decision making by

providing a forum in which senior Air Force leadership can apply their collective judgment and

experience to major programs, objectives, and issues. This process balances programs among

mission areas, between force structure and support, and between readiness and modernization.

Only military or DoD civilian personnel assigned to the Air Staff or Office of the Secretary of the

Air Force may serve as members of the corporate structure.

Craftsman Course—Course required by the Career Field Education Training Plan to attain the 7-

skill-level within an Air Force specialty.

Data Call—Process of polling users of Air Force training programs to capture their technical

training requirements triggered by the data call message.

Date Eligible for Return From Overseas (DEROS)—Date established for a member to complete

the member’s overseas tour and be eligible to return from overseas.

Date of Separation (DOS)—Date established by law and/or policy for the termination of active

or Reserve duty.

Development Team—Development teams are the responsibility of individual career field

functional authorities, functional managers, and the Deputy Chief of Staff, Manpower, Personnel

and Services (AF/A1). Development teams identify and provide vectors for education, training,

and experiences appropriate for personnel within each functional community based on current and

future requirements.

Direct Accession—The accession of individuals who receive their commission prior to attending

OTS when they are in a professional discipline like health professions, chaplaincy, or law.

160 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Disqualified Airman—An Airman whose skill has been withdrawn due to not meeting the

mandatory AFSC award and/or retention requirements in the AFECD Directory, or who cannot

maintain the skill according to Chapter 2 and has no other awarded skill.

Drill Status Guardsman—A unit member who participates in unit training assemblies,

traditionally one weekend per month and a two-week annual training period. Member's status can

be verified through member's servicing personnel office. Also known as Traditional Guardsman.

Dual Status—An individual simultaneously assigned to a position number in excess and over

grade status.

Duty AFSC—The AFSC denoting the specialty in which the individual is performing duty.

Duty Station—The place where an Airman performs military duty. Also see the JTR, Appendix

Eliminee—Member who has been eliminated from training.

Emolument—A salary, fee, or profit from employment or office.

Enlisted Initial Skills Training—A formal training pipeline that results in the attainment of the

3-skill-level in an Air Force specialty.

Entitlement—As used in manning considerations, an alternate form of “Requirement.”

Entry AFSC—An AFSC showing potential or partial qualification in the Air Force Specialty.

The 4th digit of this code is always 1.

Evaluation Official—A disinterested field grade officer, Chief Master Sergeant, Senior Master

Sergeant, or Master Sergeant appointed to evaluate facts and circumstances surrounding a

recommendation to downgrade or withdraw an AFSC based on substandard performance.

Evaluation officials must be senior in grade to the person being evaluated.

Exception—A request involving guidance, procedures, or other actions in this manual which is

prohibited; is not addressed; a criterion is not met and there are no waiver provisions established;

or, there are waiver provisions but that criteria is not met. A circumstance that does not conform

to the normal rules, standards, usual occurrences, general principles, or the like.

Extended Active Duty—A tour of active military service (usually for more than 90 active duty

days) performed by a member of the Air Reserve Component when strength accountability

changes from the ARC to the active Air Force.

Feeder AFSC—The awarded AFSC from which an individual has progressed to the 5-, 7-, or 9-

skill level AFSC or Chief Enlisted Manager code when two or more AFSCs combine.

Field Training—Technical, operator, and other training either a training detachment or mobile

training team conducts at operational locations on specific systems and associated direct-support

equipment for maintenance and aircrew personnel.

First Term Airman—Individuals who are on their: (1) first enlistment (including Airmen who

have extended their enlistments for 23 months or less); (2) first EAD tour, or; (3) first enlistment

with prior active service of less than 24 months.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 161

Force Support Squadron—This squadron provides personnel, manpower, morale and recreation

services, food service and lodging support, child care, training, education and family readiness

functions to military personnel, their dependents and other eligible parties.

Fourth AFSC—The awarded AFSC in which an individual is fourth best qualified to perform

duty (enlisted only).

Full Time Support—Members of the Reserve component assigned to organize, administer,

instruct, recruit and train; maintain supplies, equipment and aircraft; and perform other functions

required on a daily basis in the execution of operational missions and readiness preparation as

authorized in 10 USC § 12301, Reserve components generally. Collectively, Full Time Support

personnel consist of five categories that are Traditional Reservist, AGR, ART, Active Component

personnel and civilian employees.

Functional Manager—Senior leader designated by the appropriate functional authority, who

provides day-to-day management responsibility over specific functional communities at the

MAJCOM, forward operating agency, direct reporting unit, or Air Reserve Component level.

While they should maintain an institutional focus on resource development and distribution,

functional managers are responsible for ensuring their specialties are equipped, developed, and

sustained to meet the functional community’s mission, as well as encouraging force development

opportunities in order to meet future needs of the total Air Force mission.

Headquarters Active Guard and Reserve—AGRs at the seat of government (or office that

exercises its authority to govern), and at HQ responsible for reserve affairs, to participate in

preparing and administering the policies and regulations affecting those reserve components

Health Professions Officer—Includes Medical Corps, Dental Corps, Medical Service Corps,

Nurse Corps, and Biomedical Sciences Corps officers, and applicants selected for or undergoing

training or schooling to qualify them for service in those corps.

Health Professions Scholarship Program—Members appointed as officers in the Ready

Reserve, who have completed their 4-year college degree, and are attending an accredited health

professions school. They receive a scholarship from the Air Force in return for pay back via active

and Reserve service.

Individual Mobilization Augmentee (IMA)—An individual reservist attending drills who

receives training and is preassigned to an Active Component organization, a Selective Service

System, or a Federal Emergency Management Agency billet that must be filled on, or shortly after,

mobilization.

Individual Ready Reserve—A manpower pool consisting of individuals who have had some

training or who have served previously in the Active Component or in the Selected Reserve, and

may have some period of their military service obligation remaining. This section consists of both

participating and non-participating members. Some of these members are those who completed

their 4 years of AD and serve the remainder of their 8 year obligation in the IRR. These members

are subject to involuntary recall by the President and Congress, and are also required to participate

in Muster or Push-Pull screenings.

Individual Reservist—An individual who is either an Individual Mobilization Augmentee or a

Participating Individual Ready Reserve member.

162 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Initial Qualification—A course of instruction which qualifies any rated officer to be an instructor

at a Formal Training Unit, or qualifies Career Enlisted Aviators to perform instructor duties on the

Major Weapon System.

Initial Skills Training—An overarching term for enlisted initial skills and (non-rated line) officer

initial skills technical training. For enlisted, it refers to a formal school pipeline, comprised of one

or more courses, that results in the award of the 3-skill-level in an Air Force specialty. For officers,

it refers to a formal school pipeline comprised of one or more courses of mandatory training needed

to become qualified in their Air Force specialty.

Instructor Qualification—Course of instruction qualifying any rated officer to be an instructor,

or qualifies Career Enlisted Aviators to perform instructor duties on the Major Weapon System.

Judge Advocate Officer—An officer of the Judge Advocate General’s Corps of the Army, Air

Force, or Navy, or officers of the Marine Corps or Coast Guard designated as a judge advocate.

Officers designated as judge advocates do so in accordance with AFI 51-101 and serve in the Judge

Advocate General’s Corps. Selectees and officers in training are not judge advocates until

designated by The Judge Advocate General. By statute, only attorneys qualified and designated

by TJAG as judge advocates may perform judge advocate functions. 10 U.S.C. § 9063(g); AFI 51-

101, Chapter 6.

Lateral AFSC—An AFSC that requires prior qualification at the semiskilled or higher skill level

as specified in the specialty description in AFECD, Airman Classification.

Lost Time—Time during which a member is in desertion, absent without leave, in confinement,

or incapacitated due to alcohol, drugs or disease or injury resulting from the member’s misconduct.

(See 10 USC § 972, Members: effect of time lost).

Major Command—A major subdivision of the Air Force, directly subordinate to HQ US Air

Force.

Major Command Functional Managers—Serve as MAJCOM liaisons for their respective Air

Force CFM. Monitor the health and manning of their career fields within their command and

elevate concerns to the Air Force CFMs while managing command training for their career field

and coordinate command training and personnel issues across their MAJCOM staff and with Air

Force CFMs.

Medical Service Officers—Includes officers of the Medical Corps, Dental Corps, Medical

Service Corps, Nurse Corps and Biomedical Sciences Corps.

MilPDS—A collective term encompassing the total vertical computerized MilPDS. It is used

when a specific subsystem is not being referenced. The system is designed to provide capability

for equitable, responsive, uniformly administered, and cost effective management and

administration of active duty military, ANG, USAFR, retired, and civilian personnel.

Military Personnel Section—Is the strategic advisor for military personnel policies and

programs. The mission of the MPS is to provide quality personnel support in both peacetime and

wartime to commanders, Air Force members and their families.

Military Technicians (Dual Status)—A Federal civilian employee providing full-time support to

a National Guard, Reserve, or Active Component organization for administration, training, and

maintenance of the Selected Reserve. ART and accepted Civil Service employees who are

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 163

members of the AFR or ANG (Title 32 USC § 709, Technicians: employment, use, status) unit

hired as technicians.

Mission Readiness Training—Formal training courses to aid mission accomplishment. Mission

readiness training provides advanced, supplemental and residential craftsman technical training

for courses of up to 99 academic days (less than 20 weeks), for officers, enlisted and civilian

personnel when other types of training (on-the-job-training, unit training, and exportable and

mobile training) will not satisfy the need.

Mission Readiness Training Program Working Group—Annual working group co-hosted by

AF/A1PT and AETC, focusing on the education of training requester quota identifier managers,

MAJCOM functional managers, and/or their representatives. In addition, the working group is the

forum where training requester quota identifier baseline adjustments can be made. Finally, it offers

an opportunity for all parts of the mission readiness training program process to interact and share

new information, while addressing any areas of concern, i.e., increased mission requirements or

emerging missions that may impact execution rates.

Muster—Formal gathering of IRR troops, especially for inspection, display or training, or military

exercise purposes. Under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Defense, a member of the

Ready Reserve may be ordered without consent to muster duty one time each year. A member

ordered to muster duty under this section shall be required to perform a minimum of two hours of

muster duty on the day of muster in accordance with 10 USC § 12319, Ready Reserve: muster

duty.

Objective In—the number of members needed to retrain into a given AFSC based on the current

FY PGL

Objective out—the number of members needed to retrain out of a given AFSC based on the

current FY PGL

Officer Core ID—Initially based on the AFSC into which the member is classified at the time of

accession, approved for retraining, or approved for Competitive Category Transfer in accordance

with AFMAN 36-2032, Military Recruiting and Accessions. For officers accessed to the Ready

Reserve under an inter-service program, the Core ID will be determined utilizing the Defense

Manpower Data Center Occupational Database unless approved for retraining in conjunction with

accession to the USAFR.

Officer Initial Skills Training—Provides skill sets required to be successful in awarded AFSC.

Officer initial skills training is not AFSC awarding, but is used in conjunction with experience,

on-the-job-training, and other supplemental training to provide required skill sets.

Officer Sustainment Matrix—Spreadsheet provided by A1XD identifying shortfalls and

overages in the non-rated line officer inventory by AFSC and Commissioned Years of Service.

Out-year—The year(s) beyond a current FY.

Participating Individual Ready Reserver—Individual reserve members that participates for

points only status. Eligible to perform Military Personnel Appropriation man-days.

Permanent Change of Assignment (PCA)—The permanent change of assignment of an Airman

from one unit to another (with or without concurrent change of PDS).

164 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Permanent Change of Station (PCS) Notification—Official notification that Airmen have been

selected for reassignment. Airmen receive notification by accessing the Virtual Military Personnel

Flight after receiving an email advising they have been selected for an assignment. Alternatively,

commanders or other authorized officials notify Airmen by requiring them to sign the PCS

notification report on individual person notification message or notification memorandum

acknowledging assignment selection. When Airmen are TDY or on leave, notification is the date

they receive the notice.

Permanent Duty Station (PDS)—A service member’s official station or a civilian employee or

invitational traveler’s permanent workplace.

Personnel Data System—A collective term encompassing the total vertical computerized

personnel data system. It does not refer to a specific subsystem. The system provides capability

for equitable, responsive, uniformly administered and cost effective management, and

administration of active duty military, ANG, AFR, retired, and civilian personnel.

Pipeline—The strength accounting status of those members of the ANG assigned to a Student

Flight who are not qualified for mobilization and/or operational assignment because of training

not yet completed.

Pipeline Student—Newly accessed Airman undergoing processing, orientation, basic training, or

formal training immediately following Basic Military Training and have not PCSed to an

operational unit as a permanent party member.

Primary AFSC—The awarded AFSC in which an individual is best qualified to perform duty. It

will always be the AFSC with the highest skill level.

Program Guidance Letter(s) Adjustment—HQ Air Force-directed changes that modify a

program guidance letters baseline (e.g., increases) because of out-of-cycle training requests that

occur during budget or execution year. Also may include HQ Air Force-directed changes made to

training requirements resulting in a change to AETC aggregate funding. May be driven by force

management actions and user-requested changes.

Program Guidance Letters—Establishes training requirements for AETC execution. Program

Guidance Letters are the official tasking documents enabling AETC planners and programmers to

acquire the necessary resources for accomplishment of the tasking. The Program Guidance Letters

align the AF requirements with the Planning, Programming, Budgeting, and Execution process.

Includes Enlisted Initial Skills, Officer Initial Skills, Trained Dog Requirements, Mission

Readiness Training, Field Training, and Non-Resident training. If the funding changes in the DoD

Program Objective Memorandum process, AF/A1 determines how the changes will affect the

Program Guidance Letters and publishes official amendments as necessary.

Program Objective Memorandum—Office of the Secretary of Defense, service developed

document identifying money, people and equipment requirements and allocations over a specified

period of time, covering a five year period, e.g., FY 13-17. Program objective memorandum

funding baselines are used to develop budget level detail for distribution of resources during

budget execution years. The program objective memorandum is developed by individual services

to set objectives for their forces, weapon systems and logistical support within the fiscal limits

assigned to them by the Secretary of Defense.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 165

Programmed Technical Training—AETC documents reflecting training requirements by

training requester quota identifier and course. For enlisted, the documents include projected

elimination rates for active duty Air Force NPS students. Unlike the program guidance letters,

which reflect graduate requirements into the field for each Air Force specialty, the programmed

technical training documents reflect entries (or allocations, or class seats) by Air Force specialty,

course, and training requester quota identifier.

Push-Pull—A reserve action that is typically conducted every other year and is designed to

exercise and evaluate the mobilization process and crisis action procedures of indivduals.

Ensuring the nation has an adequate source of deployable, highly skilled reservists to support any

contingency is critical. Occasional reorientation or re-bluing is required for Airmen who are no

longer actively serving but still have a commitment to the Air Force.

Qualified AFSC—An officer AFSC showing full qualification in the Air Force Specialty. The

4th digit is always "3" and is authorized at any level.

Quota Management—The operation of swapping or moving scheduled quotas between non-Total

Force users or requesting use of another non-Total Force training user’s future scheduled unfilled

seats.

Quota Type—A two-character code within MilPDS/OTA used to indicate the student's duty status

(i.e., Airman, officer, or civilian) and the travel funding status (i.e., AETC centrally-funded, unit-

funded, or non-TDY).

Rated AFSC—Aircrew AFSCs (11XX, 12XX, 13BX, and 18XX) identify aircrew members

serving in, or qualified to serve in, Pilot, CSO, flight test positions, astronaut, ABM, and RPA

Pilot.

Requirement (Enlisted)—A shortage that exists at a unit or location when the 7th month

projected manning level in the AFSC ladder, skill level, and grade under consideration is below

the world-wide level, or 100 percent, whichever is lower. When the ladder manning is adequate

only because of overmanning at the 3 or 5-skill level, Career Field Managers may identify

requirements at the 7 or 9-skill level.

Requirement (Officer)—An actual or projected vacancy of a funded manpower authorization.

Requirements—The documented number of graduates by user as identified on the enlisted initial

skills, officer initial skills, trained dog requirements, mission readiness training, field training,

distance learning or language training program guidance letters, program requirements documents,

or corresponding planning spreadsheets.

Reserve Service Commitment (RSC)—A period of SELRES duty a member must serve before

becoming eligible for voluntary separation or retirement.

Reserve Service Commitment Date—The date the RSC expires.

Reserve Service Commitment Incurring Event—Any event for which a member incurs an RSC.

Resource—Airmen who possess a required skill and who are available for assignment to meet

manning requirements.

Retainability—Obligated military service. Time remaining on an overseas tour (including any

extensions) or time remaining in the Air Force SELRES.

166 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Retrainee—A previously trained enlisted Airman in the process of gaining qualifications in a new

AF specialty under an approved retraining program.

Retraining Advisory—An application in the MilPDS used at all levels of management that shows

AF retraining needs. AFPC/DP3DW manages the MilPDS Retraining Advisory folder.

Retraining AFSC—The AFSC for which an Airman is approved. It is not an awarded AFSC and

does not reflect the individual's qualification level.

Retraining—Either formal school or on-the-job training which qualifies an Airman for award of

a new AFSC or AFSC shred and/or suffix, to include lateral AFSCs.

Sabbatical—A temporary obligation of a member that does not allow participation in the

SELRES. The most common example is that of a church or denominational missionary tour

requirement. This is usually a period of two years. These members are placed in the Active

Standby while they serve their missionary obligation. The member will resume participation

immediately following the obligation.

Schoolhouse—Primarily refers to: Air University, AFIT, Goodfellow AFB, JBSA-Lackland,

JBSA-Fort Sam Houston, Keesler AFB, Sheppard AFB, Vandenberg AFB, USAF Academy, and

the USAF School of Aerospace Medicine.

Secondary AFSC—The awarded AFSC in which an individual is second best qualified to perform

duty.

Second-Term Airman (Enlisted)—See Career Airmen.

SELRES—A member of the Selected Reserve who is an actively serving Airmen and is currently

assigned to an Air Force Reserve, Air National Guard, or active duty unit (Traditional Reservists,

ARTs, IRs, and AGR members).

Separation—A general term encompassing discharge, retirement or release from reserve duty.

Separation and discharge are frequently simultaneous but not identical actions. A discharge severs

all ties to the military and occurs in accordance with the requirements of 10 USC § 1168, Discharge

or release from active duty: limitations. Release occurs when a member leaves one status and

goes to another (e.g., active to Reserve; release from ANG to Reserve; release from Reserve to

non-participating). Retirement places a member into an inactive reserve status potentially subject

to recall.

Shreds—positions within an AFSC associated with a particular airframe, piece of equipment, or

functions within that specialty

Sister Service—Another branch of military service within the DoD, i.e., Army, Navy, Marine

Corps, and Coast Guard.

Sister Service—and/or Other Agency Capacity—When Air Force members attend sister service

and/or other agency training, the number of seats given to Air Force can be a limiting factor that

can drive a capacity constraint. Air Force must follow the sister service and/or other agency

processes and timelines when requesting training seats.

Skill Level—The level of qualification within an awarded enlisted AFS, shown by the fourth

character of an enlisted AFSC.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 167

Special Duty Identifier—A four- or five-digit code and title used to identify manpower positions

and persons performing duties not clearly within a specific career field. Has a complete specialty

description. Examples: 83RO Recruiting Service (Officer), 8P000 Courier (Enlisted).

Specialty Description—A description of an Air Force Specialty or SDI that includes a title, code,

specialty summary, duties and responsibilities, qualifications, other specialty data, and, when

established, suffixes.

Staff AFSC—Identifies an officer position above wing level specifically on the duty requirements

of the role performed, not the fact that the authorization is on a staff above wing level. Use staff

AFSCs (XXX4) to identify planning and policy-making positions above wing level. It requires

the same skills as those for the qualified AFSC (XXX3), but applied to developing broad policies,

plans, and procedures. Management responsibility increases without a corresponding increase in

knowledge of the technical aspects of the function. Officers filling or who have filled such

positions are awarded the staff AFSC.

Stop Loss AFSCs—Those AFSCs that are affected by the involuntary extension of a service

member’s active duty under the enlistment contract in order require to retain them beyond their

intial end of term of service (ETS) date and up to their contractually agreed end of active obligated

service.

Standby Reserve—Those units and members of the Reserve Component (other than those in the

Ready Reserve or Retired Reserve) who are liable for active duty only, as provided in the Title 10

USC §§ 10151, 12301, and 12306. Comprised of Reserve members who have no military Reserve

obligation, or those who have been temporarily excused from Reserve participation, or those who

have been designated as key or essential in their present civilian position. It is also used to place

members who have reached Reserve Sanctuary, Non-Affiliated Reserve Section-NC (18 but less

than 20 years satisfactory service for retirement) and are unable to participate in the SELRES.

Strength Aptitude—An individual's strength ability as measured by the Air Force Strength

Aptitude Test. The AFECD lists strength requirements for each AFSC.

Sub-allocation—Refers to a user’s allocation or class seat after a student name has been assigned.

Supplemental Training—Formal Air Force specialty specific training (post initial skills training)

on new equipment, methods or technology that are not suited for on-the-job training.

Surplus—When there are Airmen assigned to a location that has zero manpower authorizations in

a career field (Example: Senior Master Sergeant and below in 3S0X1). A surplus does require

assignment action because either there are no authorizations for the career field, manning at that

location will not support them to remain due to manning and/or requirements at other locations, or

they have been disqualified for duties. An overage does not require assignment action since there

are authorizations for the career field and the manning at that location, as well as overall manning

in the career field, allows them to remain. An overage or surplus situation may be impractical or

unnecessary to resolve by reassignment when it is the result of intentional action (possible plus up,

change in mission, career field manned at 133%) which has been approved by the assignment OPR

and functional assignment manager.

Sustainment—The provision of logistics and personnel services required to maintain and prolong

operations until successful mission accomplishment. Required number of officers throughout the

career field to accomplish the mission. Accounts for authorized versus assigned billets, retention

168 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

rates, career broadening and PME assignments drawing officers from core AFSC billets.

Calculations for sustainment incorporate career field health considerations.

Technical Advisor—Any military person awarded the AFSC at the 5-skill level or above that can

evaluate an individual’s specialty qualifications. Does not require formal designation.

Temporary Duty (TDY)—For assignment purposes, non-contingency duty performed at a

location other than an Airman’s permanent duty station. Also see JTR, Appendix A and DoDI

1315.18, Glossary.

Third AFSC—The awarded AFSC in which the individual is third best qualified to perform duty.

Total Force—Overarching term used when referring to the combination of RegAF, ANG, AFR,

and DoD civilians.

Trained Personnel Requirement (TPR)—A statement by AFSC of projected training and

retraining required by FY to keep the active Airman force at manning levels supportive of the Air

Force mission. The active duty Air Force Trained Personnel Requirement categories are NPS, PS,

and retrainees. It does not include ANG, AFR, sister service, international or civilian personnel.

Training Detachment—AETC detachment that provides technical training, at an operational

location, on specific systems and aerospace ground equipment. A training detachment aims to

qualify personnel on new equipment or in new techniques and procedures, maintain proficiency

and to increase skill and knowledge, acquaint personnel with specific systems, and keep personnel

aware of changing concepts and requirements.

Training Flow Management Working Group—Annual conference focused on refining enlisted

initial skills training requirements while addressing course capacity, constraints and shortfalls.

Training Requester Quota Identifier—A four-character communication code within Oracle®

Training Administration used to convey annual or supplemental training requirements, quota

allocations, allocation confirmations, and student-tracking information between a user of training

and the provider (owner) of training. Training requester quota identifiers are assigned to a service

branch, component, MAJCOM, forward operating agency, direct reporting unit, or functional area

to ensure training accountability. Only one training requester quota identifier is assigned to a

functional entity or training category.

Training Requester Quota Identifier Manager—Person(s) appointed to gather and report

annual training requirements and manage quotas. While only one training requester quota

identifier code is assigned to a functional entity, there can be multiple managers handling courses.

Training—Instruction and applied exercises for the acquisition and retention of skills, knowledge,

and attitudes required to accomplish military tasks.

Transaction—Any computer action and/or process used to create and/or change an Airman’s

personnel data.

Unit—Any military element whose structure is prescribed by competent authority. 2.An

organization title of a subdivision of a group in a task force. A separate and distinct functional

organization. In most cases, a unit is defined in manpower and personnel data systems by a

Personnel Accounting Symbol code. However, operating locations and detachments, which have

their own Personnel Accounting Symbol codes are not separate units, but are integral parts of their

parent unit. Combat Readiness Training Centers will be treated as units

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 169

Utilization Field—A group of Air Force officer specialties, related by required skills and

knowledge. A utilization field can consist of only one specialty if the skills and knowledge

required are unique and do not relate to other officer specialties.

Vector—The development team’s recommendation for training or education opportunities (e.g.,

resident Developmental Education, advanced functional training), assignments (e.g., Joint Staff,

Air Staff, MAJCOM, base level, etc.) or position type (e.g., flight commander, division chief,

instructor, special duty, etc.) a member is considered for in the next or subsequent assignments.

Voluntary Retraining—An application by an eligible Airman into a chosen skill where there is a

retraining need and mandatory quality standards.

Volunteer—An Airman who formally states the desire to accept a defined assignment.

Vulnerability—The relative standing of an Airman among the Airman’s peers for assignment

selection.

Waive or Waiver—To refrain from insisting upon compliance, enforcement; voluntarily give up

or relinquish; put aside or put off for a time or permanently. To allow deviation from a policy,

procedure, provision, standard, requirement, limitation, minimum, maximum, etc.

170 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

Attachment 2

OFFICER AND ENLISTED ADSCS AND HEALTH PROFESSIONS OFFICER ADSCS

A2.1. Officer and Enlisted ADSCs. Specific ADSC information for training courses are listed

in the ETCA website (https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/app10-ETCA/SitePages/Home.aspx) or via the

OTA database within MilPDS.

A2.2. Contact the Air Force Personnel Center, Accessions Branch (AFPC/DP3DA) for any

questions regarding this table or ETP request.

Table A2.1. Officer and Enlisted ADSCs.

If the ADSC incurring

event is for: (Rules

apply to all personnel

unless otherwise

indicated)

ADSC is

ADSC

Reason

code (see

Attachment

Remarks:

EAD from a service

academy (10 USC §

9448)

5 years (T-0).

1. Upon formal withdrawal

or elimination from the

program, the member will

incur an ADSC of 2 years.

EAD from AFROTC

4 years (T-1).

1. Upon formal withdrawal

or elimination from the

program, the member will

incur a 2-year ADSC using

Reason Code 33 as defined

in AFMAN 36-2032.

2. If one accepted extended

scholarship entitlements, the

member will serve an

additional ADSC equivalent

to the entitlement extension.

The additional ADSC runs

consecutively not

concurrently to the original 4

year ADSC.

EAD for all other

commissioning sources

(see Table A2.2 for

Medical)

4 years for

Line of the

Air Force

(including

Judge

Advocate

General

Corps)

officers (T-1).

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 171

If the ADSC incurring

event is for: (Rules

apply to all personnel

unless otherwise

indicated)

ADSC is

ADSC

Reason

code (see

Attachment

Remarks:

3 years for

Chaplains

(T-1).

EAD for recall to active

duty

Equal to DOS

on EAD

orders (T-1).

Direct Accession (i.e.,

the accession of a

individual in a

professional disciple

prior to OTS), Minimum

Term of Service, and

Constructive Credit

3 years (T-1).

PCS (CONUS to

CONUS)

(DoDI 1315.18 and AFI

36-2110)

2 years (T-1).

1. Excludes “low cost” and

“no cost” PCS. See AFI 36-

2110 for additional details.

2. Permissive and

Humanitarian PCS still incur

an ADSC. However, the

humanitarian PCS ADSC

may be reduced to a six-

month commitment if a

hardship condition exists

after PCS move.

PCS (Overseas to

CONUS)

(DoDI 1315.18 and AFI

36-2110)

1 year (T-1).

1. No AF Form 63 required

for this PCS

PCS (CONUS to

Overseas or Overseas to

Overseas)

(DoDI 1315.18 and AFI

36-2110)

Equal to

initial

DEROS; or

subsequent

changes to

DEROS

(T-1).

1. As an example: If a

curtailment or extension

occurs to the DEROS, the

ADSC will be adjusted to

match the new DEROS.

2. No AF Form 63 required

for this PCS

172 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

If the ADSC incurring

event is for: (Rules

apply to all personnel

unless otherwise

indicated)

ADSC is

ADSC

Reason

code (see

Attachment

Remarks:

Promotions

2 years for

promotion to

Master

Sergeant,

Senior Master

Sergeant

(T-1).

3 years for

promotion to

Chief Master

Sergeant

(T-1).

1. There is no ADSC for

officer promotions.

2. There is no ADSC for

enlisted promotions from

Airman Basic through TSgt.

3. See AFI 36-3203 for

retired grade requirements.

4. Demotion action does not

automatically relieve an

enlisted member of an ADSC

previously incurred for

promotion.

Undergraduate Pilot

Training (UPT)

(10 USC § 653,

Minimum service

requirement for flight

crew positions)

10 years

(T-1).

1. Upon formal withdrawal

or elimination from the

program, the member will

incur a 2-year ADSC using

Reason Code 33, in

accordance with Rule 38.

Undergraduate Navigator

Training and Combat

Systems Officer (CSO)

(10 USC § 653)

6 years (T-0).

1. Upon formal withdrawal

or elimination from the

program, the member will

incur a 2-year ADSC using

Reason Code 33, in

accordance with Rule 38.

Undergraduate ABM

Training

6 years (T-1).

1. Upon formal withdrawal

or elimination from the

program, the member will

incur a 2-year ADSC using

Reason Code 33, in

accordance with Rule 38.

Undergraduate RPA

Training

6 years (T-1).

1. Upon formal withdrawal

or elimination from the

program, the member will

incur a 2-year ADSC using

Reason Code 33, in

accordance with Rule 38.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 173

If the ADSC incurring

event is for: (Rules

apply to all personnel

unless otherwise

indicated)

ADSC is

ADSC

Reason

code (see

Attachment

Remarks:

AFT: courses in the

following categories:

- Initial qualification (any

fixed, rotary wing

aircraft, or unmanned

aerial system RPA)

- Requalification (any

fixed, rotary wing

aircraft, or unmanned

aerial system RPA),

including senior officer

qualification courses as

defined in AFMAN 11-

202 V1, Aircrew

Training

- AETC Pilot Instructor

Training (PIT), including

senior officer

qualification courses as

defined in AFMAN 11-

202v1

- Rated Non-

Commissioned Officer

Aircrew members

attending AFT (Enlisted

Pilots)

No ADSC

1. Owning MAJCOM of the

course can make exceptions

to the No ADSC

requirement.

2. HAF/A3 will ensure

updated ADSCs are

warranted and do not cause

any unforeseen issues.

3. The ADSC will be

updated in ETCA for the

AFT courses that are covered

by this rule; if there are

changes to this rule, they will

require an ETP. (T-1).

4. ETPs have an expiration

date (not to exceed 10 years).

Test Pilot School (all

AFSCs)

Please see

ETCA (T-1).

1. Owning MAJOM/CC of

the course can prescribe

ADSC requirement.

2. HAF/A3 will ensure

updated ADSCs are

warranted and do not cause

any unforeseen issues.

3. Upon formal withdrawal

or elimination from the

training, the member will

incur a 2-year ADSC from

the course elimination date,

using Reason Code 33.

4. Test Pilot School

graduates do not incur an

174 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

If the ADSC incurring

event is for: (Rules

apply to all personnel

unless otherwise

indicated)

ADSC is

ADSC

Reason

code (see

Attachment

Remarks:

ADSC for initial

qualification, requalification,

or PIT training if the training

is in direct support of Flight

Test or Test Pilot School

Instructor duty. For these

occurrences, AFMC will

coordinate with AFPC for

adjudication of these

ADSCs.

USAF Weapons

Instructor Course (all

AFSCs)

Career Enlisted Aviator

Advanced Instructor

Courses

Please see

ETCA (T-1).

1. Owning MAJOM/CC of

the course can prescribe

ADSC requirement.

2. HAF/A3 will ensure

updated ADSCs are

warranted and do not cause

any unforeseen issues.

3. Upon formal withdrawal

or elimination from the

program, the member will

incur a 2-year ADSC using

Reason Code 33.

4. Members selected for

formal in-unit or unit funded

courses that are listed in

ETCA

https://cs2.eis.af.mil/sites/ap

p10-

ETCA/SitePages/Home.aspx

will still incur the ADSC.

This rule is not intended to

drive an ADSC for a non-

formal course.

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 175

If the ADSC incurring

event is for: (Rules

apply to all personnel

unless otherwise

indicated)

ADSC is

ADSC

Reason

code (see

Attachment

Remarks:

Flying Instructor

Qualification courses

No ADSC

1. Owning MAJOM/CC of

the course can prescribe

ADSC requirement.

2. HAF/A3 will ensure

updated ADSCs are

warranted and do not cause

any unforeseen issues.

3. The ADSC will be

updated in the ETCA for the

AFT courses that are covered

by this rule; if there are

changes to this rule, they will

require an they will require

an ETP (T-1).

4. ETPs have an expiration

date (not to exceed 10 years).

TG-16A Pilot and

Mission or Instructor

Pilot (applies only to the

306th Flying Training

Group)

No ADSC

1. Owning MAJOM/CC of

the course can prescribe

ADSC requirement.

2. HAF/A3 will ensure

updated ADSCs are

warranted and do not cause

any unforeseen issues.

3. The ADSC will be

updated in the ETCA for the

AFT courses that are covered

by this rule; if there are

changes to this rule, they will

require an they will require

an ETP (T-1).

4. ETPs have an expiration

date (not to exceed 10 years).

TG-15A/B Pilot and

Mission or Instructor

Pilot (applies only to the

306th Flying Training

Group)

No ADSC

Power Flight Program

Pilot and Mission or

Instructor Pilot

Qualification (applies

only to the 306th Flying

Training Group)

No ADSC

T-41 Pilot and Mission or

Instructor Pilot (applies

only to the 306th Flying

Training Group)

No ADSC

T-51, T-52, T-53A Pilot

and Mission or Instructor

Pilot (applies only to the

No ADSC

176 DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021

If the ADSC incurring

event is for: (Rules

apply to all personnel

unless otherwise

indicated)

ADSC is

ADSC

Reason

code (see

Attachment

Remarks:

306th Flying Training

Group)

UV-18 Pilot Initial

Qualification

No ADSC

Initial Training: Combat

Rescue Officer (AFSC

13DX), Air Liaison

Officer (AFSC 13LX),

and Special Tactics

Officer (AFSC 13CX)

6 years

1. Upon formal withdrawal

or elimination from the

program, the member will

incur a 2-year ADSC using

Reason Code 33, in

accordance with Rule 38.

2. The ADSC for CRO will

be associated with the AETC

Combat Rescue Officer

course. The ADSC for STO

will be associated with the

Air Force Special Operations

Command

(AFSOC) Advanced Skills

Training course. The ADSC

for ALO will be associated

with the AETC Air Liaison

Officer Basic course.

Combat Aviation

Advisor initial Mission

Qualification Course

(applies only to AFSOC)

4 years

1. Due to operational

requirements, Combat

Aviation Advisor aircrew

members may be required to

crossflow and/or retrain into

aircraft or airframes for

AFSOC and/or Special

Operations Command

-directed missions.

Therefore, they will not incur

any additional AFT ADSCs

while they are serving as

Combat Aviation Advisors.

2. AFSOC will notify

AFPC/DP2LT of the

effective date of the ADSC.

Career Enlisted Aviators

attending AFT

4 years (T-2).

1. Upon formal withdrawal

or elimination from the

program, the member will

DAFMAN36-2100 7 APRIL 2021 177

If the ADSC incurring

event is for: (Rules

apply to all personnel

unless otherwise

indicated)

ADSC is

ADSC

Reason

code (see

Attachment

Remarks:

-Initial qualification (any

fixed, rotary wing

aircraft, or unmanned

aerial system RPA)

incur a 2-year ADSC using

Reason Code 33.

2. This rule does not apply

to NPS Accessions attending

initial and/or mission

qualification training into

their first major weapons

system.

Joint Interface Control

Officers

2 years

ACC/A3 will notify

AFPC/DP2LT of the

effective date of the ADSC.

Federally-sponsored

fellowships and

educational programs

lasting 10 weeks (approx.

70 calendar days) or

longer including, but not

limited to,

all advanced graduate

programs,

in-residence PME,

Education with Industry,

Advanced Studies Group

programs, technical

training, Air Force

funded industry training

and AFIT non-clinical

fellowships

(10 USC § 2005,

Advanced Education

Assistance: Active Duty

Agreement;

Reimbursement

Requirements & DoDI

1322.10, Policy on

Graduate Education for

Military Officers)

3 years

For Master’s

Degrees, 3

times the

length of the

period of the

education or

training with a

maximum of a

4.5 year

ADSC (T-1).

For Doctoral

programs, 5

years (Health

Professions

Officers

follow Table

A2.2

guidance)

(T-1).

1. Upon formal withdrawal

or elimination from the

program, the member will

incur a 2-year ADSC using

Reason Code 33, in

accordance with Rule 38.

2. Members selected for in-

unit or unit funded courses

will still incur the ADSC.

3. Examples of federally-